10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

______________________________ 

Form 10-K

ý	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015

or

¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the transition period from                      to

Commission File Number: 001-33887

______________________________ 

Orion Energy Systems, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Wisconsin	39-1847269
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
2210 Woodland Drive, Manitowoc, WI	54220
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(920) 892-9340

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common stock, no par value	NYSE MKT LLC
Common stock purchase rights	NYSE MKT LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the act:

None

______________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	o
Non-accelerated filer	o  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	ý

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  ý

The aggregate market value of shares of the Registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of September 30, 2014, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $84.6 million.

As of June 5, 2015, there were 27,551,188 shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding.

______________________________ 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on August 5, 2015 are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. When used in this Form 10-K, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, and expectations reflected in any forward-looking statements are reasonable, these plans, intentions or expectations are based on assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and may not be achieved. These statements are based on assumptions made by us based on our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors that we believe are appropriate under the current circumstances. Such statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. Important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this Form 10-K, including particularly the Risk Factors described under Part I. Item 1A of this Form 10-K. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements set forth in this Form 10-K. Actual events, results and outcomes may differ materially from our expectations due to a variety of factors. Although it is not possible to identify all of these factors, they include, among others, the following:

• our development of, and participation in, new product and technology offerings or applications, including customer acceptance of our new light emitting diode, or LED, product lines;

• deterioration of market conditions, including our dependence on customers' capital budgets for sales of products and services;

• our ability to compete and execute our strategy in a highly competitive market and our ability to respond successfully to market competition;

• our ability to successfully implement our strategy of focusing on lighting solutions using new LED technologies in lieu of traditional HIF lighting upon which our business has historically relied;

• our ability to realize expected cost savings from our transition to focusing on new LED technologies;

• our ability to successfully complete and fund potential future acquisitions;

• our increasing reliance on third parties for the manufacturing and development of products and product components;

• our ability to achieve and sustain profitability;

• our ability to effectively manage the growth of our business, including expansion of our business internationally through our Orion distribution services division;

• adverse developments with respect to litigation and other legal matters that we are subject to;

• our failure to comply with the covenants in our revolving credit agreement;

• increasing duration of customer sales cycles;

• fluctuating quarterly results of operations as we focus on new LED technologies;

• the market acceptance of our products and services;

• our ability to recruit and hire sales talent to increase our in-market sales;

• price fluctuations, shortages or interruptions of component supplies and raw materials used to manufacture our products;

• loss of one or more key customers or suppliers, including key contacts at such customers;

• our ability to effectively manage our product inventory to provide our products to customers on a timely basis;

• a reduction in the price of electricity;

• the cost to comply with, and the effects of, any current and future government regulations, laws and policies;

• increased competition from government subsidies and utility incentive programs;

• the availability of additional debt financing and/or equity capital; and

2

• potential warranty claims.

You are urged to carefully consider these factors and the other factors described under Part I. Item 1A. “Risk Factors” when evaluating any forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

Except as required by applicable law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements publicly or to update the reasons why actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

3

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2015

Table of Contents

	Page
PART I
Item 1. Business	4
Item 1A Risk Factors	12
Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments	19
Item 2 Properties	19
Item 3 Legal Proceedings	19
Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures	20
PART II
Item 5 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	20
Item 6 Selected Financial Data	23
Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	24
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	46
Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	47
Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	78
Item 9A Controls and Procedures	79
Item 9B Other Information	79
PART III
Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	80
Item 11 Executive Compensation	80
Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters	80
Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	80
Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services	80
PART IV
Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	80
Signatures	83

3

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

As used herein, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all references to “Orion,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” and similar references are to Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of high performance, energy efficient lighting platforms. We research, develop, design, manufacture, market, sell and implement energy management systems consisting primarily of high-performance, energy efficient commercial and industrial interior and exterior lighting systems and related services. Our products are targeted for applications in three primary market segments: commercial office and retail, area lighting and industrial high bay, although we do sell and install products into other markets. Virtually all of our sales occur within North America.

We are primarily focused on providing commercial and industrial facilities lighting retrofit solutions in North America using new solid state light emitting diode (“LED”) technology. Our principal customers include national accounts, energy service companies, electrical contractors and electrical distributors. Currently, substantially all of our products are manufactured at our production facility location in Wisconsin, although we are increasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development.

While we continue to provide solutions and support using our legacy high intensity fluorescent (“HIF”) technology, we believe the market for lighting products is currently in a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Compared to legacy lighting systems, we believe that LED lighting technology allows for better optical performance, significantly reduced maintenance costs due to performance longevity and reduced energy consumption. Due to their size and flexibility in application we also believe that LED lighting systems can address opportunities for retrofit applications that cannot be satisfied by fluorescent or other legacy technologies. We expect our LED lighting technologies to become the primary component of our future revenue as we strive to be the leader in the industry transition to LED lighting technology. According to a May 2013 United States Department of Energy report, we estimate the potential North American LED retrofit market within our key product categories to be approximately 1.1 billion lighting fixtures. In fiscal 2015, our LED lighting sales totaled $30.8 million or 47.8% of our total lighting product revenue, compared to $4.8 million or 8.1% of our total lighting product revenue for fiscal 2014.

We previously marketed and implemented renewable energy systems consisting primarily of solar generating photovoltaic, or PV, systems and wind turbines. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we experienced a significant reduction in new solar PV orders. We attribute this to reduced cash incentives and declining pricing in the renewable energy credit markets. During fiscal 2014, we deemphasized our efforts to obtain new PV construction contracts and focused on the completion of previously received orders within our solar backlog, which has decreased from $36.1 million at the beginning of our fiscal 2013 year to $0.2 million as of March 31, 2015. We expect this trend to continue through fiscal 2016. In response to this solar order decline and our decision not to pursue new PV orders, we redeployed personnel to focus on the opportunities within the LED retrofit market.

Reportable Segments

Reportable segments are components of an entity that have separate financial data that the entity's chief operating decision maker, or CODM, regularly reviews when allocating resources and assessing performance. Our CODM is our chief executive officer.

Beginning in fiscal 2015, we reorganized our business into the following business segments: U.S. markets, Orion engineered systems and Orion distribution services. Our U.S. markets division focuses on selling our lighting solutions into the wholesale markets. Its customers include domestic energy service companies and electrical contractors. Our Orion engineered systems division focuses on selling lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. Additionally, Orion engineered systems will complete the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects. Its customers include national accounts, government, municipal and schools. Our Orion distribution services division focuses on selling our lighting products internationally and began to develop a network of broad line distributors. We began reporting under these new segments during our first quarter of fiscal 2015.

Previously, as of March 31, 2014, we operated in two business segments, which we referred to as our energy management division and our engineered systems division. Historically, sales of all our lighting products and the related costs were combined through our energy management division and sales of our solar PV systems and the related costs were reported through our engineered systems division.

For financial results by reportable segment, please refer to Note J, "Segment Data" in our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

4

U.S. Markets Division

Our U.S. Markets division develops, manufactures and sells our commercial LED and HIF lighting systems and energy management systems to the wholesale markets. Our U.S. Markets customers include energy service companies, or ESCOs and electrical contractors.

We have been increasing the the number of our in-market sales force to focus on developing indirect customers which have represented a larger portion of our lighting revenue. We believe the effective expansion of our indirect customer base will help to increase our total revenue and operating profit due to the extent we are successful in increasing our overall market coverage and awareness in regional and local markets. In fiscal 2015, we generated approximately 55% of our revenues from such indirect sales, compared to 63% in fiscal 2014 and 59% in fiscal 2013.

Engineered Systems Division

Our engineered systems division develops, manufactures, sells and provides technical services for the sale of our commercial LED and HIF lighting and energy management systems. Additionally, our engineered systems division also completes the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects.

In fiscal 2015, we generated approximately 45% of our lighting revenue in this segment through direct sales relationships with end users, compared to 37% in fiscal 2014 and 41% in fiscal 2013.

During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we experienced a significant reduction in new solar PV orders within this division. We attributed this to reduced cash incentives and declining pricing in the renewable energy credit markets.

During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, we deemphasized our efforts to obtain new PV construction contracts and focused on the completion of previously received orders within our solar backlog. We expect this trend to continue through fiscal 2016. In response to this solar order decline and our de-emphasis on pursuing new PV orders, we redeployed personnel to focus on the opportunities within our energy management division.

Distribution Services Division

Our Orion distribution services division focuses on selling our lighting products internationally and has been developing a network of broad line distributors. Our distribution services division did not have significant activity during fiscal 2015.

Our Market Opportunity

We are primarily focused on providing commercial and industrial facilities lighting retrofit solutions in North America using new solid state LED technology. While we continue to provide solutions using our legacy HIF technology, we believe the market for lighting products is currently in a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Compared to legacy lighting systems, we believe that LED lighting technology allows for better optical performance, significantly reduced maintenance costs due to performance longevity and reduced energy consumption. Due to their size and flexibility in application we also believe that LED lighting systems can address opportunities for retrofit applications that cannot be satisfied by fluorescent or other legacy technologies.

Our energy management systems deliver energy savings and efficiency gains to our commercial and industrial customers without compromising their quantity or quality of light. We estimate that our LED and HIF energy management systems reduce our customers’ lighting-related electricity costs by approximately 50% to 80%, while increasing their quantity of light by approximately 50% and improving lighting quality when replacing traditional high intensity discharge, or HID, fixtures. Our customers typically realize a one-to-three-year payback period from electricity cost savings generated by our LED and HIF lighting systems without considering utility incentives or government subsidies. We have sold and installed our LED and HIF fixtures in over 11,900 facilities across North America, representing approximately 1.9 billion square feet of commercial and industrial building space, including for 174 Fortune 500 companies.

We believe that energy efficient lighting systems are cost-effective and environmentally responsible solutions allowing end users to reduce operating expenses. According to a May 2013 report published by the United States Department of Energy, or DOE, we estimate the potential North American HIF and LED retrofit market within our primary markets to be approximately 1.1 billion lighting fixtures. Our primary markets are: (i) commercial office and retail, (ii) area lighting and (iii) industrial high bay.

Commercial office and retail. Our commercial office and retail market includes commercial office buildings, retail store fronts, government offices, schools and other buildings with traditional ten to 12 foot ceiling heights. The DOE estimates that there are approximately 957 million office troffer fixtures within the United States, which is a rectangular light fixture that fits into a modular dropped ceiling grid. We believe we have the opportunity to increase our revenue by serving this market with our LED Door Retrofit, or LDR^TM, lighting solutions.

Area lighting. Our market for area lighting includes parking garages, surface lots, automobile dealerships and gas service stations. The DOE estimates that there are approximately 54 million area lighting fixtures within the United States.

5

Industrial high bay. Our market for industrial facilities includes manufacturing facilities, distribution and warehouse facilities, government buildings and agricultural buildings. These facilities typically contain “high bay” lighting fixtures. The DOE estimates that there are approximately 67 million high bay fixtures within the United States. We estimate that approximately 50% of this market still utilizes inefficient HID lighting technologies.

Commercial and industrial facilities in the United States employ a variety of lighting technologies, including HID, traditional fluorescents, LED and incandescent lighting fixtures. In a 2014 report, the DOE estimated that these facilities represent approximately 30% of all lighting installations, but are responsible for well over half of the total electricity consumption for all lighting in the United States. Our LED and HIF lighting systems typically replace HID and HIF fixtures, which operate inefficiently because, according to the Electric Power Research Institute, or EPRI, HID fixtures only convert approximately 36% of the energy they consume into visible light. We estimate our HIF and LED lighting systems generally reduce lighting-related electricity costs by approximately 50% to 80% compared to HID fixtures, while increasing the quantity of light by approximately 50% and improving lighting quality.

We believe that utilities within the United States recognize the importance of energy efficiency as an economical means to manage capacity constraints and as a low-cost alternative when compared to the construction costs of building new power plants. Accordingly, many of these utilities are continually focused on demand reduction through energy efficiency. According to our research of individual state and utility programs, 49 states, through legislation, regulation or voluntary action, have seen their utilities design and fund programs that promote or deliver energy efficiency. In fact, as of May 31, 2015, only Alaska does not have some form of utility or state energy efficiency programs for any of their commercial or industrial customers. Our energy management products are not solely dependent upon these incentive programs, but we do believe that these incentive programs provide an important benefit as our customers evaluate their out-of-pocket cash investments.

Our Solution

50/50 Value Proposition. We estimate our industrial high-bay lighting systems generally reduce lighting-related electricity costs by approximately 50% to 80% compared to legacy fixtures, while increasing the quantity of light by approximately 50% and improving lighting quality. In the commercial office and retail markets, we estimate our lighting systems generally reduce electricity costs by 50%. From December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2015, we believe that the use of our HIF and LED fixtures has saved our customers $3.1 billion in electricity costs and reduced their energy consumption by 40.5 billion kWh.

Multi-Facility Roll-Out Capability. We offer our customers a single source, turn-key solution for project implementation in which we manage and maintain responsibility for entire multi-facility roll-outs of our energy management solutions across North American commercial and industrial facility portfolios. This capability allows us to offer our customers an orderly, timely and scheduled process for recognizing energy reductions and cost savings.

Rapid Payback Period. In most retrofit projects where we replace HID and HIF fixtures, our customers typically realize a one-to-three year payback period on our lighting systems. These returns are achieved without considering utility incentives or government subsidies (although subsidies and incentives are continually being made available to our customers and us in connection with the installation of our systems that further shorten payback periods).

Easy Installation, Implementation and Maintenance. Most of our HIF and LED fixtures are designed with a lightweight construction and modular plug-and-play architecture that allows for fast and easy installation, facilitates maintenance and allows for easy integration of other components of our energy management system. Our office LED LDR^TM products are designed to allow for a fast and easy installation without disrupting the ceiling space or the office work space. We believe our system’s design reduces installation time and expense compared to other lighting solutions, which further improves our customers’ return on investment. We also believe that our use of standard components reduces our customers’ ongoing maintenance costs.

Expanded Product Offerings. We have expanded our product offerings by acquiring and developing LED products for commercial office and retail, traditional interior high bay and exterior lighting applications. We have also introduced exterior lighting products for parking lot, parking garage and convenience store canopies illumination, an LED product offering for freezer and cold storage applications, and a hybrid fixture combining the performance benefits of both LED and fluorescent bulb technologies.

Comprehensive Energy Management System. Our comprehensive energy management system enables us to reduce our customers’ base and peak load electricity consumption. By replacing existing fixtures with our LED and HIF lighting systems, our customers permanently reduce base load electricity consumption while significantly increasing their quantity and quality of light. We can also add intelligence to the customer’s lighting system through the implementation of our InteLite wireless dynamic control devices. These devices allow our customers the ability to control and adjust their lighting and energy use levels based upon occupancy and type of occupancy (transient or sustained) for additional cost savings. Finally, we offer a further reduction in electricity consumption through the installation and integration of our Apollo^TM Solar Light Pipe, which is a lens-based device that collects and redistributes renewable sunlight without consuming electricity. By integrating our Apollo^TM Solar Light Pipe and lighting system with the intelligence of our InteLite product line, the output and electricity consumption of our lighting systems

6

can be automatically adjusted based on the level of natural light being provided by our Apollo^{TM Solar} Light Pipe and, in certain circumstances, our customers can illuminate their facilities and remain “off the grid” during peak hours of the day.

Environmental Benefits. By allowing for the permanent reduction of electricity consumption, our energy management systems reduce indirect CO2 emissions that are a negative by-product of energy generation. We estimate that one of our LED or HIF lighting systems, when replacing a standard HID fixture, displaces 0.245 kW of electricity, which, based on information provided by the EPA, reduces a customer’s indirect CO2 emissions by approximately 1.2 tons per year. Based on these figures, we estimate that the use of our HIF and LED fixtures has reduced indirect CO2 emissions by approximately 25.9 million tons through March 31, 2015.

Our Competitive Strengths

Compelling Value Proposition. By permanently reducing lighting-related electricity usage, our systems enable our customers to achieve significant cost savings, without compromising the quantity or quality of light in their facilities. As a result, our energy management systems offer our customers a rapid return on their investment, without relying on government subsidies or utility incentives. We also offer our customers a single source solution whereby we manage and are responsible for the entire project, including installation, across the entire North American real estate portfolio. Our ability to offer such a turn-key, national solution allows us to deliver energy reductions and cost savings to our customers in timely, orderly and planned multi-facility roll-outs.

Large and Growing Customer Base. We have developed a large and growing national customer base, and have installed our products in more than 11,900 commercial and industrial facilities across North America. We believe that the willingness of our blue-chip customers to install our products across multiple facilities represents a significant endorsement of our value proposition, which in turn helps us sell our energy management systems to new customers. We intend to leverage our expertise in managing projects across multiple facilities within our new LED product markets, which now include new customer opportunities with banks, insurance companies, hospitals, fast food chains, retail storefronts, grocery and pharmacies.

Innovative Technology. We have developed a portfolio of 62 United States patents primarily covering various elements of our HIF and LED fixtures. We believe these innovations allow our HIF and LED fixtures to produce more light output per unit of input energy compared to competitive HIF and LED product offerings. We also have 40 patents pending that primarily cover various elements of our newly developed LED products and certain business methods. To complement our innovative energy management products, we have introduced integrated energy management services to provide our customers with a turnkey solution either at a single facility or across North American facility footprints. We believe that our demonstrated ability to innovate provides us with significant competitive advantages. We believe that our HIF and LED solutions offer significantly more light output as measured in foot-candles of light delivered per watt of electricity consumed when compared to HID or traditional fluorescent fixtures.

Expanded Reseller Network. In addition to selling directly to commercial and industrial customers, we sell our lighting products and services indirectly to end users through wholesale sales to electrical contractors and energy service companies. We now have relationships with more than 100 resellers, some of whom are exclusive agents for our product lines. We intend to continue to selectively build out our reseller network in the future with a focus on geographic regions where we do not currently have a strong reseller or retail sales presence.

Strong, Experienced Leadership Team. We have a strong and experienced senior management team led by our chief executive officer, John Scribante. Our senior leadership team of six individuals has a combined 62 years of experience with our company and a combined 77 years of experience in the lighting and energy management industries.

Systematized Sales Process. We have invested substantial resources in the development of our sales process. We sell to our end user customers using a systematic multi-step sales process that focuses on our value proposition and provides our sales force with specific, identified tasks that govern their interactions with our customers from the point of lead generation through delivery of our products and services. Management of this process seeks to continually improve salesforce effectiveness while simultaneously improving salesforce efficiency. We also train select resellers to follow our systematic sales process, thereby extending our sales reach while making their businesses more effective.

Innovative Financing Solutions. We have developed a financing program called the Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA. Our OTA is structured similarly to a supply contract under which we commit to deliver a set amount of energy savings to the customer at a fixed monthly rate. Our OTA program allows customers to deploy our energy management systems without having to make upfront investments or capital outlays. After the pre-determined amount of energy savings are delivered, our customers assume full ownership of the energy management system and benefit from the entire amount of energy savings over the remaining useful life of the technology. We believe the OTA allows us to capture customer sales opportunities that otherwise may not have occurred due to capital constraints.

Our Growth Strategies

7

Emphasize LED Product and Market. We believe that the market for lighting products is currently experiencing a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Accordingly, our primary focus in the future will be emphasizing our lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies.

Develop New Sources of Revenue Through Expanded Product Offerings. We have expanded our role in the LED marketplace, and plan to increase sales of LED fixtures for commercial office and retail applications, schools and government buildings, freezer and cold-storage applications, exterior area applications, as well as high-bay interior applications.

Leverage Existing Customer Base. Over the last several years, we have focused on expanding our relationships with our existing customers by transitioning from single-site facility implementations to comprehensive enterprise-wide roll-outs of our HIF and LED lighting systems. We also intend to leverage our large installed base of HIF lighting systems to implement all aspects of our energy management system, particularly new LED lighting products, wireless controls, cloud-based power data analysis and storage capabilities for our existing customers.

Pursue Acquisitions. In the future, we intend to pursue acquisition opportunities that will increase the breadth of our energy technologies, expand our customer base, or provide us entry into new markets.

Expanded Reseller Network and Salesforce. In addition to selling directly to national account customers, we sell our lighting products and services indirectly to end users through wholesale sales to electrical contractors and energy service companies. We continue to build out our reseller network and we are also increasing our in-market sales force which generates revenue through our reseller channels.

Continue to Improve Operational Efficiencies. We are focused on continually improving the efficiency of our operations to increase the profitability of our business and allow us to continue to deliver our compelling value proposition.

Create a Culture to Support Growth. We are focused on establishing a corporate culture that embraces high-expectations and performance to continue to drive efficiency and deliver superior results to our customers.

Products and Services

Our lighting products consist primarily of LED and HIF lighting fixtures, although our primary focus in the future will be emphasizing our LED lighting fixtures. Currently, substantially all of our products are manufactured at our production facility location in Wisconsin, although we are increasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development. We are focused on researching, developing and/or acquiring new LED products and technologies that are innovative in the retrofit markets, such as the LED door retrofit and exterior LED lighting products introduced in October 2014. We plan to focus our efforts into creating innovative LED retrofit products while continuing to market and sell legacy HIF solutions to customers in markets where LED technology adoption is in its infancy. Together with these products, we offer our customers a variety of integrated energy management services, such as system design, project management and installation.

Products

The following is a description of our primary products:

The LED Door Retrofit: Our LED door retrofit, or LDR^TM, product was obtained through our acquisition of Harris and was made available to the marketplace in January 2014. The LDR^TM was expanded to include designs for architectural, industrial and contractor product lines. The LDR^TM is designed to replace existing 4 foot by 2 foot and 2 foot by 2 foot fluorescent troffers that are frequently found in office or retail grid ceilings. Our LDR^TM product is unique in that the LED optics and electronics are housed within the door frame which allows for installation of the product in approximately one minute. The product provides reduced maintenance expenses based upon LED chip lives ranging from 187,000 to 375,000 hours, which we equate to a performance life of the fixture's light source of between 60 and 100 years.

Interior LED High Bay Fixtures: Our LED interior high bay lighting products consists of our Apollo^TM high bay and ISON® high bay products. Our ISON® class of LED interior fixture offers a full package of premium features, including low total cost of ownership, optics that exceed competitors in terms of lumen package, delivered light, modularity and advanced thermal management. Our Apollo^TM class of LED interior fixtures is designed for new construction and retrofit projects where initial cost is the largest factor in the purchase decision. In addition, our LED interior lighting products are lightweight and, we believe, easy to handle, which further reduces installation and maintenance costs and helps to build brand loyalty with electrical contractors and installers.

Exterior LED Fixtures: In October 2014, we launched a suite of new exterior LED lighting products including our Orion ISON® Class LED Exterior Area Fixture and our Apollo^TM LED Exterior Area Light and Apollo^TM LED Wall Pack. Our patent pending ISON® class LED exterior area fixture offers a full package of premium features, including low total cost of ownership, optics that exceed competitors in terms of lumen package, delivered light, modularity, advanced thermal management, and numerous accessory options (such as ambient sensors and fixture color). Our ISON® class LED Wall Pack is a wall mounted fixture to complement our ISON® class LED Area Light.Our Apollo^TM LED Exterior Area Light and Apollo^TM LED Wall Pack are designed

8

to meet the market demand for long life exterior applications. Our exterior Apollo^TM line products are ideal for new construction and retrofit projects where initial cost is the largest factor in the purchase decision.

The Compact Modular. Historically, our primary product has been our line of high-performance HIF lighting systems, the Compact Modular, which includes a variety of fixture configurations to meet customer specifications. The Compact Modular generally operates at 224 watts per six-lamp fixture, compared to approximately 465 watts for the HID fixtures that it typically replaces. This wattage difference is the primary reason our HIF lighting systems are able to reduce electricity consumption by approximately 50% compared to HID fixtures. Our Compact Modular has a thermally efficient design that allows it to operate at significantly lower temperatures than HID fixtures and most other legacy lighting fixtures typically found in commercial and industrial facilities. Because of the lower operating temperatures of our fixtures, our ballasts and lamps operate more efficiently, allowing more electricity to be converted to light rather than to heat or vibration, while allowing these components to last longer before needing replacement.

InteLite® Dynamic Control Device. Our InteLite® wireless dynamic control products allow customers to remotely communicate with and give commands to individual light fixtures and other peripheral devices through web-based software, and allow the customer to configure and easily change the control parameters of each fixture based on a number of inputs and conditions, including time-of-day, motion and ambient light levels. Our InteLite® products can be added to our HIF and LED lighting systems during or after installation on a “plug and play” basis by coupling the wireless transceivers directly with the modular power pack. Because of their modular design, our InteLite® wireless products can be added to our energy management system easily and at lower cost when compared to lighting systems that require similar controls to be included at original installation or retrofitted. Our InteLite products allow us to provide reporting and metering capabilities at the individual control unit level. These capabilities allow for our customers to measure and evaluate energy consumption at the process level. Data can be collected and exported, allowing our customers to perform energy analysis across their facilities to identify operational practices and behaviors that better manage energy costs.

Apollo^TM Solar Light Pipe. Our Apollo Solar Light Pipe is a lens-based device that collects and focuses renewable daylight, bringing natural light indoors without consuming electricity. Our Apollo^TM Solar Light Pipe is designed and manufactured to maximize light collection during times of low sun angles, such as those that occur during early morning and late afternoon. The Apollo^TM Solar Light Pipe produces maximum lighting “power” in peak summer months and during peak daylight hours, when electricity is most expensive. By integrating our Apollo^TM Solar Light Pipe with our HIF lighting systems and InteLite wireless controls, the output and associated electricity consumption of our HIF lighting systems can be automatically adjusted based on the level of natural light being provided by our Apollo^TM Solar Light Pipe to offer further energy savings for our customers. In certain circumstances, our customers can illuminate their facilities “off the grid” during peak hours of the day through the use of our integrated energy management system.

Other Products. We also offer our customers a variety of other LED, HIF, and induction fixtures to address their lighting and energy management needs, including fixtures designed for agribusinesses, parking lots, roadways, outdoor applications and private label resale.

Our warranty policy generally provides for a limited one-year warranty on our HIF products and a limited five-year warranty on our LED products, although we do offer warranties ranging up to 10 years for certain LED products. Ballasts, lamps, drivers, LED chips and other electrical components are excluded from our standard warranty since they are covered by separate warranties offered by the original equipment manufacturers. We coordinate and process customer warranty inquiries and claims, including inquiries and claims relating to ballast and lamp components, through our customer service department.

Services

We provide a range of fee-based lighting-related energy management services to our customers, including:

• comprehensive site assessment, which includes a review of the current lighting requirements and energy usage at the customer’s facility;

• site field verification, or SFV, during which we perform a test implementation of our energy management system at a customer’s facility;

• utility incentive and government subsidy management, where we assist our customers in identifying, applying for and obtaining available utility incentives or government subsidies;

• engineering design, which involves designing a customized system to suit our customers' facility lighting and energy management needs, and providing the customer with a written analysis of the potential energy savings and lighting and environmental benefits associated with the designed system;

• project management, which involves our working with the electrical contractor in overseeing and managing all phases of implementation from delivery through installation for a single facility or through multi-facility roll-outs tied to a defined project schedule;

9

• installation services, for our products, which we provide through our national network of qualified third-party installers; and

• recycling in connection with our retrofit installations, where we remove, dispose of and recycle our customer’s legacy lighting fixtures.

We also provide other services which comprise a small amount of our revenue. These services primarily include management and control of power quality and remote monitoring and control of our installed systems. We also sell and distribute replacement lamps and fixture components into the after-market.

Our Customers

We primarily target commercial and industrial customers who have warehousing, manufacturing, and office facilities. As of March 31, 2015, we have installed our products in 11,958 commercial and industrial facilities across North America. Additionally, if we were to include the facilities in which Harris lighting systems were installed prior to our July 1, 2013 acquisition of Harris, we believe that this total would be significantly greater. Our diversified customer base includes:

American Standard International Inc. Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Avery Dennison Corp. Big Lots Inc. The Coca-Cola Co. Dollar General Corporation Ford Motor Co. General Electric Co. Kraft Foods Inc. Miller Coors LLC Newell Rubbermaid Inc. OfficeMax, Inc. PepsiCo Inc. Sealed Air Corp. Sherwin-Williams Co. SYSCO Corp. Textron, Inc. Toyota Motor Corp. United Stationers Inc. U.S. Foodservice

One single customer, Ford Motor Co., accounted for 12% of our total revenue during fiscal 2015. One single customer, Standard Alternative LLC, accounted for 23% of our total revenue during fiscal 2014. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue during fiscal 2013.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our products directly to commercial and industrial customers using a systematic multi-step process that focuses on our value proposition and provides our sales force with a specific protocol for working with our customers from the point of lead generation through delivery of our products and services. In fiscal 2013, we streamlined our telemarketing function with an emphasis on improving the quality of leads generated, developed a strategy to expand our direct sales force, implemented product version control for our wireless products and transitioned the compensation plans of our sales force to an increasingly performance based model. In fiscal 2014, we continued to increase our in-market sales force and transitioned this sales force to focus on indirect customer growth. We believe that an in-market sales force focused on providing technical product and sales support to our resellers provides us with a greater potential for revenue growth. In fiscal 2015, we further increased our sales force across all of our business divisions to support our growing reseller base and to sell into government and real estate investment trust markets. During fiscal 2015, we created our distribution services division to develop customer relationships with broad line distributors. In the future, we expect to increase the number of active distributors and the revenue from our distribution services division.

We also sell our products on a wholesale basis to value-added resellers. We often train our value-added resellers to implement our systematic sales process to more effectively resell our products to their customers. We attempt to leverage the customer relationships of these value-added resellers to further extend the geographic scope of our selling efforts. We work cooperatively with our value-added reseller channels through participation in national trade organizations, by providing training on our sales methodologies, including the development and distribution of standard sales reseller operating procedures and by providing training to our resellers to enable them to conduct their own energy workshops with their customer and prospect bases. During fiscal 2015, we increased the number of active key resellers from 30 to 102. We intend to continue to selectively expand our reseller network, focusing on those geographic regions where we lack sufficient sales coverage.

We also sell our products and services indirectly to our customers through their electrical contractors or distributors, or to electrical contractors and distributors who buy our products and resell them to end users as part of an installed project. We believe these relationships allow us to increase penetration into the lighting retrofit market because electrical contractors often have significant influence over their customers’ lighting product selections.

We have historically focused our marketing efforts on traditional direct advertising, as well as developing brand awareness through customer education and active participation in trade shows and energy management seminars. In the past, these efforts have included participating in national, regional and local trade organizations, exhibiting at trade shows, executing targeted direct mail campaigns, advertising in select publications, public relations campaigns, social media and other lead generation and brand building initiatives. We are also actively training contractors and resellers on how to effectively represent our product offering and have designed an intensive classroom training program, which we refer to as Orion University, to complement the energy management workshops we conduct in the field. During the first half of fiscal 2015, we invested in a branding campaign to better position us as an LED company to our direct customers and our resellers. We expect our branding campaign will result in generating additional sales pipelines, increase the number of our resellers and increase our market share in newer markets, like schools and

10

commercial office space. We believe our branding investment was vital in strengthening our position as an LED lighting solutions provider and improving our ability to compete against existing LED lighting companies.

Competition

The market for energy efficiency lighting products and services is fragmented. We face strong competition primarily from manufacturers and distributors of energy management products and services as well as electrical contractors. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, price, quality, customer relationships, energy efficiency, customer service and marketing support.

There are a number of lighting fixture manufacturers that sell LED and HIF products that compete with our lighting product lines. Lighting companies such as Acuity Brands, Inc., Cooper Lighting division of Eaton Corporation plc, Cree, Inc., and Hubbell Incorporated are some of our main competitors within the commercial and industrial markets. Recently, electronics companies, like LG Electronics, have begun to develop and commercialize lighting fixtures. These companies generally have large and diverse product lines. Many of these competitors are better capitalized than we are, have strong existing customer relationships, greater name recognition, and more extensive engineering and marketing capabilities. We also compete for sales of our LED and HIF lighting systems with manufacturers and suppliers of older fluorescent technology in the retrofit market. Some of the manufacturers of HIF and HID products that compete with our LED and HIF lighting systems sell their systems at a lower initial capital cost than the cost at which we sell our systems, although we believe based on our industry experience that these systems generally do not deliver the light quality and the cost savings that our LED and HIF lighting systems deliver over the long-term.

Many of our competitors market their manufactured lighting and other products primarily to distributors who resell their products for use in new commercial, residential, and industrial construction. These distributors, such as Graybar Electric Company, Gexpro (GE Supply) and W.W. Grainger, Inc., generally have large customer bases and wide distribution networks and supply to electrical contractors.

We also face competition from companies who provide energy management services. Some of these competitors, such as Johnson Controls, Inc. and Honeywell International, provide basic systems and controls designed to further energy efficiency.

Intellectual Property

As of March 31, 2015, we had been issued 62 United States patents, and had applied for 40 additional United States patents. The patented and patent pending technologies cover various innovative elements of our products, including our HIF and LED fixtures, InteLite® wireless controls and Apollo^TM Solar Light Pipes. Among other things, we believe that our innovations allow our HIF fixtures to produce more light output per unit of input energy compared to competitive HIF product offerings. Our patented LDR^TM product allows for a significantly quicker installation when compared to competitor's commercial office lighting products. Our smart lighting controls allow our lighting fixtures to selectively provide a targeted amount of light where and when it is needed most.

We believe that our patent portfolio as a whole is material to our business. We also believe that our patents covering our ability to manage the thermal and optical performance of our LED and HIF lighting products are material to our business, and that the loss of these patents could significantly and adversely affect our business, operating results and prospects.

Manufacturing and Distribution

We own an approximately 266,000 square foot manufacturing and distribution facility located in Manitowoc, Wisconsin, where, currently, substantially all of our products are manufactured, although we are increasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development. During fiscal 2015, we focused on converting our manufacturing production assembly lines from predominantly HIF lighting assembly lines to LED lighting assembly lines. We are considering implementing additional significant changes to our manufacturing production and assembly facility and processes that will provide us additional flexibility to continue to adapt and respond to the changing market dynamics of the lighting products industry and to continue to enhance our competitiveness. As part of our business initiatives to adapt to the rapidly evolving LED market, we are also currently considering options related to our properties, including the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing and corporate facilities that, if executed, will result in a significant impairment charge.

We generally maintain a significant supply of raw material and purchased and manufactured component inventory. We manufacture products to order and are typically able to ship most orders within 10 days of our receipt of a purchase order. We contract with transportation companies to ship our products and manage all aspects of distribution logistics. We generally ship our products directly to the end user.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are centered on developing new products and technologies and enhancing existing products. . The products, technologies and services we are developing are focused on increasing end user energy efficiency. We have also been developing lighting products based on LED technology. During fiscal 2014, we developed and commercialized the LDR^TM product obtained through the acquisition of Harris. During fiscal 2015, we focused our development on LED products and we developed and commercialized several suites of LED interior high bay products and LED exterior products. Our research

11

and development expenditures were $2.3 million, $2.0 million and $2.6 million for fiscal years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. During fiscal 2016, we intend to open an innovation hub in Chicago, Illinois to develop and design new LED products. We believe that this location is in close proximity to highly-regarded engineering and business schools and will offer us a greater supply of technical talent to help us develop new LED products in the future.  We may incur additional start-up expenses for this new innovation hub, as well as additional compensation expense as we add research and development and engineering personnel.

Regulation

Our operations are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharge to water, the remediation of contaminated properties and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment, and disposal of, and exposure to, waste and other materials, as well as laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety. We believe that our business, operations, and facilities are being operated in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations.

State, county or municipal statutes often require that a licensed electrician be present and supervise each retrofit project. Further, all installations of electrical fixtures are subject to compliance with electrical codes in virtually all jurisdictions in the United States. In cases where we engage independent contractors to perform our retrofit projects, we believe that compliance with these laws and regulations is the responsibility of the applicable contractor.

Our Corporate and Other Available Information

We were incorporated as a Wisconsin corporation in April 1996 and our corporate headquarters are located at 2210 Woodland Drive, Manitowoc, Wisconsin 54220. Our Internet website address is www.oesx.com. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, are available through the investor relations page of our internet website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.

Employees

As of March 31, 2015, we had 191 full-time and 7 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any labor union, and we have never experienced a work stoppage or strike. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below and in other reports that we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The matters discussed in the following risk factors, and additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and future growth prospects and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

The success of our business depends upon our adaptation to the changing market conditions in the lighting industry and on market acceptance of our lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies.

Since we believe that the market for lighting products is currently experiencing a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems, we are increasingly focusing our business on providing lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies in lieu of traditional HIF lighting upon which our business has historically relied.

As a result, our future success depends significantly upon the adoption rate of LED products within our primary markets and our ability to participate in this anticipated market trend. To be an effective participant in this expected growing LED market opportunity, we must keep up with the evolution of LED technology, which has been moving at a fast pace. We may be unable to successfully develop and market new LED products or services that keep pace with technological or industry changes, satisfy changes in customer demands or comply with present or emerging government and industry regulations and technology standards. The development and introduction of new LED products may result in increased warranty expenses and other new product introduction expenses. In addition, we will incur substantial costs to research and develop new LED products, which will increase our expenses, without guarantee that our products and services will be commercially viable. We may also spend time and resources to develop and release new LED products only to discover that a competitor has also introduced similar new products with superior performance. Moreover, if the market shift to LED lighting does not occur or new sources of lighting are developed, our current products and technologies could become less competitive or obsolete, which could result in reduced revenue, reduced earnings or increased losses and/or inventory and other impairment charges. Additionally, as the lighting retrofit market continues to shift to LED lighting products from HIF and other traditional lighting products, customer purchasing decisions have been delayed as they evaluate the relative advantages and disadvantages of the lighting retrofit product alternatives and wait for further decreases in the price of LED lighting products. These circumstances have led, and may continue to lead, to reduced revenue for us in the periods affected. Our primary focus on selling our generally lower margin LED products to our retrofit customers in the future in

12

lieu of our traditional HIF lighting products will likely also lead to reduced revenues for our generally higher margin HIF products, thus increasing our reliance on our new LED products and potentially resulting in inventory or other impairment charges.

As we attempt to adapt our business organization to this quickly evolving market, we are considering implementing significant changes to our manufacturing operations to increase our flexibility, remain competitive and lower our cost structure, including the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing and corporate facilities. Implementing these initiatives will result in our incurring additional cost and expenses, including asset impairment or write-down charges and other repositioning expenses and charges, which would likely materially adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, we have been managing through significant change in our vendor supply chain as LED product portfolio and our product revenue continue to increase and we place more focus on this product line. We currently believe that our recent efforts to negotiate further lower material input costs will improve our LED product gross margins beginning during our fiscal 2016. However, we may not be able to realize the gross margin benefits in the amounts or on the timetable anticipated and we may experience higher warranty expenses in the future as we implement our manufacturing and assembly process changes. It is also possible that, as we continue to focus our sales efforts on our LED product lines, we may increase our risk of inventory obsolescence for our legacy lighting product lines or even for outmoded LED products.

Finally, in connection with our primary focus on selling our LED products in the future, we expect our results of operations to fluctuate from quarter to quarter as customers may continue to delay purchasing decisions as they evaluate their return on investment from purchasing new LED products compared to alternative lighting solutions, the pricing of LED products continues to fall and LED products continue to gain more widespread customer acceptance. Similarly, these circumstances have impacted, and may continue to, adversely impact, our product gross margins and our profitability from quarter to quarter.

If we are unable to achieve market acceptance of our lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies or realize the expected benefits from our conversion to LED technologies, our results of operations and financial condition will likely be materially adversely affected.

The success of our LED lighting retrofit solutions depend in part on our ability to claim market share ahead of our competitors.

Participants in the LED market who are able to quickly establish customer relationships and achieve market penetration are likely to gain a competitive advantage as the lighting retrofit solutions offered by us and our competitors generally have a product life of several years following installation. If we are unable to establish customer relationships and achieve market penetration in the LED market in a timely manner, we may lose the opportunity to market our LED products and services to significant portions of the lighting systems retrofit market for several years and may be at a disadvantage in securing future business opportunities from customers that have previously established relationships with one or more of our competitors. These disadvantages could reduce our revenue and profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse conditions in the global economy have negatively impacted, and could continue to negatively impact, our customers, suppliers and business.

Continued weak economic conditions have adversely affected our customers’ capital budgets, purchasing decisions and facilities managers and, therefore, have adversely affected our results of operations. The return to a recessionary state of the global economy could potentially have negative effects on our near-term liquidity and capital resources, including slower collections of receivables, delays of existing order deliveries and postponements of incoming orders.Our business and results of operations will continue to be adversely affected to the extent these adverse economic conditions continue to adversely affect our customers’ purchasing decisions.

Adverse market conditions have led to increasing duration of customer sales cycles, limitations on customer capital budgets, project delays, closure of facilities and the loss of key contacts due to workforce reductions at existing and prospective customers.

The volatility and uncertainty in the financial and credit markets has led many customers to adopt strategies for conserving cash, including limits on capital spending. Our lighting systems are often purchased as capital assets and therefore are subject to capital availability. Uncertainty around such availability has led customers to delay purchase decisions, which has elongated the duration of our sales cycles. Along with limiting capital spending, some customers have reduced expenses by closing facilities and reducing workforces. As a result, facilities that were or may be considering installing our lighting systems have closed or may close. Due to downsizings, key contacts and decision-makers at some of our customers have lost or may lose their jobs, which requires us to re-initiate the sales cycle with other personnel, further elongating the sales cycle. Additionally, the federal government shutdown during our fiscal 2014 resulted in project delays for certain government projects. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, variability in our operating results, on both an annual and a quarterly basis, as a result of these factors.

Our financial performance is dependent on our ability to execute on our strategy and increase our profitability.

Our ability to achieve our desired growth and profitability depends on our ability to expand our reseller network, and improve our marketing, new product development, project management, margin enhancement and operating expense management,

13

as well as other factors. If we are unable to successfully execute in any of these areas or on our growth and profitability strategy as a whole, our business and financial performance will likely be adversely affected.

We have had a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve and sustain profitability.

We have experienced net losses of approximately $32.1 million, $6.2 million and $10.4 million during the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. While we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our anticipated cash flows from operating activities and our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months, generating net income in the future will depend on our ability to successfully complete and execute our strategy. There is no guarantee that we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future. An inability to successfully achieve profitability may decrease our long-term viability.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and if we are unable to compete successfully our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected.

We face strong competition primarily from manufacturers and distributors of energy management products and services, as well as from electrical contractors. We compete primarily on the basis of customer relationships, price, quality, energy efficiency, customer service and marketing support. Our products are in direct competition with HID technology, as well as other HIF and LED products and older fluorescent technology in the lighting systems retrofit market.

Many of our competitors are better capitalized than we are, have strong customer relationships, greater name recognition, and more extensive engineering, manufacturing, sales and marketing capabilities. Competitors could focus their substantial resources on developing a competing business model or energy management products or services that may be potentially more attractive to customers than our products or services. In addition, we may face competition from other products or technologies that reduce demand for electricity. Our competitors may also offer energy management products and services at reduced prices in order to improve their competitive positions. Any of these competitive factors could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain customers, require us to lower our prices in order to remain competitive, and reduce our revenue and profitability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to litigation and other legal matters that could result in charges against our income, strain our resources and distract our management, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

We are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes. These suits concern a variety of issues, including employee-related matters and contract disputes. In March 2014, we were named as a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed by Neal R. Verfuerth, our former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012. The plaintiff alleges, among other things, that we breached certain agreements entered into with the plaintiff, including the plaintiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified pecuniary and compensatory damages, fees and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper. It is not feasible to predict the outcome of all pending suits and other matters, and the ultimate resolution of these matters, as well as future potential lawsuits, could result in liabilities, fines, significant expenses, distraction of management and other issues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Our inability to attract and retain key employees or our reseller network could adversely affect our operations and our ability to execute on our operating plan and growth strategy.

We rely upon the knowledge, experience and skills of key employees throughout our organization, particularly our senior management team and our sales group that require technical knowledge or contacts in, and knowledge of, the industry. In addition, our ability to attract talented new employees, particularly in our sales group, is also critical to our success. We also depend on our value-added reseller channels which has increased from 30 to 102 active key resellers during fiscal 2015. If we are unable to attract and retain key employees or our reseller network because of competition or, in the case of employees, inadequate compensation or other factors, our operations and our ability to execute our operating plan could be adversely affected.

Reductions in our workforce and employee turnover could negatively impact our business.

We are currently experiencing reductions in our workforce due to budget spending reductions and increased employee turnover. The reductions resulted in the loss of numerous long-term employees, along with their institutional knowledge and expertise, and the reallocation of certain employment responsibilities, all of which could adversely affect operational efficiencies, employee performance and retention. Such workforce reductions have also placed a significant burden on our current employees. In addition, the increase employee turnover has resulted in higher recruiting expenses as we seek to recruit and train employees, in addition to increased instability in our operations as responsibilities are reallocated to new or different employees. To the extent that we are unable to effectively reallocate employee responsibilities, retain key employees and reduce employee turnover, our operations and our ability to execute our operating plan could be adversely affected.

14

Our products use components and raw materials that may be subject to price fluctuations, shortages or interruptions of supply.

We may be vulnerable to price increases for components or raw materials that we require for our products, including aluminum, copper, certain rare earth minerals, electronic drivers, chips, ballasts, power supplies and lamps. In particular, our cost of aluminum can be subject to commodity price fluctuation. Further, suppliers' inventories of certain components that our products require may be limited and are subject to acquisition by others. In the past, we have had to purchase quantities of certain components that are critical to our product manufacturing and were in excess of our estimated near-term requirements as a result of supplier delivery constraints and concerns over component availability, and we may need to do so in the future. As a result, we have had, and may need to continue, to devote additional working capital to support a large amount of component and raw material inventory that may not be used over a reasonable period to produce saleable products, and we may be required to increase our excess and obsolete inventory reserves to provide for these excess quantities, particularly if demand for our products does not meet our expectations. Also, any shortages or interruptions in supply of our components or raw materials could disrupt our operations. If any of these events occurs, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We may pursue additional acquisitions and investments in new product lines, businesses or technologies that involve numerous risks, which could disrupt our business or adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We may pursue additional acquisitions of, or investments in, new product lines, businesses or technologies to expand our current capabilities. We have limited experience in making such acquisitions or investments. Acquisitions present a number of potential risks and challenges that could disrupt our business operations, increase our operating costs or capital expenditure requirements and reduce the value of the acquired product line, business or technology. For example, if we identify an acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully negotiate or finance the acquisition on favorable terms. The process of negotiating acquisitions and integrating acquired products, services, technologies, personnel, or businesses might result in significant transaction costs, operating difficulties or unexpected expenditures, and might require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our business. If we are successful in completing an acquisition, we may not be able to integrate the acquired product line, business or technology into our existing business and products, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any acquisition. Furthermore, potential acquisitions and investments may divert our management's attention, require considerable cash outlays and require substantial additional expenses that could harm our existing operations and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. To complete future acquisitions, we may issue equity securities, incur debt, assume contingent liabilities or incur amortization expenses and write-downs of acquired assets, which could dilute the interests of our shareholders or adversely affect our profitability.

We may not be able to obtain equity capital or debt financing necessary to effectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or otherwise pursue our growth initiatives.

Our existing capital resources may not be sufficient to effectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or to pursue other growth initiatives. We may not be able to obtain sufficient equity capital and/or debt financing required to do so or we may not be able to obtain such equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms or conditions. Factors affecting the availability to us of equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms and conditions include:

• The price, volatility and trading volume and history of our common stock.

• Our current and future financial results and position.

• The market’s view of our industry and products.

• The perception in the equity and debt markets of our ability to execute our business plan or achieve our operating results expectations.

Our inability to obtain the capital necessary to pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or to otherwise pursue our growth opportunities could have an adverse effect on our growth strategy and business operations.

We depend upon a limited number of customers in any given period to generate a substantial portion of our revenue and the loss of significant customers could have an adverse effect on our operations.

We do not have long-term contracts with our customers, and our dependence on individual key customers can vary from period to period as a result of the significant size of some of our retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects. Our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 45% and 36%, respectively, of our total revenue for fiscal 2014 and 2015. In fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, our top customer accounted for 23% and 12% of our total revenues, respectively. We expect large retrofit and roll-out projects to continue to be a significant component of our total revenue. Additionally, commercial office lighting retrofits provide for single large project opportunities. As a result, we may experience more customer concentration in any given future period. The loss of, or substantial reduction in sales to, any of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any given future period.

15

The success of our business depends on the market acceptance of our energy management products and services.

Our future success depends on continued commercial acceptance of our energy management products and services. If we are unable to convince current and potential customers of the advantages of our lighting systems and energy management products and services, then our ability to sell our lighting systems and energy management products and services will be limited. In addition, because the market for energy management products and services is rapidly evolving, we may not be able to accurately assess the size of the market, and we may have limited insight into trends that may emerge and affect our business. If the market for our lighting systems and energy management products and services does not continue to develop, or if the market does not accept our products, then our ability to grow our business could be limited and we may not be able to increase our revenue or achieve profitability.

We depend on our ability to develop new products and services.

The market for our products and services is characterized by rapid market and technological changes, uncertain product life cycles, changes in customer demands and evolving government, industry and utility standards and regulations. As a result, our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to design and manufacture new products and services. We may be unable to successfully develop and market new products or services that keep pace with technological or industry changes, satisfy changes in customer demands or comply with present or emerging government and industry regulations and technology standards.

Product liability claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We face exposure to product liability claims in the event that our energy management products fail to perform as expected or cause bodily injury or property damage. Since virtually all of our products use electricity, it is possible that our products could result in injury, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. Particularly because our products often incorporate new technologies or designs, we cannot predict whether or not product liability claims will be brought against us in the future or result in negative publicity about our business or adversely affect our customer relations. Moreover, we may not have adequate resources in the event of a successful claim against us. A successful product liability claim against us that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our available insurance limits could require us to make significant payments of damages and could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our inability to protect our intellectual property, or our involvement in damaging and disruptive intellectual property litigation, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition or result in the loss of use of the product or service.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as employee and third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We own United States patents and patent applications for some of our products, systems, business methods and technologies. We offer no assurance about the degree of protection which existing or future patents may afford us. Likewise, we offer no assurance that our patent applications will result in issued patents, that our patents will be upheld if challenged, that competitors will not develop similar or superior business methods or products outside the protection of our patents, that competitors will not infringe upon our patents, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Effective protection of our United States patents may be unavailable or limited in jurisdictions outside the United States, as the intellectual property laws of foreign countries sometimes offer less protection or have onerous filing requirements. In addition, because some patent applications are maintained in secrecy for a period of time, we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a pending patent application, and such technology could infringe a third party’s patent.

We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise learn of our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we generally require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our business could be materially adversely affected.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our company and our products and services from our competitors. Some of our trademarks may conflict with trademarks of other companies. Failure to obtain trademark registrations could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and impede our sales and marketing efforts. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

In addition, third parties may bring infringement and other claims that could be time-consuming and expensive to defend. Also, parties making infringement and other claims may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide our products, services or business methods and could cause us to pay substantial damages. In the event

16

of a successful claim of infringement, we may need to obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may not be available at a reasonable cost, or at all. It is possible that our intellectual property rights may not be valid or that we may infringe upon existing or future proprietary rights of others. Any successful infringement claims could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses on unfavorable terms, prevent us from manufacturing or selling products, services and business methods and require us to redesign or, in the case of trademark claims, re-brand our company or products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We are subject to financial and operating covenants in our new credit agreement and any failure to comply with such covenants, or obtain waivers in the event of non-compliance, could result in our being unable to borrow under our new credit agreement and other negative consequences.

Our new credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association may from time to time require us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The credit agreement also contains other customary covenants, including certain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on our stock, redeem or repurchase shares of our stock, or pledge or dispose of assets.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the financial and other covenants in our new credit agreement. Our failure to comply with these covenants could cause us to be unable to borrow under the credit agreement and may constitute an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness then outstanding under the credit agreement, which would require us to pay all amounts then outstanding. Such an event could materially adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. Additionally, such events of non-compliance could impact the terms of any additional borrowings and/or any credit renewal terms. Any failure to comply with such covenants would be a disclosable event and may be perceived negatively. Such perception could adversely affect the market price for our common stock and our ability to obtain financing in the future.

If our information technology systems fail, or if we experience an interruption in their operation, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information technology systems. We rely on those systems generally to manage the day-to-day operation of our business, manage relationships with our customers, maintain our research and development data and maintain our financial and accounting records. The failure of our information technology systems, our inability to successfully maintain, enhance and/or replace our information technology systems, or any compromise of the integrity or security of the data we generate from our information technology systems, could adversely affect our results of operations, disrupt our business and product development and make us unable, or severely limit our ability, to respond to customer demands. In addition, our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

•earthquake, fire, flood and other natural disasters;

•employee or other theft;

•attacks by computer viruses or hackers;

•power outages; and

•computer systems, internet, telecommunications or data network failure.

Any interruption of our information technology systems could result in decreased revenue, increased expenses, increased capital expenditures, customer dissatisfaction and potential lawsuits, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Our retrofitting process frequently involves responsibility for the removal and disposal of components containing hazardous materials.

When we retrofit a customer’s facility, we typically assume responsibility for removing and disposing of its existing lighting fixtures. Certain components of these fixtures typically contain trace amounts of mercury and other hazardous materials. Older components may also contain trace amounts of polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs. We currently rely on contractors to remove the components containing such hazardous materials at the customer job site. The contractors then arrange for the disposal of such components at a licensed disposal facility. Failure by such contractors to remove or dispose of the components containing these hazardous materials in a safe, effective and lawful manner could give rise to liability for us, or could expose our workers or other persons to these hazardous materials, which could result in claims against us.

The cost of compliance with environmental laws and regulations and any related environmental liabilities could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

17

Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharge to water, the remediation of contaminated properties and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of, and exposure to, waste and other materials, as well as laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety. These laws and regulations frequently change, and the violation of these laws or regulations can lead to substantial fines, penalties and other liabilities. The operation of our manufacturing facility entails risks in these areas and there can be no assurance that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in the future which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

We expect our quarterly revenue and operating results to fluctuate. If we fail to meet the expectations of market analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially, and we could become subject to securities litigation.

Our quarterly revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and will likely vary from quarter to quarter in the future. For example, our first fiscal quarter typically reflects operating results that do not compare favorably with our other fiscal quarters. You should not rely upon the results of one quarter as an indication of our future performance. Our revenue and operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts or investors in some future quarter or quarters. Our failure to meet these expectations could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially. If the price of our common stock is volatile or falls significantly below our current price, we may be the target of securities litigation. If we become involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome, we could incur substantial legal costs, management’s attention could be diverted from the operation of our business, and our reputation could be damaged, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our net operating loss carryforwards provide a future benefit only if we are profitable and may be subject to limitation based upon ownership changes.

As of March 31, 2015, we had aggregate federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $28.9 million. While our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards are fully reserved for, if we are unable to return to and maintain profitability, we may not be able to fully utilize these tax benefits. Furthermore, generally a change of more than 50% in the ownership of a company’s stock, by value, over a three-year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes. An ownership change may limit a company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such change. We believe that past issuances and transfers of our stock caused an ownership change in fiscal 2007 that may affect the timing of the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, but we do not believe the ownership change affects the use of the full amount of our net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such ownership change to offset taxable income will be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for us. In fiscal 2008, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards was limited to $3.0 million. For fiscal 2013, 2014, and 2015, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards was not limited.

The failure to establish and maintain internal controls over financial reporting could harm our business and financial results.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that we would prevent or detect a misstatement of our financial statements or fraud. In fiscal 2012, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our internal controls were not effective due to certain identified material weaknesses, which were remediated during fiscal 2013. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, our internal controls were determined to be effective . However, the failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and in a timely manner or to detect and prevent fraud and could also cause a loss of investor confidence and decline in the market price of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not continue to publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will continue to depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If these analysts do not continue to provide adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

The market price of our common stock could be adversely affected by future sales of our common stock in the public market by us or our executive officers and directors.

18

We and executive officers and directors may from time to time sell shares of our common stock in the public market or otherwise. We cannot predict the size or the effect, if any, that future sales of shares of our common stock by us or our executive officers and directors, or the perception of such sales, would have on the market price of our common stock.

We are not currently paying dividends and will likely continue not paying dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our existing revolving credit agreement restrict the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

Anti-takeover provisions included in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation or bylaws and the common share purchase rights that accompany shares of our common stock could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or management.

A change of control of our company may be discouraged, delayed or prevented by certain provisions of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law. These provisions generally restrict a broad range of business combinations between a Wisconsin corporation and a shareholder owning 15% or more of our outstanding common stock. These and other provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, including our staggered board of directors and our ability to issue “blank check” preferred stock, as well as the provisions of our amended and restated bylaws and Wisconsin law, could make it more difficult for shareholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors, including to delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company.

Each currently outstanding share of our common stock includes, and each newly issued share of our common stock will include, a common share purchase right. The rights are attached to, and trade with, the shares of common stock and generally are not exercisable. The rights will become exercisable if a person or group acquires, or announces an intention to acquire, 20% or more of our outstanding common stock. The rights have some anti-takeover effects and generally will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire control of us without conditioning the offer on either redemption of the rights or amendment of the rights to prevent this dilution. The rights could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

In addition, our employment arrangements with senior management provide for severance payments and accelerated vesting of benefits, including accelerated vesting of stock options, upon a change of control. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby adversely affecting the market price of our common stock. These provisions may also discourage or prevent a change of control or result in a lower price per share paid to our shareholders.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We own our approximately 266,000 square foot manufacturing and distribution facility in Manitowoc, Wisconsin used by all of our segments. We own our approximately 70,000 square foot technology center and corporate headquarters adjacent to our Manitowoc manufacturing and distribution facility used by all of the segments. We also lease a 5,600 square foot sales and technology office in Houston, Texas which is used by the U.S. markets segment, and we lease a 10,500 square foot office space in Jacksonville, Florida which is used by the engineered systems segment.

In May 2014, we sold our 23,000 square foot sales and operations support facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin.

In June 2015, we entered into an agreement to a three year lease for 3,100 square feet of office space in Chicago, Illinois.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date hereof, we are unable to currently assess whether the final resolution of any of such claims or legal proceedings may have a material adverse affect on us. In addition to ordinary-course litigation, we are a party to the proceedings described below.

19

On March 27, 2014, we were named as a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed by Neal R. Verfuerth, our former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Green Bay Division). The plaintiff alleges, among other things, that we breached certain agreements entered into with the plaintiff, including the plaintiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified pecuniary and compensatory damages, fees and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper. On November 4, 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss six of the plaintiff's claims. On January 9, 2015, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint re-alleging claims that were dismissed by the Court, including, among other things, a retaliation claim and certain claims with respect to prior management agreements and certain intellectual property rights. On January 22, 2015, we filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike certain of the claims made in the amended complaint. On May 18, 2015, the court dismissed the intellectual property claims re-alleged in the January 9, 2015 amended complaint. We believe that we have substantial legal and factual defenses to the plaintiff's claims and allegations remaining in the case and that we will prevail in this proceeding. We intend to continue to defend against the claims vigorously.

On May 29, 2014, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) filed a claim against us alleging certain violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) with regard to an employee. In addition, on August 20, 2014, the EEOC filed a claim against us alleging certain violations of the ADA with respect to our wellness program. We do not believe these claims will have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations.

We are currently negotiating a settlement with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue with respect to an assessment regarding the proper classification of our products for tax purposes under Wisconsin law. The issue under review is whether the installation of our lighting systems is considered a real property construction activity under Wisconsin law. We currently expect to resolve this matter with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue in fiscal 2016 for the amount that we have accrued.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Price Range of our Common Stock

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “OESX”. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share as reported on the NYSE MKT for the periods indicated.

	High		Low
Fiscal 2014
First Quarter	$	2.51	$	2.00
Second Quarter	$	4.44	$	2.30
Third Quarter	$	7.22	$	3.50
Fourth Quarter	$	8.11	$	4.71
Fiscal 2015
First Quarter	$	7.42	$	3.75
Second Quarter	$	6.32	$	4.00
Third Quarter	$	5.94	$	4.23
Fourth Quarter	$	5.50	$	2.72

Shareholders

As of June 5, 2015, there were approximately 219 record holders of the 27,551,188 outstanding shares of our common stock.The number of record holders does not include shareholders for whom shares are held in a “nominee” or “street” name.

Dividend Policy

We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our existing credit agreement restrict the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on

20

our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions (including those under our loan agreements) and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table represents shares outstanding under our 2003 Stock Option Plan and our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2015.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan Category	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options and Vesting of Restricted Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options and Restricted Shares		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuances Under the Equity Compensation Plans (1)
Equity Compensation plans approved by security holders	3,131,524	$	3.75	1,078,600
Equity Compensation plans not approved by security holders	—	—		—
Total	3,131,524	$	3.75	1,078,600

______________________________

(1) Excludes shares reflected in the column titled “Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options”.

Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities

Other than for net share redemptions upon vesting of restricted stock grants in order to satisfy the related required tax withholding amounts, we did not purchase shares of our common stock during the year ended March 31, 2015, and we do not intend to repurchase shares of our common stock in the near term.

Unregistered Sales of Securities

None.

Stock Price Performance Graph

The following graph shows the total shareholder return of an investment of $100 in cash on March 31, 2010, through March 31, 2015, for (1) our common stock, (2) the Russell 2000 Index and (3) The NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index. Data for the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index assume reinvestment of dividends. The stock price performance graph should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other filing made by us under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate the stock performance graph by reference in another filing.

21

	March 31, 2010		March 31, 2011		March 31, 2012		March 31, 2013		March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015
Orion Energy Systems, Inc.	$	100	$	82	$	49	$	51	$	148	$	64
Russell 2000 Index	$	100	$	126	$	128	$	145	$	182	$	197
NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index	$	100	$	109	$	68	$	70	$	133	$	122

22

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of future results.

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2011			2012			2013			2014			2015
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Consolidated statements of operations data:
Product revenue	$	75,870		$	90,782		$	72,604		$	71,954		$	65,881
Service revenue	6,167			9,780			13,482			16,669			6,329
Total revenue	82,037			100,562			86,086			88,623			72,210
Cost of product revenue(1)(5)	49,809			62,842			49,551			54,423			68,388
Cost of service revenue	4,589			7,682			9,805			11,220			4,959
Total cost of revenue	54,398			70,524			59,356			65,643			73,347
Gross profit (loss)	27,639			30,038			26,730			22,980			(1,137		)
General and administrative expenses(1)(2)(3)	11,686			11,399			13,946			14,951			14,908
Acquisition and integration related expenses (4)	—			—			—			819			47
Sales and marketing expenses(1)(2)	13,674			15,599			17,129			13,527			13,290
Research and development expenses(1)	2,333			2,518			2,259			2,026			2,554
Income (Loss) from operations	(54		)	522			(6,604		)	(8,343		)	(31,936		)
Interest expense	(406		)	(551		)	(567		)	(481		)	(376		)
Gain on sale of OTA contract receivables	(1,012		)	32			—			—			—
Dividend and interest income	571			850			845			567			300
Income (loss) before income tax	(901		)	853			(6,326		)	(8,257		)	(32,012		)
Income tax expense (benefit)(2)(3)	(1,242		)	370			4,073			(2,058		)	49
Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)	$	341		$	483		$	(10,399	)	$	(6,199	)	$	(32,061	)
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:
Basic	$	0.02		$	0.02		$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)
Diluted	$	0.01		$	0.02		$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic	22,678			22,953			20,997			20,988			22,353
Diluted	23,198			23,387			20,997			20,988			22,353

23

______________________________

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense recognized under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718, as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
	(in thousands)
Cost of product revenue	$	114	$	70	$	50
General and administrative expenses	578		1,025		1,056
Sales and marketing expenses	451		485		360
Research and development expenses	21		13		33
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	1,164	$	1,593	$	1,499

(2) Includes fiscal 2013 reorganization expenses of $1.9 million in general and administrative expenses, $0.2 million in sales and marketing expenses and a $4.1 million valuation reserve for deferred tax assets in income tax expense.

(3) Includes fiscal 2014 loss on sale of a leased corporate jet of $1.5 million in general and administrative expenses and a $2.3 million benefit for deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris in income tax benefit.

(4) Includes fiscal 2014 expenses of $0.5 million related to the acquisition and integration of Harris.

(5) Includes fiscal 2015 expenses of $12.1 million related to the impairment of wireless control inventory, fixed assets and intangible assets.

______________________________

	As of March 31,
	2011			2012			2013			2014			2015
	(in thousands)
Consolidated balance sheet data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	11,560		$	23,011		$	14,376		$	17,568		$	20,002
Short-term investments	1,011			1,016			1,021			470			—
Total assets	121,087			125,650			102,097			98,940			87,805
Long-term debt, less current maturities	4,225			6,704			4,109			3,151			722
Shareholder notes receivable	(193		)	(221		)	(265		)	(50		)	(4		)
Total shareholders’ equity	$	90,455		$	92,769		$	77,769		$	77,012		$	64,511

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See also “Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A. “Risk Factors”.

Market Shift to LED Products

The rapidly changing market shift in the lighting industry from legacy lighting products to LED lighting products has caused us to adopt new strategies, approaches and processes in order to respond proactively to this paradigm shift. These changing underlying business fundamentals in this paradigm shift include:

• Rapidly declining LED product end user customer pricing and related component costs, improving LED product performance and customer return on investment payback periods, all of which are driving increasing customer preferences for LED lighting products compared to legacy lighting products.

• Increasing LED lighting product customer sales compared to decreasing HIF product sales.

• Generally lower LED product gross margins than those typically realized on sales of legacy lighting products.

24

• A broader and more diverse customer base and market opportunities compared to our historical commercial and industrial facility customers.

• Increased importance of highly innovative product designs and features and faster speed to market product research and development capabilities.

• Significantly reduced product technology life cycles; significantly shorter product inventory shelf lives and the related increased risk of rapidly occurring product technology obsolescence.

• Increased reliance on international component sources.

• Less internal product fabrication and production capabilities needed to support LED product assembly.

• Different and broader types of components needed to support LED product assembly.

• Different fabrication and assembly processes needed to support LED product production compared to our legacy products.

• Significantly longer end user product warranty requirements for LED products compared to our legacy products.

As we continue to focus our business on selling our LED product lines to respond to the rapidly changing market dynamics in the lighting industry, we face intense competition from an increased number of other LED product companies, a number of which have substantially greater resources and more experience and history with LED lighting products than we do.

Fiscal 2015 Developments

During the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter, we identified potential annualized cost reductions of up to approximately $10.0 million resulting from our ongoing business transition from our historical focus on our legacy fluorescent lighting products to our current focus on our new LED lighting products. These reductions include expected cost reductions from strategic sourcing initiatives, reduced compensation costs in our manufacturing and corporate operations, and other reductions in our operating expenses. We fully implemented these cost reductions during the fourth quarter of our fiscal 2015, although the cost savings will not be fully realized until fiscal 2016. We incurred approximately $0.2 million of severance expense related to headcount reductions during our fiscal 2015 fourth quarter.

During fiscal 2015, we focused on converting our manufacturing production assembly lines from predominantly HIF lighting assembly lines to LED lighting assembly lines. We are considering implementing additional significant changes to our manufacturing production and assembly facility and processes that will provide us additional flexibility to continue to adapt and respond to the changing market dynamics of the lighting products industry and to continue to enhance our competitiveness. It is possible that the implementation of such changes could result in us recognizing asset impairment charges or other similar write downs, and incurring other repositioning expenses and charges. As part of our business initiatives to adapt to the rapidly evolving LED market, we are also currently considering options related to our properties, including the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing and corporate facilities that, if executed, may result in a significant impairment charge. Additionally, we have been managing through significant change in our vendor supply chain as our LED product portfolio and our product revenue continues to increase and we place most of our focus on this product line. We believe that our recent efforts to negotiate future lower material input costs will improve our LED product gross margins beginning during our fiscal 2016, and after we have completed our existing inventory purchase commitments. However, we may not be able to realize the gross margin benefits in the amounts or on the timetable anticipated and we may experience higher warranty expenses in the future as we implement our manufacturing and assembly process changes. It is also possible that, as we continue to focus our sales efforts on our LED product portfolio, we may increase our risk of inventory obsolescence for our legacy lighting product lines or even outmoded LED products. During fiscal 2016, we intend to open an innovation hub in Chicago, Illinois to develop and design new LED products. We believe that this location is in close proximity to highly-regarded engineering and business schools and will offer us a greater supply of technical talent to help us develop new LED products in the future. We may incur additional start-up expenses for this new innovation hub, as well as additional compensation expense as we add research and development and engineering personnel.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2015, we experienced a reduction in the amount of new customer orders for our energy efficient HIF lighting systems within our industrial and exterior markets. We attributed this to an increasing awareness within the marketplace of emerging LED product offerings. We believe that customers deferred purchase decisions as they evaluated the cost and performance of these LED product offerings. During the fiscal 2015 third quarter, we began to see this deferral of purchasing decisions begin to abate as customer purchases of LED lighting systems during our fiscal 2015 back half increased compared to our fiscal 2014 back half. We believe that customer purchases of LED lighting systems will increase into fiscal year 2016 as expected improvements in LED performance and expected decreases in LED product costs are currently expected to make our LED products even more economically compelling to our customers.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we sold our corporate facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin for net proceeds of approximately $1.0 million.

25

We also realigned our organizational structure which resulted in our identification of new operating segments for the purpose of making operational decisions and assessing financial performance. The new business divisions include US Markets, Orion Engineered Systems and Orion Distribution Services.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, we recorded a $12.1 million impairment charge related to our long-term inventory and investment in wireless controls products. As a result of recent changes in the business environment, primarily due to the increased velocity of the market acceptance of LED lighting solutions, the performance improvements of LED components which has led to reduced energy costs, the increasing contribution to our revenue from non-industrial markets where our wireless control products cannot be utilized and a significant decline in wireless controls unit volume sales during the quarter ended September 30, 2014, we reviewed our carrying cost, asset carrying values and intangible assets related to our wireless controls product offering. Additionally, we researched and evaluated opportunities for alternative markets into which to sell these products. As a result of these changing market conditions, the significant recent decline in wireless controls unit sales volume, our inability to find other alternative market uses for our controls products and recognition that further investment to keep the product's software and firmware current was not a prudent investment, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge to our wireless controls inventory of $10.2 million and related non-cash asset impairment expense on development assets of $1.0 million for property and equipment, $0.1 million for intangible assets, and $0.8 million for prepaid licensing costs in other long-term assets. After these non-cash impairment charges, the carrying value of our wireless controls inventory was $0.5 million.

During the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter, we entered into a new credit and security agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association providing for a three-year revolving credit facility. The agreement provides for an initial credit limit of $15.0 million, net of a $5.0 million reserve and subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Borrowings under the agreement will bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum.

During the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter, we completed an underwritten public offering of 5.46 million shares of our common stock, at an offering price to the public of $3.50 per share. Net proceeds of the offering approximated $17.5 million.

Fiscal 2014 Developments

In July 2013, we completed the acquisition of the equity interests of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC, or collectively, Harris. Harris engineers, designs, sources and manufactures energy efficient lighting systems, including fluorescent and LED lighting solutions, and day-lighting products. The Harris acquisition has expanded our product lines, increased our sales force and provided growth opportunities into markets where we did not have a strong presence, specifically, new construction, retail store fronts, commercial office and government. The purchase price for the transaction was $10.8 million, after an adjustment of $0.2 million for excess net working capital over a targeted amount.

We acquired certain LED technologies through the acquisition of Harris which complement our existing portfolio of LED lighting products. In particular, Harris' LED door retrofit, or LDR^TM, product is designed to retrofit commercial office and retail space, a market in which we have historically recognized little revenue contribution. Since the acquisition of Harris, our engineering and design teams have worked to expand the LDR^TM product line to include architectural, industrial and contractor product categories.

During fiscal 2014, we sold our leased corporate jet which resulted in a $1.4 million loss, including employee severance expenses, which resulted in approximately $1.5 million in annualized cost savings. Additionally, during fiscal 2014, we recorded a $2.3 million benefit against our valuation allowance to offset deferred tax liabilities acquired from Harris.

During fiscal 2014, we actively expanded our in-market sales force. Our in-market sales force is responsible for the development of indirect resellers within their territory, along with a continued focus on selling directly to end customers within their territory.

Overview

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of high-performance, energy-efficient lighting platforms. We research, develop, design, manufacture, market, sell and implement energy management systems consisting primarily of high-performance, energy efficient commercial and industrial interior and exterior lighting systems and related services. Our products are targeted for applications in three primary market segments: commercial office and retail, area lighting and industrial high bay, although we do sell and install products into other markets. Virtually all of our sales occur within North America. We operate in three operating segments, which we refer to as U.S. Markets, Engineered Systems and Distribution Services. Our US Markets division focuses on selling our lighting solutions into the wholesale markets with customers including domestic energy service companies, or ESCOs, and electrical contractors. Our Orion Engineered Systems division focuses on selling lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. Orion Engineered Systems completes the construction management services related to existing contracted solar photovoltaic, or PV, projects. Its customers include national accounts, government, municipal and schools. Our Orion Distribution Services division focuses on selling our lighting products internationally and is developing a network of broad line distributors. Historically, sales of all of our lighting products and the related costs were combined through our Energy Management division and sales of all of our solar PV products and the related costs were combined through our Engineered Systems division.

26

Our lighting products consist primarily of light emitting diode, or LED, and our legacy high intensity fluorescent, or HIF, lighting fixtures. Our principal customers include national accounts, energy service companies, electrical contractors and electrical distributors. Currently, substantially all of our products are manufactured at our production facility location in Wisconsin, although we are increasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development.

We previously marketed and implemented renewable energy systems consisting primarily of solar generating photovoltaic, or PV, systems and wind turbines. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we experienced a significant reduction in new solar PV orders and did not sign any significant new solar contracts. We attribute this to the December 2011 expiration of federal cash grants available for solar projects, declining solar prices for panels, an unstable supply environment, including bankruptcy filings from several solar panel suppliers, and a decline in the value of state and utility incentives. During fiscal 2014, we deemphasized our efforts to obtain new PV construction contracts and focused on the completion of previously received orders within our solar backlog, which has decreased from $36.1 million at the beginning of our fiscal 2013 to $0.2 million as of March 31, 2015. We expect this trend to continue into the future, since we are not pursuing new PV orders. In response to this solar order decline and our decision not to pursue new PV orders, we redeployed personnel to focus on our opportunities within the LED retrofit market.

While we continue to provide solutions using our legacy HIF technology, we believe the market for lighting products is currently in a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Compared to legacy lighting systems, we believe that LED lighting technology allows for better optical performance, significantly reduced maintenance costs due to performance longevity and reduced energy consumption. Due to their size and flexibility in application we also believe that LED lighting systems can address opportunities for retrofit applications that cannot be satisfied by fluorescent or other legacy technologies. We expect our LED lighting technologies to become the primary component of our future revenue as we strive to be the leader in the industry transition to LED lighting technology. Based on a May 2013 United States Department of Energy report, we estimate the potential North American LED retrofit market within our key product categories to be approximately 1.1 billion lighting fixtures. In fiscal 2014, our LED lighting sales totaled $4.8 million, or 7.2% of our total lighting revenue, compared to $1.9 million, or 2.8% of our total lighting revenue for fiscal 2013. For fiscal 2015, our LED lighting revenue totaled $30.8 million, or 43.5% of our total lighting revenue, compared to $4.8 million, or 7.2% of our total lighting revenue, for fiscal 2014. We plan to primarily focus our future efforts on developing and selling innovative LED products while continuing to market and sell legacy HIF solutions in circumstances in which LED solutions may not be our customers' best alternative.

We typically generate virtually all of our revenue from sales of LED and HIF lighting systems and related services to commercial and industrial customers. We typically sell our LED and HIF lighting systems in replacement of our customers’ existing HID and HIF fixtures. We call this replacement process a “retrofit.” We frequently engage our customer’s existing electrical contractor to provide installation and project management services. We also sell our LED and HIF lighting systems on a wholesale basis, principally to electrical contractors and energy service companies to sell to their own customer bases.

We have sold and installed approximately 4.3 million of our LED and HIF lighting systems in more than 11,958 facilities from December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2015. Our top direct customers by revenue in fiscal 2015 included Ford Motor Co., Dollar General Corporation, Sears Holding Corp,, Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., US Foodservice, and USF Holland Inc.

In response to potential constraints on our customers’ capital spending budgets, we promote the advantages to our customers of purchasing our energy management systems through our Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, financing program. Our OTA financing program provides for our customer’s purchase of our energy management systems without an up-front capital outlay. We have an arrangement with a national equipment finance company to provide immediate non-recourse and recourse funding of pre-credit approved OTA finance contracts upon project completion and customer acceptance. Virtually all of these sales occur on a non-recourse basis. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, approximately 94.3% and 91.4% respectively, of our total completed OTA contracts were financed directly through third party equipment finance companies. In the future, we intend to continue to utilize third party finance companies to fund virtually all of our OTA contracts. The number of customers who choose to purchase our systems by using our OTA financing program is dependent upon our relationships with third party equipment finance companies, the extent to which customers' choose to use their own capital budgets and the extent to which customers' choose to enter into finance contracts.

Despite recent economic challenges, we remain optimistic about our near-term and long-term financial performance. Our near-term optimism is based upon our investments into our US markets sales force and the expansion of our reseller network, our intentions to continue to expand our sales force during fiscal 2016, our cost containment initiatives and opportunities and the increasing volume of unit sales of our new products, specifically our LED lighting fixtures. Our long-term optimism is based upon the considerable size of the existing market opportunity for lighting retrofits, including the market opportunities in commercial office, government and retail markets, the continued development of our new products and product enhancements, including our new LED product offerings, and our cost reduction initiatives.

27

Our fiscal year ends on March 31. We call our fiscal years which ended on March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, “fiscal 2013,” “fiscal 2014” and “fiscal 2015,” respectively. Our fiscal first quarter ends on June 30, our fiscal second quarter ends on September 30, our fiscal third quarter ends on December 31 and our fiscal fourth quarter ends on March 31.

Revenue and Expense Components

Revenue. We sell our energy management products and services directly to commercial and industrial customers, and indirectly to end users through wholesale sales to electrical contractors and value-added resellers. We currently generate virtually all of our revenue from sales of LED and HIF lighting systems and related services to commercial and industrial customers, with sales of our LED systems becoming our primary emphasis. While our services include comprehensive site assessment, site field verification, utility incentive and government subsidy management, engineering design, project management, installation and recycling in connection with our retrofit installations, we separately recognize service revenue only for our installation and recycling services. Our installation and recycling service revenues are recognized when services are complete and customer acceptance has been received. In the second half of fiscal 2014, we transitioned our in-market sales force to focus our efforts on expanding and developing our reseller channels. These wholesale channels accounted for approximately 59%, 63% and 55% of our total revenue volume in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, not taking into consideration our renewable technologies revenue generated through our engineered systems division.

Additionally, we offer our OTA sales-type financing program under which we finance the customer’s purchase of our energy management systems. The OTA program was established to assist customers who are interested in purchasing our energy management systems but who have capital expenditure budget limitations. Our OTA contracts are capital leases under GAAP and we record revenue at the present value of the future payments at the time customer acceptance of the installed and operating system is complete. Our OTA contracts under this sales-type financing are either structured with a fixed term, typically 60 months, and a bargain purchase option at the end of term, or are one year in duration and, at the completion of the initial one-year term, provide for (i) one to four automatic one-year renewals at agreed upon pricing; (ii) an early buyout for cash; or (iii) the return of the equipment at the customer’s expense. The revenue that we are entitled to receive from the sale of our lighting fixtures under our OTA financing program is fixed and is based on the cost of the lighting fixtures and applicable profit margin. Our revenue from agreements entered into under this program is not dependent upon our customers’ actual energy savings. We recognize revenue from OTA contracts at the net present value of the future cash flows at the completion date of the installation of the energy management systems and the customers acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified. Upon completion of the installation, we may choose to sell the future cash flows and residual rights to the equipment on a non-recourse basis to an unrelated third party finance company in exchange for cash and future payments.

In fiscal 2013, we recognized $6.7 million of revenue from 128 completed OTA contracts. In fiscal 2014, we recognized $4.0 million of revenue from 67 completed OTA contracts. In fiscal 2015, we recognized $1.2 million of revenue from 25 completed OTA contracts.

Our PPA financing program provides for our customer’s purchase of electricity from our renewable energy generating assets without an upfront capital outlay. Our PPA is a longer-term contract, typically in excess of 10 years, in which we receive monthly payments over the life of the contract. This program creates an ongoing recurring revenue stream, but reduces near-term revenue as the payments are recognized as revenue on a monthly basis over the life of the contract versus upfront upon product shipment or project completion. In fiscal 2013, we recognized $0.7 million of revenue from completed PPAs. In fiscal 2014, we recognized $0.5 million of revenue from completed PPAs. In fiscal 2015, we recognized $0.4 million of revenue from completed PPAs. As of March 31, 2015, we had signed 1 customer to 2 separate PPAs representing future potential discounted revenue streams of $2.0 million. In the future, we do not expect to complete any additional new PPA agreements. We discount the future revenue from PPAs due to the long-term nature of the contracts, typically in excess of 10 years. The timing of expected future discounted GAAP revenue recognition and the resulting operating cash inflows from PPAs, assuming the systems perform as designed, was as follows as of March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	247
Fiscal 2017	247
Fiscal 2018	246
Fiscal 2019	246
Fiscal 2020	246
Beyond	740
Total expected future discounted revenue from PPA's	$	1,972

28

For sales of our solar PV systems, which are governed by customer contracts that require us to deliver functioning solar power systems and are generally completed within three to 15 months from the start of project construction, we recognize revenue from fixed price construction contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. Under this method, revenue arising from fixed price construction contracts is recognized as work is performed based upon the percentage of incurred costs to estimated total forecasted costs. We have determined that the appropriate method of measuring progress on these sales is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. The percentage-of-completion method requires revenue recognition from the delivery of products to be deferred and the cost of such products to be capitalized as a deferred cost and current asset on the balance sheet. We perform periodic evaluations of the progress of the installation of the solar PV systems using actual costs incurred over total estimated costs to complete a project. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

We recognize revenue on product only sales of our lighting and energy management systems at the time of shipment. For lighting and energy management systems projects consisting of multiple elements of revenue, such as a combination of product sales and services, we recognize revenue by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices. We determine the selling price of each element based upon management’s best estimate giving consideration to pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, scope and size of individual projects, geographies in which we offer our products and services and internal costs. We recognize revenue at the time of product shipment on product sales and on services completed prior to product shipment. We recognize revenue associated with services provided after product shipment, based on their relative selling price, when the services are completed and customer acceptance has been received. When other significant obligations or acceptance terms remain after products are delivered, revenue is recognized only after such obligations are fulfilled or acceptance by the customer has occurred.

Our dependence on individual key customers can vary from period to period as a result of the significant size of some of our retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects. Our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 35%, 45% and 36% of our total revenue for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2013. One solar customer, Standard Alternative LLC, accounted for 23% of our fiscal 2014 revenue. One customer, Ford Motor, accounted for 12% of our fiscal 2015 revenue. To the extent that large retrofit and roll-out projects become a greater component of our total revenue, we may experience more customer concentration in given periods. The loss of, or substantial reduction in sales volume to, any of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our total revenue in any given period and may result in significant annual and quarterly revenue variations.

Our level of total revenue for any given period is dependent upon a number of factors, including (i) the rate of performance improvement and cost decreases of our LED product offerings, particularly as we make our LED products our primary emphasis; (ii) the demand for our products and systems, particularly our LED products and any new products, applications and service that we may introduce; (iii) the selling price of our LED products compared to our other lighting alternatives; (iv) the number and timing of large retrofit and multi-facility retrofit, or “roll-out,” projects; (v) the rate at which we expand our in-market sales force; (vi) customer sales and budget cycles, including budget cycles for utility incentive programs; (vii) our ability to realize revenue from our services, particularly our ability to access job sites and manage our customer's control over their own installation labor workforce; (viii) market conditions; (ix) the level of our wholesale sales; (x) our execution of our sales process; (xi) our ability to compete in a highly competitive market and our ability to respond successfully to market competition; (xii) the selling price of our products and services; (xiii) changes in capital investment levels by our customers and prospects; (xiv) our decreasing emphasis on solar PV sales and non-recurrence of prior levels of PV revenue; and (xv) the rate of government spending on our products. As a result, our total revenue may be subject to quarterly variations and our total revenue for any particular fiscal quarter may not be indicative of future results. In particular, as we focus our marketing and sales efforts on our LED lighting products and decrease our emphasis on our HIF products, and given the rapidly changing market dynamics of the lighting market, we may experience significant and unpredictable variations in our quarterly results.

Backlog. We define backlog as the total contractual value of all firm orders and OTA contracts received for our lighting products and services where delivery of product or completion of services has not yet occurred as of the end of any particular reporting period. Such orders must be evidenced by a signed proposal acceptance or purchase order from the customer. Our backlog does not include PPAs or national contracts that have been negotiated, but under which we have not yet received a purchase order for the specific location. As of March 31, 2013, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $21.9 million, which included $20.2 million of solar PV orders. As of March 31, 2014, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $2.7 million, which included $1.1 million of solar PV orders. As of March 31, 2015, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $7.1 million, which included $0.2 million of solar PV orders. We expect all of our $0.2 million solar backlog as of March 31, 2015 to be converted into revenue during fiscal 2016. We generally expect our level of firm purchase order backlog related to LED and HIF lighting systems to be converted into revenue within the following quarter. We generally expect our firm purchase order backlog related to solar PV systems to be recognized within the following three to 15 months from the time construction of the system begins, although during fiscal 2012, we received a $20.2 million single order for which the solar PV system construction began during our fiscal 2014 first quarter and was completed during our fiscal 2015 third quarter. As a result of the decreased volume of our solar PV orders, the increased volume of multi-facility roll-outs and large retrofit projects, the

29

continued shortening of our installation cycles and the declining number of projects sold through OTAs, a comparison of backlog from period to period is not necessarily meaningful and may not be indicative of actual revenue recognized in future periods.

Cost of Revenue. Our total cost of revenue consists of costs for: (i) raw materials, including sheet, coiled and specialty reflective aluminum; (ii) electrical components, including ballasts, power supplies, lamps and LED chips and components; (iii)  (iii) wages and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges, for our fabricating, coating, assembly, logistics and project installation service organizations; (iv) manufacturing facilities, including depreciation on our manufacturing facilities and equipment, taxes, insurance and utilities; (v) warranty expenses; (vi) installation and integration; and (vii) shipping and handling; and (viii) materials for sales of solar PV systems through our engineered systems division, including solar panels, inverters and wiring. We also purchase many of our electrical components through forward purchase contracts. We buy most of our specialty reflective aluminum from a single supplier. We buy most of our LED chips from a single supplier, although we believe we could obtain sufficient quantities of these raw materials on a price and quality competitive basis from other suppliers if necessary. We use multiple suppliers for our electronic component purchases, including ballasts. drivers and lamps. Purchases from our previous primary supplier of ballast and lamp components constituted 4%, 7%, and 3% of our total cost of revenue in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively. Our cost of revenue from OTA projects is recorded upon customer acceptance and acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified. Our production labor force is non-union and, as a result, our production labor costs have been relatively stable. During fiscal 2013, we reduced indirect headcount as part of our cost containment initiative. During fiscal 2014, we aggressively focused on cost containment initiatives related to material product costs, service margin expansion and the implementation of lean manufacturing methodologies to reduce production costs in our manufacturing facility. Additionally, we consolidated Harris' Florida manufacturing operations into our Wisconsin facility. During fiscal 2015, we reorganized our manufacturing production lines to increase our capacity to produce LED lighting products. Additionally, we continued to reduce product costs through a reduction in workforce and through negotiated material input price decreases with our vendors. During the fiscal 2015 second quarter, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $12.1 million related to an assessment of the carrying cost of our long-term wireless control inventory and related development and intangible costs. The wireless controls inventory was deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including a significant decline during the fiscal year in wireless controls unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. During our fiscal 2015 third quarter, we recorded a warranty charge of $0.6 million related to a production defect in one of our products. We believe that we fully corrected such defect and we do not anticipate experiencing a similar level of warranty charges in future periods with respect to such defect. During fiscal 2016, we expect to generate efficiencies and cost decreases from our lean manufacturing initiatives begun during fiscal 2014 and our focus on reducing component product costs through strategic sourcing begun during fiscal 2015.

Gross Margin. Our gross profit has been, and will continue to be, affected by the relative levels of our total revenue and our total cost of revenue, and as a result, our gross profit may be subject to quarterly variation. Our gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, is affected by a number of factors, including: (i) our level of utilization of our manufacturing facilities and production equipment and related absorption of our manufacturing overhead costs; (ii) our mix of large retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects with national accounts; (iii) our increasing sales mix of LED lighting products and their current lower margins compared to the decreasing volume of our higher margin HIF products; (iv) our project pricing; (v) our realization rate on our billable services; (vi) our level of warranty claims; (vii) our level of efficiencies from our subcontracted installation service providers; and (viii) any severance expenses that affect our cost of revenue.

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses consist of: (i) general and administrative expenses; (ii) acquisition related expenses; (iii) sales and marketing expenses; and (iv) research and development expenses. Personnel related costs are our largest operating expense. During the second half of fiscal 2013, we initiated cost containment efforts that reduced expenses related to compensation, consulting and other discretionary spending. During fiscal 2014, we increased headcount in our sales areas for our US markets division. During fiscal 2014, we sold our leased corporate jet and consolidated our Plymouth location into our Manitowoc headquarters. During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we sold our facility in Plymouth. During fiscal 2015, we continued to increase sales headcount within all of our revenue generating divisions. Additionally, during fiscal 2015, we invested $0.3 million in a branding campaign to better position us as an LED company to our direct customers and our resellers. We expect our branding campaign to result in generating additional sales pipeline, increase the number of our resellers and increase our market share in newer markets, such as schools and commercial office space. We believe this branding investment is vital in strengthening our position as an LED lighting solutions provider and improving our ability to compete against existing LED lighting companies. We intend to continue to invest in research and product development for new LED lighting products. As a result of cost reduction initiatives during the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter as we implement our business transition to a focus on our LED products, we incurred severance expenses of $0.2 million, of which $0.1 million is attributable to operating expense.

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges related to our executive, finance, human resource, information technology and operations organizations; (ii) public company costs, including investor relations, external audit and internal audit; (iii) occupancy expenses;

30

(iv) professional services fees; (v) technology related costs and amortization; (vi) asset impairment charges; and (vii) corporate-related travel.

Our acquisition and integration related expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) variable purchase accounting expenses for contingent consideration; (ii) legal and accounting costs; and (iii) integration expenses.

Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges related to our sales and marketing organization; (ii) internal and external sales commissions and bonuses; (iii) travel, lodging and other out-of-pocket expenses associated with our selling efforts; (iv) marketing programs; (v) pre-sales costs; (vi) bad debt; and (vii) other related overhead.

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges, related to our engineering and product development organization; (ii) payments to consultants; (iii) the design and development of new energy management products and enhancements to our existing energy management system; (iv) quality assurance and testing; and (v) other related overhead. We expense research and development costs as incurred.

We expense all pre-sale costs incurred in connection with our sales process prior to obtaining a purchase order. These pre-sale costs may reduce our net income in a given period prior to recognizing any corresponding revenue.

We recognize compensation expense for the fair value of our stock option awards and restricted stock awards granted over their related vesting period. We recognized $1.2 million, $1.6 million, and $1.5 million of stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively. As a result of prior option and restricted stock grants, including awards in fiscal 2015, we expect to recognize an additional $2.9 million of stock-based compensation over a weighted average period of approximately 3.5 years. These charges have been, and will continue to be, allocated to cost of product revenue, general and administrative expenses, sales and marketing expenses and research and development expenses based on the departments in which the personnel receiving such awards have primary responsibility. A substantial majority of these charges have been, and likely will continue to be, allocated to general and administrative expenses and sales and marketing expenses.

Interest Expense. Our interest expense is comprised primarily of interest expense on outstanding borrowings under long-term debt obligations, including the amortization of previously incurred financing costs. We amortize deferred financing costs to interest expense over the life of the related debt instrument, ranging from one to three years.

Interest Income. We report interest income earned from our financed OTA contracts and on our cash and cash equivalents and short term investments. For fiscal 2013, our interest income increased as a result of the increasing OTA finance contracts completed that we retained ownership of the contracts and the related interest charged to customers. For fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, our interest income declined as we began to decrease the number of OTA finance contracts where we retained the ownership of the contract. Instead, we elected to utilize our third party equipment finance providers directly and we recorded no interest income on those transactions.

Income Taxes. As of March 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million for federal tax purposes and $28.9 million for state tax purposes. Included in these loss carryforwards were $3.8 million for federal and $4.1 million for state tax purposes of compensation expenses that were associated with the exercise of nonqualified stock options. The benefit from our net operating losses created from these compensation expenses has not yet been recognized in our financial statements and will be accounted for in our shareholders’ equity as a credit to additional paid-in capital as the deduction reduces our income taxes payable. We also had federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.5 million and state tax credits of $0.8 million as of March 31, 2015. A valuation allowance of $19.6 million, equaling the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of its realization in the future, has been set up to reserve for our net operating losses and our tax credits. It is possible that we may not be able to utilize the full benefit of our state tax credits due to our state apportioned income and the potential expiration of the state tax credits due to the carry forward period. These federal and state net operating losses and credit carryforwards are available, subject to the discussion in the following paragraph, to offset future taxable income and, if not utilized, will begin to expire in varying amounts between 2020 and 2035. Our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is based upon our cumulative three year operating losses.

Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of a company’s stock, by value, over a three year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes. An ownership change may limit a company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such change. In fiscal 2007 and prior to our IPO, past issuances and transfers of stock caused an ownership change for certain tax purposes. When certain ownership changes occur, tax laws require that a calculation be made to establish a limitation on the use of net operating loss carryforwards created in periods prior to such ownership change. There was no limitation that occurred for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015. We do not believe that this change will impact our overall ability to use our full remaining net operating loss carryforwards during the time period that they are available to us.

31

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the line items of our consolidated statements of operations on an absolute dollar basis and as a relative percentage of our total revenue for each applicable period, together with the relative percentage change in such line item between applicable comparable periods set forth below:

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013					2014							2015
	(Dollars in thousands)
	Amount			% of Revenue		Amount			% of Revenue		% Change		Amount			% of Revenue		% Change
Product revenue	$	72,604		84.3	%	$	71,954		81.2	%	(0.9	)%	$	65,881		91.2	%	(8.4	)%
Service revenue	13,482			15.7	%	16,669			18.8	%	23.6	%	6,329			8.8	%	(62.0	)%
Total revenue	86,086			100.0	%	88,623			100.0	%	2.9	%	72,210			100.0	%	(18.5	)%
Cost of product revenue	49,551			57.6	%	54,423			61.3	%	9.8	%	68,388			94.7	%	25.7	%
Cost of service revenue	9,805			11.4	%	11,220			12.7	%	14.4	%	4,959			6.9	%	(55.8	)%
Total cost of revenue	59,356			68.9	%	65,643			74.1	%	10.6	%	73,347			101.6	%	11.7	%
Gross profit (loss)	26,730			31.1	%	22,980			25.9	%	(14.0	)%	(1,137		)	(1.6	)%	(104.9	)%
General and administrative expenses	13,946			16.2	%	14,951			16.9	%	7.2	%	14,908			20.6	%	(0.3	)%
Acquisition and integration related expenses	—			—	%	819			0.9	%	100.0	%	47			0.1	%	(94.3	)%
Sales and marketing expenses	17,129			19.9	%	13,527			15.3	%	(21.0	)%	13,290			18.4	%	(1.8	)%
Research and development expenses	2,259			2.7	%	2,026			2.4	%	(10.3	)%	2,554			3.4	%	26.1	%
Loss from operations	(6,604		)	(7.7	)%	(8,343		)	(9.4	)%	26.3	%	(31,936		)	(44.2	)%	282.8	%
Interest expense	(567		)	(0.7	)%	(481		)	(0.4	)%	(15.2	)%	(376		)	(0.5	)%	(21.8	)%
Interest income	845			1.1	%	567			0.6	%	(32.9	)%	300			0.4	%	(47.1	)%
Loss before income tax	(6,326		)	(7.2	)%	(8,257		)	(9.3	)%	30.5	%	(32,012		)	(44.3	)%	287.7	%
Income tax expense (benefit)	4,073			4.7	%	(2,058		)	(2.2	)%	(150.5	)%	49			0.1	%	(102.4	)%
Net loss and comprehensive loss	$	(10,399	)	(12.1	)%	$	(6,199	)	(7.0	)%	(40.4	)%	$	(32,061	)	(44.4	)%	417.2	%

Consolidated Results

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

Revenue. Product revenue decreased from $72.0 million for fiscal 2014 to $65.9 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $6.1 million, or 8.4%. As a result of our discontinuance of our sale of new PV systems, our product revenue from renewable energy systems was only $0.9 million for fiscal 2015 compared to $12.2 million for fiscal 2014. We expect this trend of decreasing solar PV system revenue to continue through fiscal 2016 and into the future. Product revenue from energy efficiency lighting systems increased from $59.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $65.0 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $5.2 million, or 8.7%, predominantly occurring during our fiscal 2015 back half. We attribute the overall increase in product revenue from energy efficient lighting systems during fiscal 2015 to the emergence of LED lighting solutions. Product sales of our LED fixtures increased from $4.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $30.8 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $26.0 million or 542%. Within our customer base, LED product costs have been declining while performance, and the related energy reduction, has been improving. During the back half of our fiscal 2015, the return on investment for our customers using LED technology improved and we began to experience an increase in LED product revenue. During the first half of fiscal 2015, we believe customers delayed purchasing decisions as they monitored and evaluated technology alternatives. Service revenue decreased from $16.7 million for fiscal 2014 to $6.3 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $10.4 million, or 62.0%. The decrease in service revenue for fiscal 2015 was a result of fewer solar projects which reduced service revenue by $8.9 million versus the prior year period and also due to the reduction in lighting revenue during the fiscal 2015 first half.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin. Cost of product revenue increased from $54.4 million for fiscal 2014 to $68.4 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $14.0 million, or 25.7%. Cost of service revenue decreased from $11.2 million for fiscal 2014 to $5.0 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $6.2 million, or 55.8%. Total gross margin decreased from 25.9% for fiscal 2014 to

32

(1.6)% for fiscal 2015. During the fiscal 2015 second quarter, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $12.1 million related to an assessment of the carrying cost of our long-term wireless control inventory and related development and intangible costs. The wireless controls inventory was deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including a significant decline during the fiscal year in wireless controls unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. Total gross margin excluding the impairment charge decreased from 25.9% for fiscal 2014 to 15.2% for fiscal 2015. Gross margin from our HIF and LED integrated systems revenue for fiscal 2014 was 26.0% compared to 15.0%, excluding the aforementioned wireless control impairment, for fiscal 2015. The decrease in our lighting gross margin percentage was impacted by (i) a product warranty charge of $0.6 million; (ii) the increase in the relative sales volume of our lower margin LED products; (iii) higher than anticipated input material costs; and (iv) the decrease in sales volumes of manufactured lighting products and the related under absorption of the fixed expenses associated with our underutilized manufacturing facility. The warranty charge in the fiscal 2015 third quarter was related to a product malfunction in one of our lighting products manufactured in the quarter that resulted from a new engineering modification. We took proactive steps to address this issue with all of our customers who purchased this product. As a result, we do not believe that we will incur recurring warranty costs expenses with respect to this product in future periods. We expect our gross margins from sales of lighting products to improve during our fiscal 2016 as we begin to recognize the benefits of higher purchase volumes of LED components at lower costs and the reduction in expenses from our February 2015 reduction in headcount. Our gross margin on solar PV revenues was 25.6% during fiscal 2014 compared to 25.3% during fiscal 2015.

Operating Expenses

General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses decreased from $15.0 million for fiscal 2014 to $14.9 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.3%. The decrease was due to a loss of $1.5 million from the sale of our corporate leased aircraft and including related aviation employee severance expenses during fiscal 2014 that did not reoccur, and a decrease of $0.3 million in legal expenses, partially offset by an increase due to incremental operating expenses of $0.1 million from the acquisition of Harris during fiscal 2014, an increase in depreciation and intangible amortization expenses of $0.3 million, increased compensation and benefit expenses of $0.6 million, increased stock compensation expense of $0.1 million, increased consulting expenses of $0.4 million related to initiatives for recruiting and talent development, strategic sourcing and the creation of financial systems tools, increased travel of $0.1 million and increased costs for general office expenses and software licensing fees of $0.1 million.

Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses. Our acquisition related expenses decreased from $0.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $47 thousand for fiscal 2015. The decrease was due to $0.5 million of expenses incurred during fiscal 2014 related to the acquisition of Harris which included $0.3 million for variable mark-to-market purchase accounting expenses related to the contingent consideration earn-out and $0.2 million for legal, accounting and integration related costs. We incurred $0.3 million in other acquisition related activities for legal and consulting activities during fiscal 2014.

Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses decreased from $13.5 million for fiscal 2014 to $13.3 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 1.8%. The decrease was due to reduced depreciation of $0.5 million as certain of our sales information systems reached the end of their depreciable lives and reduced travel expenses of $0.4 million due to the sale of our corporate jet. These decreases were partially offset by increased spending of $0.3 million for advertising, brand development and product promotions to increase LED revenue opportunities, $0.3 million of incremental expenses resulting from the acquisition of Harris during fiscal 2014 and $0.1 million increase in bad debt expense.

Research and Development. Our research and development expenses increased from $2.0 million for fiscal 2014 to $2.6 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $0.6 million, or 26.1%. The increase was due to spending for samples, testing and certification of our new LED products as we expanded our LED product lines during fiscal 2015.

Interest Expense. Our interest expense decreased from $0.5 million for fiscal 2014 to $0.4 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 21.8%. The decrease in interest expense was due to the reduction in financed contract debt for our OTA projects compared to the prior year.

Interest Income. Our interest income decreased from $0.6 million for fiscal 2014 to $0.3 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 47.1%. Our interest income decreased as we increased the utilization of third party finance providers for a majority of our financed projects. We expect our interest income to continue to decrease as we continue to utilize third party finance providers for our OTA projects.

Income Taxes. Our income tax expense increased from an income tax benefit of $2.1 million for fiscal 2014 to income tax expense of $49 thousand for fiscal 2015, an increase of $2.1 million, or 102.4%. During fiscal 2014, we reversed $2.3 million of our valuation reserve to offset deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris. Our effective income tax rate for fiscal 2014 was 24.9% compared to a benefit rate of (0.2)% for fiscal 2015. The change in effective rate was due primarily to the changes in the valuation reserve and minimum state tax liabilities.

33

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

Revenue. Product revenue decreased from $72.6 million for fiscal 2013 to $72.0 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 0.9%. Product revenue from energy efficiency lighting systems decreased from $62.5 million for fiscal 2013 to $59.8 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $2.7 million, predominantly occurring during our fiscal 2014 back half. We attribute the overall decline in product revenue during the back half of fiscal 2014 to delayed customer purchase decisions as a result of the continuing emergence of LED lighting solutions. Additionally, delays to project installations resulting from the government shutdown in October 2013 resulted in revenue reductions of approximately $2.0 million as installation crews were not allowed to access the project sites until late February 2014. Partially offsetting the decline in energy efficient lighting product revenue, product revenue from sales of solar PV systems increased from $10.1 million for fiscal 2013 to $12.2 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $2.1 million. The increase in solar PV product revenue was due to the construction of a $20.0 million single landfill solar project during fiscal 2014. Service revenue increased from $13.5 million for fiscal 2013 to $16.7 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $3.2 million, or 23.6%. The increase in service revenue was due to an increase in the number of installations resulting from the acquisition of Harris and $1.1 million from the related installation services resulting from our single landfill solar project installed during fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2014, we de-emphasized our solar sales efforts due to a decline in new solar project orders so that we can focus our efforts on the large LED retrofit market.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin. Cost of product revenue increased from $49.6 million for fiscal 2013 to $54.4 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $4.8 million, or 9.8%. Cost of service revenue increased from $9.8 million for fiscal 2013 to $11.2 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $1.4 million, or 14.4%. Total gross margin decreased from 31.1% for fiscal 2013 to 25.9% for fiscal 2014. Gross margin from our HIF and LED integrated systems revenue for fiscal 2013 was 31.2% compared to 26.0% for fiscal 2014. For fiscal 2014, our gross margin declined due to reduced sales volumes of manufactured lighting products and the related impact of fixed expenses within our manufacturing facility, an increased mix of lower margin solar projects compared to the prior year and severance expenses of $0.1 million related to the acquisition of Harris. Additionally, during fiscal 2014, we recorded $2.0 million in expenses related to inventory reserves compared to $0.9 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in inventory reserve expense was due to the decline in HIF product revenue that occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and our expectations that LED products will become a larger portion of our future revenue. The reserve was based upon our evaluation of existing fluorescent component inventory levels, our historical usage trends and our expectations on future requirements. Our gross margin on solar PV revenues was 30.5% during fiscal 2013 compared to 25.6% during fiscal 2014. The decrease in solar PV gross margin percentage was due to the lower margin on our single landfill solar project in fiscal 2014 and some unusually high margin solar projects completed during fiscal 2013.

Operating Expenses

General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses increased from $13.9 million for fiscal 2013 to $15.0 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $1.1 million, or 7.2%. The increase was due to a loss of $1.4 million from the sale of our corporate leased aircraft and including related aviation employee severance expenses, increased insurance expenses of $0.2 million, $0.6 million for the amortization of intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Harris, $0.9 million for incremental operating expenses from the acquisition of Harris and $0.3 million in asset impairment expenses and contract terminations related to facility consolidations. These increases were partially offset by decreases due to prior year expenses of $1.2 million resulting from our reorganization, $0.6 million in reduced compensation and benefit expenses resulting from headcount reductions, $0.2 million in reduced legal expenses and $0.4 million in other reductions in discretionary spending.

Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses. Our acquisition related expenses increased from none for fiscal 2013 to $0.8 million for fiscal 2014. The increase was due to $0.5 million of expenses incurred related to the acquisition of Harris which included $0.3 million for variable mark-to-market purchase accounting expenses related to the contingent consideration earn-out and $0.2 million for legal, accounting and integration related costs. We incurred $0.3 million in other acquisition related activities for legal and consulting activities.

Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses decreased from $17.1 million for fiscal 2013 to $13.5 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $3.6 million, or 21.0%. The decrease was due to reduced compensation and benefit expense of $1.7 million resulting from headcount reductions, reduced bad debt expense of $0.6 million, reorganization expenses incurred in fiscal 2013 of $0.3 million, $0.2 million in reduced depreciation expense and discretionary spending reductions of $2.2 million, offset by an increase in our sales commission expense of $0.1 million resulting from the revenue increase and incremental expenses of $1.3 million resulting from the acquisition of Harris.

Research and Development. Our research and development expenses decreased from $2.3 million for fiscal 2013 to $2.0 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 10.3%. The decrease was due to a reduction in compensation expenses, consulting expenses and product testing costs related to our energy management controls initiatives.

Interest Expense. Our interest expense decreased from $567,000 for fiscal 2013 to $481,000 for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $86,000, or 15.2%. The decrease in interest expense was due to the reduction in financed contract debt for our OTA projects compared to the prior year first half.

34

Interest Income. Our interest income decreased from $845,000 for fiscal 2013 to $567,000 for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $278,000, or 32.9%. Our interest income decreased as we increased the utilization of third party finance providers for virtually all of our financed projects. We expect our interest income to continue to decrease as we continue to utilize third party finance providers for our OTA projects.

Income Taxes. Our income tax expense decreased from $4.1 million for fiscal 2013 to an income tax benefit of $2.1 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $6.2 million, or 151%. During fiscal 2013, we recorded a valuation reserve against our deferred tax assets in the amount of $4.1 million due to uncertainty over the realization value of these assets in the future. During fiscal 2014, we reversed $2.3 million of our valuation reserve to offset deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris. Our effective income tax rate for fiscal 2014 was 24.9%, compared to (64.4)% for fiscal 2013. The change in effective rate was due primarily to the changes in the valuation reserve and expected minimum state tax liabilities.

U.S. Markets Segment

Our U.S. Markets Division sells lighting solutions into the wholesale markets.

The following table summarizes our U.S. Markets segment operating results:

	For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013			2014			2015
Revenues	$	30,262		$	38,766		$	37,778
Operating income (loss)	$	110		$	(1,012	)	$	(12,542	)
Operating margin	0.4		%	(2.6		)%	(33.2		)%

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

U.S. Markets segment revenue decreased from $38.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $37.8 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 2.6%. The decrease was primarily due to the delay in customer purchasing decisions resulting from the continuing emergence of LED lighting solutions. We believe customers delayed decisions throughout the first half of fiscal 2015 as they monitored and evaluated lighting technology alternatives. We believe that our initiatives to expand the number of our key resellers has resulted in increased pipeline of prospective lighting deals and are helping to position for future potential growth in this segment.

U.S. Markets segment operating loss increased from $1.0 million for fiscal 2014 to an operating loss of $12.5 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $11.5 million, or 1150.0%. The increase in operating loss for fiscal 2015 was primarily due to $7.5 million of expense related to the proportional long-term inventory controls impairment charge and to the mix increase of lower margin LED products.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

U.S. Markets segment revenue increased from $30.3 million for fiscal 2013 to $38.8 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $8.5 million, or 28.1%. The increase was due to increased sales of our HIF lighting systems through our reseller network and an improved economic environment which increased our customers' capital spending.

U.S. Markets segment operating income decreased from $0.1 million for fiscal 2013 to an operating loss of $1.0 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 1100.0%. The decrease in operating income for fiscal 2014 was a result of of the expense for inventory reserves in the amount of $2.0 million resulting from lower fluorescent product sales.

Engineered Systems Segment

Our Engineered Systems Division sells lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. Our Engineered Systems Division will also complete the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects.

The following table summarizes the engineered systems segment operating results:

	For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013			2014			2015
Revenues	$	55,824		$	49,857		$	33,454
Operating income (loss)	$	806		$	1,260		$	(12,431	)
Operating margin	1.4		%	2.5		%	(37.2		)%

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

35

Engineered systems segment revenue decreased from $49.9 million for fiscal 2014 to $33.5 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $16.4 million, or 32.9%. The decrease in revenue for fiscal 2015 was due to a decrease in the number and size of solar projects under construction which resulted in a revenue decrease of $20.2 million, offset by an increase in LED lighting revenue and the acquisition of Harris.

Engineered systems segment operating income decreased from $1.3 million for fiscal 2014 to an operating loss of $12.4 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $13.6 million, or 1053.8%. The decrease in operating income for fiscal 2015 was due to $4.6 million of expense related to the proportional long-term inventory controls impairment charge incurred during the fiscal 2015 second quarter, to the decline in revenue and the reduction in contribution margin dollars, to the mix increase of lower margin LED products and a $0.3 million increase in amortization expense related to intangible assets as a result of the Harris acquisition in July 2013.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

Engineered systems segment revenue decreased from $55.8 million for fiscal 2013 to $49.9 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $5.9 million, or 10.6%. The decrease was due to decreased sales of our HIF lighting systems due to delayed customer purchase decisions, which we attribute to the emergence of LED lighting solutions.

Engineered systems segment operating income increased from $0.8 million for fiscal 2013 to $1.3 million of operating income for fiscal 2014, an increase of $0.5 million, or 62.5%. The increase in operating income for fiscal 2014 was a result of reduced service costs for solar PV system gross margins and a reduction in operating expenses as we began to de-emphasize our solar business and redeploy personnel to our U.S. markets division to address the LED lighting retrofit market opportunity.

Distribution Services Segment

Our Distribution Services Division sells lighting products internationally and is developing a network of broad line distributors.

The following table summarizes our Distribution Services segment operating results:

	For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2014		2015
Revenues	—		—		978
Operating income (loss)	—		—		(455	)
Operating margin	—	%	—	%	(46.5	)%

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

Distribution services segment revenue increased from none for fiscal 2014 to $1.0 million, or 100%, for fiscal 2015. The increase in revenue for fiscal 2015 was due to the organizational changes that occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2015 and the new distribution markets into which our Distribution Services division sells.

Distribution services segment operating loss decreased from none for fiscal 2014 to an operating loss of $0.5 million for fiscal 2015. The operating loss was due to the impact of low factory utilization levels on gross margin and our investment in selling costs to start-up this business unit.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables present our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the last eight fiscal quarters in the period ended March 31, 2015 (i) on an absolute dollar basis (in thousands) and (ii) as a percentage of total revenue for the applicable fiscal quarter. You should read the following tables in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K. In our opinion, the unaudited financial information presented below has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements, and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our operating results for the fiscal quarters presented. Operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future fiscal quarters or for a full fiscal year.

36

	For the Three Months Ended
	Jun 30, 2013			Sep 30, 2013			Dec 31, 2013			Mar 31, 2014			Jun 30, 2014			Sep 30, 2014			Dec 31, 2014			Mar 31, 2015
	(in thousands, unaudited)
Product revenue	$	17,523		$	21,181		$	22,380		$	10,870		$	12,243		$	12,645		$	23,646		$	17,347
Service revenue	3,329			6,314			5,312			1,714			1,070			748			2,492			2,019
Total revenue	20,852			27,495			27,692			12,584			13,313			13,393			26,138			19,366
Cost of product revenue	12,884			15,638			15,742			10,159			9,855			23,364			20,293			14,876
Cost of service revenue	2,245			4,028			3,800			1,147			846			584			2,021			1,508
Total cost of revenue	15,129			19,666			19,542			11,306			10,701			23,948			22,314			16,384
Gross profit	5,723			7,829			8,150			1,278			2,612			(10,555		)	3,824			2,982
General and administrative expenses	2,759			3,173			3,277			5,817			3,648			3,842			3,814			3,604
Acquisition and integration related	—			356			88			300			22			—			2			23
Sales and marketing expenses	3,303			3,644			3,397			3,183			2,878			3,367			3,771			3,274
Research and development expenses	490			448			478			610			416			569			889			680
Income (loss) from operations	(829		)	208			910			(8,632		)	(4,352		)	(18,333		)	(4,652		)	(4,599		)
Interest expense	(113		)	(142		)	(123		)	(103		)	(90		)	(83		)	(62		)	(141		)
Interest income	174			153			132			108			94			83			69			54
Income (loss) before income tax	(768		)	219			919			(8,627		)	(4,348		)	(18,333		)	(4,645		)	(4,686		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	13			(2,184		)	(99		)	212			11			13			18			7
Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)	$	(781	)	$	2,403		$	1,018		$	(8,839	)	$	(4,359	)	$	(18,346	)	$	(4,663	)	$	(4,693	)

	Jun 30, 2013		Sep 30, 2013		Dec 31, 2013		Mar 31, 2014		Jun 30, 2014		Sep 30, 2014		Dec 31, 2014		Mar 31, 2015
	(in thousands, unaudited)
Product revenue	84.0	%	77.0	%	80.8	%	86.4	%	92.0	%	94.4	%	90.5	%	89.6	%
Service revenue	16.0	%	23.0	%	19.2	%	13.6	%	8.0	%	5.6	%	9.5	%	10.4	%
Total revenue	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of product revenue	61.8	%	56.9	%	56.9	%	80.7	%	74.0	%	174.4	%	77.7	%	76.8	%
Cost of service revenue	10.8	%	14.6	%	13.7	%	9.1	%	6.4	%	4.4	%	7.7	%	7.8	%
Total cost of revenue	72.6	%	71.5	%	70.6	%	89.8	%	80.4	%	178.8	%	85.4	%	84.6	%
Gross margin	27.4	%	28.5	%	29.4	%	10.2	%	19.6	%	(78.8	)%	14.6	%	15.4	%
General and administrative expenses	13.2	%	11.5	%	11.8	%	46.2	%	27.4	%	28.7	%	14.6	%	18.6	%
Acquisition and integration related expenses	0.0	%	1.3	%	0.3	%	2.4	%	0.2	%	0.0	%	0.0	%	0.1	%
Sales and marketing expenses	15.9	%	13.3	%	12.3	%	25.3	%	21.6	%	25.1	%	14.4	%	16.9	%
Research and development expenses	2.3	%	1.6	%	1.7	%	4.9	%	3.1	%	4.3	%	3.4	%	3.5	%
Income (loss) from operations	(4.0	)%	0.8	%	3.3	%	(68.6	)%	(32.7	)%	(136.9	)%	(17.8	)%	(23.7	)%
Interest expense	(0.5	)%	(0.6	)%	(0.5	)%	(0.9	)%	(0.7	)%	(0.6	)%	(0.3	)%	(0.8	)%
Interest income	0.8	%	0.6	%	0.5	%	0.9	%	0.7	%	0.6	%	0.3	%	0.3	%
Income (loss) before income tax	(3.7	)%	0.8	%	3.3	%	(68.6	)%	(32.7	)%	(136.9	)%	(17.8	)%	(24.2	)%
Income tax expense (benefit)	0.0	%	(7.9	)%	(0.4	)%	1.6	%	0.0	%	0.1	%	0.0	%	0.0	%
Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)	(3.7	)%	8.7	%	3.7	%	(70.2	)%	(32.7	)%	(137.0	)%	(17.8	)%	(24.2	)%

Our total revenue can fluctuate from quarter to quarter depending on the purchasing decisions of our customers and our overall level of sales activity. Historically, our customers have tended to increase their purchases near the beginning or end of their capital budget cycles, which tend to correspond to the beginning or end of the calendar year. As a result, we have in the past experienced lower relative total revenue in our fiscal first and second quarters and higher relative total revenue in our fiscal third quarter. We expect that there may be future variations in our quarterly total revenue depending on our level of national account roll-out projects, federal government and public sector projects, acquisitions, wholesale sales and our de-emphasis of PV solar systems projects. Our results for any particular fiscal quarter may not be indicative of results for other fiscal quarters or an entire fiscal year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

37

We had approximately $20.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and $0 million in short-term investments as of March 31, 2015 compared to $17.6 million in cash and cash equivalents and $0.5 million in short-term investments as of March 31, 2014. Our cash equivalents are invested in money market accounts. Our increase in cash during fiscal 2015 was primarily due to our February 2015 follow-on public offering of common stock.

In January 2014, we filed a universal shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under our shelf registration statement, we have the flexibility to publicly offer and sell from time to time up to $75 million of debt and/or equity securities, approximately $55 million of which remains available following the February 2015 offering. The filing of the shelf registration statement will help facilitate our ability to raise public equity or debt capital to expand existing businesses, fund potential acquisitions, invest in other growth opportunities, or repay existing debt.

In May 2014, we sold our building and equipment located in Plymouth, Wisconsin as we consolidated our Wisconsin operations into our corporate headquarters located in Manitowoc, Wisconsin. The sale resulted in net proceeds, after commissions and expenses, of approximately $1.0 million. The Plymouth building was classified as an asset held for sale beginning in March 2014. The effect of suspending depreciation was immaterial due to the short duration of time that the building was for sale.

In February 2015, we entered into a new credit and security agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association providing for a new three-year revolving credit facility replacing our prior agreements with JPMorgan Chase Bank. The agreement provides for an initial credit limit of $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Borrowings under the agreement will bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum.

In February 2015, we paid the remaining outstanding balance of $0.5 million on our mortgage note payable with Hometown Bank to facilitate providing additional collateral security to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association under our new credit facility.

In February 2015, we completed an underwritten public offering of 5.46 million shares of our common stock, at an offering price to the public of $3.50 per share. Net proceeds of the offering approximated $17.5 million.

We continue to actively pursue potential acquisition opportunities. Any future potential acquisitions would likely be funded by our available cash, our credit agreement borrowing capacity, seller financing and/or the issuance of additional equity or debt securities.

Our future liquidity needs are dependent upon many factors, including our revenue, gross margins, cash management practices, capital expenditures, cost containment measures and future potential acquisition transactions.

The return to a recessionary state of the global economy could potentially have negative effects on our near-term liquidity and capital resources, including slower collections of receivables, delays of existing order deliveries and postponements of incoming orders. However, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our anticipated cash flows from operating activities and our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. As a result of the $20.0 million in cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2015, we expect to have adequate cash flows to fund operations during fiscal 2016. Our future working capital requirements thereafter will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue, our introduction of new products and services and enhancements to our existing energy management system, our ability to negotiate favorable payment terms with our supply chain, the timing and extent of expansions of our sales force and other administrative and production personnel, the timing and extent of advertising, branding and promotional campaigns, legal expenses and our research and development activities.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for our fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015:

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014			2015
	(in thousands)
Operating activities	$	2,261		$	9,901		$	(12,812	)
Investing activities	(2,271		)	(4,814		)	(730		)
Financing activities	(8,625		)	(1,895		)	15,976
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	(8,635	)	$	3,192		$	2,434

Cash Flows Related to Operating Activities. Cash used in operating activities primarily consist of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items including depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expenses, income taxes and the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.

Cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2015 was $12.8 million and consisted of net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $0.6 million and a net loss adjusted for non-cash expense items of $13.4 million. Cash provided by changes

38

in operating assets and liabilities consisted of an increase in accounts payable of $2.5 million due to the increase in inventory purchases to support our growth in lighting product revenue during the fiscal 2015 back half, an increase of $0.8 million in accrued expenses due to increased warranty reserves and accrued project installation costs, a decrease in deferred contract costs of $0.7 million due to the completion of solar projects and a decrease in prepaid and other assets of $1.3 million for project billings that reduced unbilled revenue related to financed projects. Cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities included an increase of $1.9 million in accounts receivable due to the increase in lighting revenue during the fiscal 2015 back half, an increase of $2.4 million in inventory due to the increase in purchases to support our anticipated growth in lighting product revenue for fiscal 2016 and a decrease in deferred revenue of $0.4 million due to project completions.

Cash provided from operating activities for fiscal 2014 was $9.9 million and consisted of net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $8.0 million and net income adjusted for non-cash expense items of $1.9 million. Cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted of a decrease of $4.0 million in inventory on decreased purchases of lighting components, predominantly fluorescent ballasts, lamps, wireless controls and motion sensors, a decrease in deferred contract costs of $1.4 million due to the timing of project completions and a decrease in accounts receivable of $8.4 million related to customer collections. Cash used from changes in operating assets and liabilities included a $1.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other for unbilled revenue related to solar projects, a decrease in accounts payable of $0.8 million on reduced inventory purchases, a $2.3 million decrease in deferred revenue due to the decline in solar project activity and a decrease in accrued expenses due to a decrease in accrued reorganization expenses.

Cash provided from operating activities for fiscal 2013 was $2.3 million and consisted of net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.1 million and a net loss adjusted for non-cash expense items of $1.2 million. Cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted of a decrease of $2.9 million in inventory on decreased purchases of lighting components, predominantly fluorescent lamps and ballasts, a decrease in accounts receivable of $2.5 million on increased collections, an increase in accrued expenses of $2.2 million due to the timing of reorganization expenses, accrued bonus expenses and increased accrued legal expenses, and a decrease in prepaid and other assets of $1.3 million for unbilled revenue related to solar projects where construction progress is billed to the customer at the beginning of the month following the month in which the work was performed. Cash used from changes in operating assets and liabilities included a $6.5 million decrease in accounts payable due to payments during the second half of fiscal 2013 resulting from the settlement of vendor disputes and a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.5 million due to the timing of advanced billings and the achievement of performance criteria for revenue recognition.

Cash Flows Related to Investing Activities. Cash used in investing activities was $2.3 million, $4.8 million and $0.7 million for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. In fiscal 2015, we invested $2.0 million for capital improvements related to new product tooling, information technology systems and infrastructure investments to improve response time to customers and generate business efficiencies and $0.2 million for investment in patents. Cash provided from investing activities included $0.5 million from the sale of short-term investments and $1.0 million of proceeds from the sales of our facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin. In fiscal 2014, we invested $5.0 million for the acquisition of Harris and $0.4 million for capital improvements related to product development tooling and information technology systems. Cash provided from investing activities included $0.5 million for the sales of short-term investments and $0.1 million in proceeds from the sale of assets. In fiscal 2013, we invested $2.2 million for capital improvements related to our product development, information technology systems, manufacturing improvements and facility investments and $0.2 million for investment in patent activities.

Cash Flows Related to Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities was $16.0 million for fiscal 2015. This included $17.5 million in net proceeds from our February 2015 stock offering, $2.5 million in borrowings against our revolving credit facility, $0.4 million from the refinancing of the JP Morgan OTA credit facility and $0.5 million in proceeds from stock option and warrant exercises and stock note repayments. Cash flows used in financing activities included $4.5 million for repayment of long-term debt and $0.4 million for financing costs related to new debt agreements.

Cash used in financing activities was $1.9 million for fiscal 2014. This included $3.2 million for repayment of long-term debt. Cash flows provided by financing activities included $1.1 million received from stock option exercises and $0.2 million from shareholder note repayments.

Cash used in financing activities was $8.6 million for fiscal 2013. This included $6.0 million used for repurchases of shares of our common stock and $3.2 million for repayment of long-term debt. In October 2012, we halted our common stock repurchase program. Cash flows provided by financing activities included $0.4 million in new short-term debt borrowings to fund equipment lease buyouts, $0.1 million received from stock option exercises and shareholder note repayments and $0.1 million for excess tax benefits from stock based compensation.

Working Capital

Our net working capital as of March 31, 2015 was $36.7 million, consisting of $55.0 million in current assets and $18.3 million in current liabilities. Our net working capital as of March 31, 2014 was $33.1 million, consisting of $50.3 million in current

39

assets and $17.2 million in current liabilities. Our current accounts receivable balance increased by $3.2 million from the fiscal year end due to increased LED revenue during the back half of fiscal 2015. Our current inventory increased from the fiscal year end by $2.5 million due to increases in LED component inventories to support the increase in LED product orders and our fiscal year-end backlog of $6.9 million in lighting orders. Our prepaid and other current assets decreased by $2.3 million due to a $1.1 million decrease in unbilled revenue for completed solar projects and the sale of the Plymouth facility ($1.0 million reduction) which was classified as an asset held for sale. Our accounts payable increased $2.5 million on the increase in inventory, increased contractor activity from national account projects, increased sourced products and improvements in negotiated vendor payment terms as we transition our supply chain to an increasing number of new LED vendors. Our accrued expenses increased from our fiscal 2014 year end by $0.6 million due to a $0.5 million increase in warranty reserves, a $0.2 million increase in accrued service installation costs, a $0.2 million increase in accrued compensation expenses and a $0.4 million increase in tax reserves, offset by a reduction of $0.7 million for the Harris deferred consideration. Our deferred revenue decreased from our fiscal 2014 year end by $0.3 million as we completed the construction of solar PV projects.

During our fiscal 2014 fourth quarter, we experienced a decline in revenue from sales of our HIF lighting systems. Due to this decline in HIF product revenue and our expectations that LED products will become a larger portion of our future revenue, we recorded expense of $1.4 million to our inventory obsolescence reserve during the fiscal 2014 fourth quarter and a total of $2.0 million in expense for inventory obsolescence reserves during fiscal 2014. This reserve was based upon our evaluation of existing fluorescent component inventory levels, our historical usage trends and our expectations on future requirements.

During fiscal 2013, we decreased our inventories by $2.9 million as we reduced our safety stock levels of electronic components and fluorescent lamps after assessing that previous concerns over shortages of rare earth minerals were no longer negatively impacting the production of fluorescent lamps.

We generally attempt to maintain at least a three-month supply of on-hand inventory of purchased components and raw materials to meet anticipated demand, as well as to reduce our risk of unexpected raw material or component shortages or supply interruptions. Our accounts receivables, inventory and payables may increase to the extent our revenue and order levels increase.

Indebtedness

New Revolving Credit Agreement

On February 6, 2015, we entered into a new three-year credit and security agreement (Credit Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are initially limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Such limit may increase to $20.0 million, subject to the borrowing base requirement, after July 31, 2016, if we satisfy certain conditions. The Credit Facility includes a $2.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. As of March 31, 2015, we had approximately $4.4 million of current borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility.

From and after any increase in the Credit Facility limit from $15.0 million to $20.0 million, the Credit Agreement will require us to maintain as of the end of each month a minimum ratio for the trailing 12-month period of (i) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, subject to certain adjustments, to (ii) the sum of cash interest expense, certain principal payments on indebtedness and certain dividends, distributions and stock redemptions, equal to at least 1.10 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement also contains other customary covenants, including certain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on our stock, redeem or repurchase shares of our stock, or pledge or dispose of assets.

Each of our subsidiaries is a joint and several co-borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agreement, and the Credit Agreement is secured by a security interest in substantially all of our and each of our subsidiary’s personal property (excluding various assets relating to customer throughput agreements) and a mortgage on certain real property.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum, with a minimum interest charge for each year or portion of a year during the term of the Credit Agreement of $130,000, regardless of usage. We must pay an unused line fee of 0.25% per annum of the daily average unused amount of the Credit Facility and a letter of credit fee at the rate of 3.0% per annum on the undrawn amount of letters of credit outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facility.

In July 2013, we issued an unsecured and subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3.1 million to help fund our acquisition of Harris. The note bears interest at the rate of 4% per annum, is payable in quarterly installments of principal and interest and matures in July 2016. In addition to our Credit Facility, we also have other existing long-term indebtedness and obligations under various debt instruments, including pursuant to a federal block grant loan, an equipment loan and two notes for funding OTA contracts. As of March 31, 2015, the total amount of principal outstanding on these various obligations, including the Harris sellers note, was $2.6 million. These obligations have varying maturity dates between 2016 and 2017 and bear interest at annual rates of between 2.0% and 8.36%. The weighted average annual interest rate of such obligations as of March 31, 2015 was 5.23%. Based on interest rates in effect as of March 31, 2015, we expect that our total debt service payments on such obligations

40

for fiscal 2016, including scheduled principal, lease and interest payments, but excluding any repayment of borrowings on the Credit Facility, will approximate $2.0 million. Except for the Harris sellers' note, all of these obligations are subject to security interests on our assets. Several of these obligations have covenants, such as customary financial and restrictive covenants, including limits on distributions; and restrictions on our ability to make loans, advances, extensions of credit, investments, capital contributions, incur additional indebtedness, create liens, guaranty obligations, merge or consolidate or undergo a change in control. As of March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

Prior Credit Agreements with JP Morgan

We previously had an amended credit agreement (JPM Credit Agreement) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JP Morgan) that provided for a revolving credit facility (JPM Credit Facility). Borrowings under the JPM Credit Facility were limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement when the outstanding principal balance of loans under the JPM Credit Facility was greater than $5.0 million. In addition, we previously had a credit agreement with JP Morgan that provided up to $5.0 million that was immediately available to fund completed customer contracts under our OTA finance program. We had one year from the date of the commitment to borrow under the credit agreement, which expired on September 30, 2012 for new borrowings.

On November 6, 2014, we received a letter from JP Morgan terminating the bank’s obligations to make any further loans to us under the revolving JPM Credit Agreement and the OTA credit agreement due to our failure to meet certain financial covenants and declaring the outstanding loans due and payable. As of such date, we had an outstanding OTA credit agreement loan balance of $467 thousand and no amounts outstanding on the JPM Credit Agreement. We fully satisfied our outstanding obligations under the OTA credit agreement with existing cash balances.

Capital Spending

Over the past three fiscal years, we have made capital expenditures primarily for general corporate purposes for our corporate headquarters and technology center, production equipment and tooling and for information technology systems. Our capital expenditures totaled $2.2 million, $0.4 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We plan to incur approximately $1.0 million to $1.2 million in capital expenditures in fiscal 2016. Our capital spending plans predominantly consist of investments related to new product development tooling and investments in information technology systems. We expect to finance these capital expenditures primarily through our existing cash, equipment secured loans and leases, to the extent needed, long-term debt financing, or by using our available capacity under our Credit Facility.

Contractual Obligations

Information regarding our known contractual obligations of the types described below as of March 31, 2015 is set forth in the following table:

	Payments Due By Period
	Total		Less than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More than 5 Years
	(in thousands)
Bank debt obligations	$	4,565	$	1,832	$	2,733	$	—	$	—
Cash interest payments on debt	98		86		12		—		—
Operating lease obligations	521		265		256		—		—
Purchase order and capital expenditure commitments(1)	4,371		4,371		—		—		—
Total	$	9,555	$	6,554	$	3,001	$	—	$	—

(1) Reflects non-cancellable purchase commitments in the amount of $4.3 million for certain inventory items entered into in order to secure better pricing and ensure materials on hand.

The table of contractual obligations and commitments does not include our unrecognized tax benefits which were $0.2 million at March 31, 2015. We have a high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of any adjustments to these unrecognized benefits.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Inflation

Our results from operations have not been, and we do not expect them to be, materially affected by inflation.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

41

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make certain estimates and judgments that affect our reported assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and our related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We re-evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, inventory valuation, the collectability of receivables, stock-based compensation, warranty reserves and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. A summary of our critical accounting policies is set forth below.

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when the following criteria have been met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer; the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and collectability is reasonably assured. Virtually all of our revenue is recognized when products are shipped to a customer or when services are completed and acceptance provisions, if any, have been met. In certain of our contracts, we provide multiple deliverables. We record the revenue associated with each element of these arrangements by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, we use a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence, or “VSOE” of selling price, if available, (2) third-party evidence, or “TPE” of selling price if VSOE is not available, and (3) best estimate of the selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We determine the selling price for our lighting and energy management system products, installation and recycling services and for solar renewable product and services using management’s best estimate of selling price as VSOE or TPE evidence does not exist. We consider external and internal factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, geographies in which we offer our products and services, internal costs, and the scope and size of projects. Our PPA contracts are supply side agreements for the generation of electricity for which we recognize revenue on a monthly basis over the life of the PPA contract, typically in excess of 10 years. For sales of our solar PV systems, we recognize revenue using the percentage-of-completion method by measuring project progress by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. Revenue from sales of our solar PV systems is generally recognized over a period of three to 15 months. Additionally, we offer our OTA sales-type financing program under which we finance the customer’s purchase of our energy management systems. Our OTA contracts are sales-type capital leases under GAAP and we record revenue at the net present value of the future payments at the time customer acceptance of the installed and operating system is complete. Our OTA contracts under this sales-type financing are either structured with a fixed term, typically 60 months, and a bargain purchase option at the end of term, or are one year in duration and, at the completion of the initial one-year term, provide for (i) one to four automatic one-year renewals at agreed upon pricing; (ii) an early buyout for cash; or (iii) the return of the equipment at the customer’s expense. The revenue that we are entitled to receive from the sale of our lighting fixtures under our OTA financing program is fixed and is based on the cost of the lighting fixtures and applicable profit margin. Our revenue from agreements entered into under this program is not dependent upon our customers’ actual energy savings. Upon completion of the installation, we may choose to sell the future cash flows and residual rights to the equipment on a non-recourse basis to an unrelated third party finance company in exchange for cash and future payments.

Deferred revenue or deferred costs are recorded for project sales consisting of multiple elements or performance milestones, where the criteria for revenue recognition has not been met. Substantially all of our deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings for solar PV projects or to prepaid services to be provided at determined future dates. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, our deferred revenue was $1.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively. Deferred costs on product are recorded as a current or long-term asset dependent upon when the project completion is expected to occur. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, our deferred costs were $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value and include raw materials, work in process and finished goods. Items are removed from inventory using the first-in, first-out method. Work in process inventories are comprised of raw materials that have been converted into components for final assembly. Inventory amounts include the cost to manufacture the item, such as the cost of raw materials and related freight, labor and other applied overhead costs. We review our inventory for obsolescence and marketability. If the estimated market value, which is based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions, falls below cost, then the inventory value is reduced to its market value. During fiscal 2015, we recorded an impairment charge of $11.0 million to our wireless controls inventory. Our inventory obsolescence reserves at March 31, 2014 and 2015 were $2.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We perform ongoing evaluations of our customers and continuously monitor collections and payments and estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the aging of the underlying receivables, our historical experience with write-offs and specific customer collection issues that we have identified. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations, and we believe appropriate reserves have been established, we may not adequately predict future credit losses. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate and result in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances might be required which would result in additional general and administrative expense in the period such determination is made. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.4 million and $0.5 million at March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

42

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate long-lived assets such as property, equipment and definite lived intangible assets, such as patents, customer relationships, developed technology, and non-competition agreements, for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets recognized in our financial statements may not be recoverable. Factors that we consider include whether there has been a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, a significant change in the way an asset is being utilized, or a significant change, delay or departure in our strategy for that asset, such as the loss of a customer in the case of customer relationships. Our assessment of the recoverability of long-lived assets involves significant judgment and estimation. These assessments reflect our assumption, which, we believe, are consistent with the assumptions hypothetical marketplace participants use. Factors that we must estimate when performing recoverability and impairment tests include, among others, the economic life of the asset. If impairment is indicated, we first determine if the total estimated future cash flows on an undiscounted basis are less than the carrying amounts of the asset or assets. If so, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. During fiscal 2015, we recorded an impairment loss of $1.1 million related to development and licensing costs for our wireless controls inventory.

After an impairment loss is recognized, a new, lower cost basis for that long-lived asset is established. Subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the reversal of a previously recognized impairment loss.

Our impairment loss calculations require that we apply judgment in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, including estimating useful lives of the assets. To make these judgments, we may use internal discounted cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals as appropriate to determine fair value.

If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be required to recognize additional impairment losses which could be material to our results of operations.

Goodwill. We test goodwill for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter, or when indications of potential impairment exist. We monitor for the existence of potential impairment indicators throughout the fiscal year. We conduct impairment testing for goodwill at the reporting unit level. Reporting units, as defined by ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, may be operating segments as a whole or an operation one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. For fiscal 2015, our goodwill impairment testing was conducted at our segment level for U.S. Markets and Orion Engineered Systems.

We may initiate goodwill impairment testing by considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit's carrying value is greater than its fair value. Such factors may include the following, among others: a significant adverse change in macroeconomic conditions or legal factors; deterioration in our industry and market environment, including unanticipated or increased competition, a change in the market for our products or services, or a regulatory development; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as a significant decline in the reporting unit's expected future cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; and changes in management, key personnel, strategy, or customers. If our qualitative assessment reveals that goodwill impairment is more likely than not, we perform the two-step impairment test. Alternatively, we may bypass the qualitative test and initiate goodwill impairment testing with the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test.

During the first step of the goodwill impairment test, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. We derive a reporting unit's fair value through a combination of the market approach (a guideline transaction method) and the income approach (a discounted cash flow analysis). The income approach utilizes a discount rate from the capital asset pricing model. If all reporting units are analyzed during the first step of the goodwill impairment test, their respective fair values are reconciled back to the Company's consolidated market capitalization.

If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then we conclude that no goodwill impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure possible goodwill impairment loss. During the second step, we hypothetically value the reporting unit's tangible and intangible assets and liabilities as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is compared to the carrying value of its goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill. Once an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying value of the goodwill becomes the new accounting basis of the goodwill for the reporting unit.

Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets. On the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter we test indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually on the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter, or when indications of potential impairment exist. We monitor for the existence of potential impairment indicators throughout the fiscal year. Our impairment test may begin with a qualitative test to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite lived intangible asset's carrying value is greater than its fair value. If our qualitative assessment reveals that asset impairment is more likely than not, we perform a quantitative

43

impairment test by comparing the fair value of the indefinite lived intangible asset to its carrying value. Alternatively, we may bypass the qualitative test and initiate impairment testing with the quantitative impairment test.

Determining the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets entails significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, estimating future cash flows from product sales, perpetuation of employment agreements containing non-competition clauses, continuation of customer relationships and renewal of customer contracts, and approximating the useful lives of the intangible assets acquired.

If the fair value of the indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its carrying value, we conclude that no indefinite lived intangible asset impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value. Once an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying value becomes the new accounting basis of the indefinite lived intangible asset.

Investments. Our accounting and disclosures for short-term investments are in accordance with the requirements of the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure, Financial Instrument, and Investments: Debt and Security Topics of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 —	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 —	Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 —	Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

As of March 31, 2014 our financial assets were measured at fair value employing level 1 inputs.

Stock-Based Compensation. We have historically issued stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, executive officers and directors. During fiscal 2014, we changed our long-term equity incentive grant policy so that only restricted shares are currently issued. We adopted the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, which requires us to expense the estimated fair value of stock options and similar awards based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. Compensation costs for options granted are recognized in earnings, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

We did not issue any stock options during fiscal 2015. The fair value of each option for financial reporting purposes was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants:

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013	2014	2015
Weighted average expected term	5.5 years	4.1 years	N/A
Risk-free interest rate	0.8%	0.8%	N/A
Expected volatility	72.5% – 74.4%	73.3%	N/A
Expected forfeiture rate	21.4%	20.3%	20.3%

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of certain assumptions, including fair value, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividends, and expected forfeiture rate to calculate the fair value of stock-based payment awards.

We estimated the expected term of our stock options based on the vesting term of our options and expected exercise behavior.

Our risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on United States treasury zero-coupon issues as of the option grant date with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected life of the option.

We determined volatility based upon the historical market price of our common share price.

44

Since the closing of our IPO in December 2007, we have solely used the closing sale price of our common shares as reported by the national securities exchange on which we were listed on the date of grant to establish the exercise price of our stock options.

We recognized stock-based compensation expense under ASC 718 of $1.2 million for fiscal 2013, $1.6 million for fiscal 2014 and $1.5 million for fiscal 2015. As of March 31, 2015, $2.9 million of total total stock-based compensation cost was expected to be recognized by us over a weighted average period of 3.5 years. We expect to recognize $1.3 million of stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2016 based on our stock options and restricted stock awards outstanding as of March 31, 2015. This expense will increase further to the extent we have granted, or will grant, additional stock options in the future.

Common Stock Warrants. As of March 31, 2015, we had no warrants outstanding. As of March 31, 2014, warrants were outstanding to purchase a total of 38,980 shares of our common stock at weighted average exercise prices of $2.25 per share. These warrants were valued using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: (i) contractual terms of five years; (ii) weighted average risk-free interest rates of 4.35% to 4.62%; (iii) expected volatility ranging between 50% and 60%; and (iv) dividend yields of 0%.

Accounting for Income Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to determine our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax expenses, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from recognition of items for income tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a period, we must reflect this increase as an expense within the tax provision in our statements of operations.

Our judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We continue to monitor the realizability of our deferred tax assets and adjust the valuation allowance accordingly. For fiscal 2013, we determined that a full valuation allowance against our net federal and our net state deferred tax assets was necessary in the amount of $4.1 million due to our cumulative three year taxable losses. For fiscal 2014, we reversed $2.3 million of our valuation reserve to offset deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris. For fiscal 2015, we increased our valuation allowance against our net federal and our net state deferred tax assets due to our cumulative three year taxable losses. In making these determinations, we considered all available positive and negative evidence, including projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, recent financial performance and ownership changes.

We believe that past issuances and transfers of our stock caused an ownership change in fiscal 2007 that affected the timing of the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, but we do not believe the ownership change affects the use of the full amount of the net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such ownership change to offset taxable income will be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for us.

As of March 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million for federal tax purposes and $28.9 million for state tax purposes. Included in these loss carryforwards were $3.8 million for federal and $4.1 million for state tax expenses that were associated with the exercise of non-qualified stock options. The benefit from our net operating losses created from these compensation expenses has not yet been recognized in our financial statements and will be accounted for in our shareholders’ equity as a credit to additional paid-in-capital as the deduction reduces our income taxes payable. We first recognize tax benefits from current period stock option expenses against current period income. The remaining current period income is offset by net operating losses under the tax law ordering approach. Under this approach, we will utilize the net operating losses from stock option expenses last.

We also had federal tax credit carryforwards of $1.5 and state tax credit carryforwards of $0.8, which are fully reserved for as part of our valuation allowance. Both the net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards will begin to expire in varying amounts between 2020 and 2035. We recognize penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest were immaterial as of the date of adoption and are included in unrecognized tax benefits. Due to the existence of net operating loss and credit carryforwards, all years since 2002 are open to examination by tax authorities.

By their nature, tax laws are often subject to interpretation. Further complicating matters is that in those cases where a tax position is open to interpretation, differences of opinion can result in differing conclusions as to the amount of tax benefits to be recognized under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Recognition (Step 1) occurs when an enterprise concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement (Step 2) is only addressed if Step 1 has been satisfied. Under Step 2, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Consequently, the level of evidence and documentation necessary to support a position prior to being given recognition and measurement within the financial statements is a matter of judgment that depends on all available evidence. As of March 31, 2015, the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.2 million, all of which would reduce our effective tax rate if recognized. We believe that our

45

estimates and judgments discussed herein are reasonable, however, actual results could differ, which could result in gains or losses that could be material.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note B —Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and expected effects on results of operations and financial condition.

Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss related to changes in market prices, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity pricing that may adversely impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Inflation. Our results from operations have not historically been, and we do not expect them to be, materially affected by inflation.

Foreign Exchange Risk. We face minimal exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our foreign currency losses for all reporting periods have been nominal.

Interest Rate Risk. Our investments consist primarily of investments in money market funds. While the instruments we hold are subject to changes in the financial standing of the issuer of such securities, we do not believe that we are subject to any material risks arising from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices or other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. It is our policy not to enter into interest rate derivative financial instruments. As a result, we do not currently have any significant interest rate exposure.

As of March 31, 2015, $2.5 million of our $5.1 million of outstanding debt was at floating interest rates. An increase of 1.0% in the prime rate would result in an increase in our interest expense of approximately $25,000 per year.

Commodity Price Risk. We are exposed to certain commodity price risks associated with our purchases of raw materials, most significantly our aluminum purchases. We have currently locked pricing at an 8% reduction for our specialty reflective aluminum requirements through the end of fiscal year 2016. A hypothetical 10% fluctuation in aluminum prices would have an impact of $0.4 million on earnings in fiscal 2016.

46

ITEM 8. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page Number
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms	48
Consolidated Balance Sheets	50
Consolidated Statements of Operations	51
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	52
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	53
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	55

47

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Orion Energy Systems, Inc.

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2015 and 2014 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2015. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited financial statement schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2015. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated June 12, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

June 12, 2015

48

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Orion Energy Systems, Inc.

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

We have audited Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Orion Energy Systems, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2015 and our report dated June 12, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

June 12, 2015

49

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	17,568		$	20,002
Short-term investments	470			—
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $384 and $458	15,098			18,263
Inventories, net	11,790			14,283
Deferred contract costs	742			90
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	4,673			2,407
Total current assets	50,341			55,045
Property and equipment, net	23,135			21,223
Long-term inventory	10,607			—
Goodwill	4,409			4,409
Other intangible assets, net	7,551			6,335
Long-term accounts receivable	1,966			426
Other long-term assets	931			367
Total assets	$	98,940		$	87,805
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Accounts payable	$	8,530		$	11,003
Accrued expenses and other	4,597			5,197
Deferred revenue, current	614			287
Current maturities of long-term debt	3,450			1,832
Total current liabilities	17,191			18,319
Revolving credit facility	—			2,500
Long-term debt, less current maturities	3,151			722
Deferred revenue, long-term	1,316			1,231
Other long-term liabilities	270			522
Total liabilities	21,928			23,294
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: Shares authorized: 30,000,000 shares at March 31, 2014 and 2015; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2014 and 2015	—			—
Common stock, no par value: Shares authorized: 200,000,000 at March 31, 2014 and 2015; shares issued: 31,001,683 and 36,837,864 at March 31, 2014 and 2015; shares outstanding: 21,588,326 and 27,421,533 at March 31, 2014 and 2015	—			—
Additional paid-in capital	130,987			150,516
Treasury stock: 9,413,357 and 9,416,331 common shares at March 31, 2014 and 2015	(36,034		)	(36,049		)
Shareholder notes receivable	(50		)	(4		)
Retained deficit	(17,891		)	(49,952		)
Total shareholders’ equity	77,012			64,511
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	98,940		$	87,805

50

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014			2015
Product revenue	$	72,604		$	71,954		$	65,881
Service revenue	13,482			16,669			6,329
Total revenue	86,086			88,623			72,210
Cost of product revenue	49,551			54,423			68,388
Cost of service revenue	9,805			11,220			4,959
Total cost of revenue	59,356			65,643			73,347
Gross profit (loss)	26,730			22,980			(1,137		)
Operating expenses:
General and administrative	13,946			14,951			14,908
Acquisition and integration related expenses	—			819			47
Sales and marketing	17,129			13,527			13,290
Research and development	2,259			2,026			2,554
Total operating expenses	33,334			31,323			30,799
Loss from operations	(6,604		)	(8,343		)	(31,936		)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense	(567		)	(481		)	(376		)
Interest income	845			567			300
Total other income (expense)	278			86			(76		)
Loss before income tax	(6,326		)	(8,257		)	(32,012		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	4,073			(2,058		)	49
Net loss and comprehensive loss	$	(10,399	)	$	(6,199	)	$	(32,061	)
Basic net loss per share attributable to common shareholders	$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	20,996,625			20,987,964			22,353,419
Diluted net loss per share	$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)
Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents outstanding	20,996,625			20,987,964			22,353,419

51

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

	Shareholders’ Equity
	Common Stock
	Shares		Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock			Shareholder Notes Receivable			Retained Earnings (Deficit)			Total Shareholders’ Equity
Balance, March 31, 2012	22,785,258		$	126,753		$	(32,470	)	$	(221	)	$	(1,293	)	$	92,769
Issuance of stock and warrants for services	33,422		71			—			—			—			71
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash	20,000		45			—			—			—			45
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	47,598		1			94			(82		)	—			13
Tax expense from exercise of stock options	—		70			—			—			—			70
Collection of shareholder notes receivable	—		—			—			38			—			38
Stock-based compensation	—		1,164			—			—			—			1,164
Treasury stock purchase	(2,723,881	)	—			(6,002		)	—			—			(6,002		)
Net income	—		—			—			—			(10,399		)	(10,399		)
Balance, March 31, 2013	20,162,397		$	128,104		$	(38,378	)	$	(265	)	$	(11,692	)	$	77,769
Issuance of stock and warrants for services	33,641		129			—			—			—			129
Stock activity for acquisition	940,940		—			2,382			—			—			2,382
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash	446,059		1,152			—			—			—			1,152
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	2,373		(4		)	10			—			—			6
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	—		13			—			—			—			13
Collection of shareholder notes receivable	—		—			—			215			—			215
Stock-based compensation	23,084		1,593			—			—			—			1,593
Treasury stock purchase	(20,168	)	—			(48		)	—			—			(48		)
Net loss	—		—			—			—			(6,199		)	(6,199		)
Balance, March 31, 2014	21,588,326		$	130,987		$	(36,034	)	$	(50	)	$	(17,891	)	$	77,012
Issuance of common stock for cash, net of issuance costs	5,462,500		17,465												17,465
Issuance of stock and warrants for services	27,931		131			—			—			—			131
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash	178,387		430			—			—			—			430
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	1,486		4			7			—			—			11
Collection of shareholder notes receivable	—		—			—			46			—			46
Stock-based compensation	170,055		1,499			—			—			—			1,499
Treasury stock purchase	(7,152	)	—			(22		)	—			—			(22		)
Net loss	—		—			—			—			(32,061		)	(32,061		)
Balance, March 31, 2015	27,421,533		$	150,516		$	(36,049	)	$	(4	)	$	(49,952	)	$	64,511

52

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014			2015
Operating activities
Net loss	$	(10,399	)	$	(6,199	)	$	(32,061	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities:
Depreciation	4,322			3,798			2,853
Amortization	255			740			1,460
Stock-based compensation expense	1,164			1,593			1,499
Accretion of fair value on contingent consideration	—			11			—
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense	4,158			(2,123		)	—
Impairment on assets	—			—			12,130
Loss on sale of property and equipment	69			1,733			(21		)
Provision for inventory reserves	859			1,995			361
Provision for bad debts	757			174			285
Other	71			129			132
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of changes from acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, current and long-term	2,499			8,395			(1,909		)
Inventories, current and long-term	2,880			3,962			(2,356		)
Deferred contract costs	75			1,376			651
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	1,315			(1,072		)	1,261
Accounts payable	(6,527		)	(762		)	2,475
Accrued expenses and other	2,221			(1,575		)	838
Deferred revenue, current and long-term	(1,458		)	(2,274		)	(410		)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	2,261			9,901			(12,812		)
Investing activities
Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired	—			(4,992		)	—
Purchase of property and equipment	(2,159		)	(410		)	(2,006		)
Purchase of short-term investments	(5		)	(4		)	(2		)
Sale of short-term investments	—			555			472
Additions to patents and licenses	(153		)	(43		)	(234		)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment	46			80			1,040
Net cash used in investing activities	(2,271		)	(4,814		)	(730		)
Financing activities
Payment of long-term debt	(3,169		)	(3,229		)	(4,494		)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility	—			—			2,500
Proceeds from long-term debt	380			—			446
Proceeds from repayment of shareholder notes	38			215			46
Proceeds from issuance of common stock , net of issuance costs	—			—			17,465
Repurchase of common stock into treasury	(6,007		)	—			—
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation	70			13			—
Deferred financing costs	—			(19		)	(406		)
Net proceeds from exercise of warrants and employee stock options	63			1,125			419
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(8,625		)	(1,895		)	15,976

53

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(8,635		)	3,192		2,434
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	23,011			14,376		17,568
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	14,376		$	17,568	$	20,002
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	535		$	423	$	287
Cash paid for income taxes	$	102		$	22	$	42
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Shares issued from treasury for shareholder note receivable	$	82		$	—	$	—
Shares returned to treasury in satisfaction of employee tax liabilities from restricted stock vesting	$	—		$	—	$	22
Shares returned to treasury in satisfaction of receivable	$	—		$	48	$	—
Acquisition related contingent consideration liability	$	—		$	612	$	—
Acquisition financed through debt	$	—		$	3,123	$	—
Common stock issued for acquisition	$	—		$	2,416	$	—

54

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Organization

The Company includes Orion Energy Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and all consolidated subsidiaries. The Company is a developer, manufacturer and seller of lighting and energy management systems to commercial and industrial businesses, predominantly in North America.

See Note J “Segment Reporting” of these financial statements for further discussion of the Company's reportable segments.

The Company's corporate offices and primary manufacturing operations are located in Manitowoc, Wisconsin. The operations facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin was classified as an asset held for sale and was sold in May 2014. The Company leases office space in Jacksonville, Florida. The Company leases office space for a sales office located in Houston, Texas.

NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

Where appropriate, certain reclassifications were made to prior years' financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during that reporting period. Areas that require the use of significant management estimates include revenue recognition, inventory obsolescence and bad debt reserves, accruals for warranty expenses, income taxes and certain equity transactions. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid, short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Short-Term Investments

The amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses, as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

March 31, 2014
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Cash and Cash Equivalents		Short-Term Investments
Money market funds	$	488	$	—	$	—	$	488	$	488	$	—
Bank certificate of deposit	470		—		—		470		—		470
Total	$	958	$	—	$	—	$	958	$	488	$	470
March 31, 2015
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Cash and Cash Equivalents		Short-Term Investments
Money market funds	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Bank certificate of deposit	—		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—

55

As of March 31, 2014 , the Company’s financial assets described in the table above were measured at cost which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investment (level 1 inputs).

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments approximate their respective fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of these instruments, or in the case of long-term, because of the interest rates currently available to the Company for similar obligations. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Valuations are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices in markets that are not active for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 — Valuations are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

Accounts Receivable

Substantially all of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from companies in the commercial, industrial and agricultural industries, as well as wholesalers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition. Generally, collateral is not required for end users; however, the payment of certain trade accounts receivable from wholesalers is secured by irrevocable standby letters of credit and/or guarantees. Accounts receivable are generally due within 30-60 days. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect from outstanding balances. The Company provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the current status of individual accounts. Balances that are still outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the allowance for doubtful accounts and a credit to accounts receivable.

Financing Receivables

The Company considers its lease balances included in consolidated current and long-term accounts receivable from its Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, sales-type leases to be financing receivables. Additional disclosures on the credit quality of the Company’s financing receivables are as follows:

Age Analysis as of March 31, 2014 (in thousands):

	Not Past Due			1-90 days past due			Greater than 90 days past due			Total past due			Total sales-type leases
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	$	2,067		$	137		$	149		$	286		$	2,353
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	1,662			—			—			—			1,662
Total gross sales-type leases	3,729			137			149			286			4,015
Allowance	(3		)	(3		)	(88		)	(91		)	(94		)
Total net sales-type leases	$	3,726		$	134		$	61		$	195		$	3,921

Age Analysis as of March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	Not Past Due			1-90 days past due			Greater than 90 days past due			Total past due			Total sales-type leases
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	$	1,346		$	47		$	186		$	233		$	1,579
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	398			—			—			—			398
Total gross sales-type leases	1,744			47			186			233			1,977
Allowance	(12		)	(3		)	(141		)	(144		)	(156		)
Total net sales-type leases	$	1,732		$	44		$	45		$	89		$	1,821

56

Allowance for Credit Losses on Financing Receivables

The Company’s allowance for credit losses is based on management’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. A considerable amount of judgment is required in order to make this assessment including a detailed analysis of the aging of the lease receivables and the current credit worthiness of the Company's customers and an analysis of historical bad debts and other adjustments. If there is a deterioration of a major customer’s credit worthiness or actual defaults are higher than historical experience, the estimate of the recoverability of amounts due could be adversely affected. The Company reviews in detail the allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis and adjusts the allowance estimate to reflect actual portfolio performance and any changes in future portfolio performance expectations. The Company’s provision for write-offs and credit losses against the OTA sales-type lease receivable balances in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, was as follows:

		Balance at beginning of period		Provisions charged to expense		Write offs and other		Balance at end of period
March 31,		(in Thousands)
2014	Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables	$	74	$	96	$	76	$	94
2015	Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables	$	94	$	62	$	—	$	156

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials and components, such as ballasts, metal sheet and coil stock and molded parts; work in process inventories, such as frames and reflectors; and finished goods, including completed fixtures and systems, and wireless energy management systems and accessories, such as lamps, meters and power supplies. All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company reduces the carrying value of its inventories for differences between the cost and estimated net realizable value, taking into consideration usage in the preceding 9 to 24 months, expected demand, and other information indicating obsolescence. The Company records as a charge to cost of product revenue the amount required to reduce the carrying value of inventory to net realizable value. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had inventory obsolescence reserves of $2.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Costs associated with the procurement and warehousing of inventories, such as inbound freight charges and purchasing and receiving costs, are also included in cost of product revenue.

Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015
Raw materials and components	$	6,894	$	8,474
Work in process	880		1,588
Finished goods	4,016		4,221
	$	11,790	$	14,283

Deferred Contract Costs

Deferred contract costs consist primarily of the costs of products delivered, and services performed, that are subject to additional performance obligations or customer acceptance. These deferred contract costs are expensed at the time the related revenue is recognized. Deferred costs amounted to $0.7 million and $0.1 million as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid insurance premiums, prepaid license fees, purchase deposits, advance payments to contractors, unbilled revenue, prepaid taxes and miscellaneous receivables. Prepaid expenses and other current assets includes $2.8 million and $1.7 million of unbilled accounts receivable as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Prepaid expenses and other current assets also includes $1.0 million of assets held for sale as of March 31, 2014 for an asset that was sold during fiscal 2015.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for additions and improvements are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. Properties sold, or otherwise disposed of, are removed from the property accounts, with gains or losses on disposal credited or charged to income from operations.

57

The Company periodically reviews the carrying values of property and equipment for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired. The estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition are compared to the assets’ carrying amount to determine if a write down to market value is required. No write downs were recorded in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014, an impairment charge of $0.2 million was recorded. In fiscal 2015, an impairment charge of $1.0 million was recorded in connection with the assessment of carrying costs related to the wireless controls product offering.

Property and equipment were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014			March 31, 2015
Land and land improvements	$	1,480		$	1,511
Buildings and building improvements	14,405			14,441
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment	10,713			8,600
Leasehold improvements	46			148
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements	4,997			4,997
Plant equipment	10,103			11,084
Construction in progress	60			379
	41,804			41,160
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(18,669		)	(19,937		)
Net property and equipment	$	23,135		$	21,223

The Company has no equipment under capital leases.

Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, using the straight-line method. The Company recorded depreciation expense of $4.3 million, $3.8 million and $2.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Depreciable lives by asset category are as follows:

Land improvements	10-15 years
Buildings and building improvements	3-39 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment	2-10 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of asset life or life of lease
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements	20 years
Plant equipment	3-10 years

No interest was capitalized for construction in progress during fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2015.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The costs of specifically identifiable intangible assets that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually, as of January 1, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and methods:

Patents	10-17 years	Straight-line
Licenses	7-13 years	Straight-line
Customer relationships	5-8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Developed technology	8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Non-competition agreements	5 years	Straight-line

Indefinite lived intangible assets are evaluated for potential impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable based primarily upon whether expected future undiscounted cash flows are sufficient to support the asset recovery. If the actual useful life of the asset is shorter than the estimated life estimated by us, the asset may be deemed to be impaired and accordingly a write-down of the value of the asset determined by a discounted cash flow analysis or shorter amortization period may be required.

58

There was no change in the carrying value of goodwill during fiscal 2015 as follows (in thousands):

Balance at March 31, 2013	$	—
Acquisition	4,409
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	4,409
Impairments	—
Balance at March 31, 2015	$	4,409

As of April 1, 2014, the Company realigned its organizational structure as a result of a new business strategy. In connection with the reorganization, the Company evaluated its historical operating segments (Energy Management Division and Engineered Systems Division) in relation to GAAP and identified the following new operating segments: (i) U.S. Markets, (ii) Orion Engineered Systems, (iii) Orion Distribution Services and (iv) Corporate and Other. The new operating segments became effective, on a prospective basis, beginning April 1, 2014. The Company's operating segments are also its reporting units (for goodwill assessment purposes) and reporting segments (for financial reporting purposes). In connection with the identification of the new operating segments, the Company allocated goodwill from its historical reporting units to its new reporting units using a relative fair market approach as follows (in thousands):

	U.S. Markets		Orion Engineered Systems		Orion Distribution Services		Corporate and Other		Total
Goodwill at March 31, 2015	$	2,371	$	2,038	$	—	$	—	$	4,409

The components of, and changes in, the carrying amount of other intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014					March 31, 2015
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Patents	$	2,362	$	(784	)	$	2,447	$	(906	)
Licenses	58		(58		)	58		(58		)
Trade name and trademarks	1,942		—			1,958		—
Customer relationships	3,600		(535		)	3,600		(1,620		)
Developed technology	900		(19		)	900		(109		)
Non-competition agreements	100		(15		)	100		(35		)
Total	$	8,962	$	(1,411	)	$	9,063	$	(2,728	)

As of March 31, 2015, the weighted average useful life of intangible assets was 6.7 years. The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is shown below (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,226
Fiscal 2017	883
Fiscal 2018	607
Fiscal 2019	431
Fiscal 2020	346
Thereafter	884
	$	4,377

Amortization expense is set forth in the following table (in thousands):

59

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Amortization included in cost of sales:
Patents	$	133	$	135	$	132
Total	$	133	$	135	$	132
Amortization included in operating expenses:
Customer relationships	$	—	$	535	$	1,085
Developed technology	—		19		90
Non-competition agreements	—		15		20
Total	—		569		1,195
Total amortization	$	133	$	704	$	1,327

The Company’s management periodically reviews the carrying value of intangible assets for impairment. Write-offs recorded in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015 were $0, $45,000 and $120,000, respectively.

Long-Term Receivables

The Company records a long-term receivable for the non-current portion of its sales-type capital lease OTA contracts. The receivable is recorded at the net present value of the future cash flows from scheduled customer payments. The Company uses the implied cost of capital from each individual contract as the discount rate.

Also included in other long-term receivables are amounts due from a third party finance company to which the Company has sold, without recourse, the future cash flows from OTAs entered into with customers. Such receivables are recorded at the present value of the future cash flows discounted at 11.0%. As of March 31, 2015, the following amounts were due from the third party finance company in future periods (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	309
Fiscal 2017	9
Total gross financed receivable	318
Less: amount above to be collected during the next 12 months	(309		)
Less: amount representing interest	(1		)
Total net long-term receivable	$	8

Long-Term Inventories

As of March 31, 2014, the Company had long-term inventory for the non-current portion of its wireless controls finished goods inventory. The inventories were stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the FIFO method. As of September 30, 2014, the wireless controls inventory were deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including significant declines in unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. During fiscal 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $10.2 million related to its wireless controls inventory. Net realizable value of this remaining wireless control inventory was based on the Company's best estimate of product sales expectations, market prices and customer demand patterns.

Other Long-Term Assets

Other long-term assets include long-term security deposits, prepaid licensing costs, deferred costs for a long-term contract, and deferred financing costs. Other long-term assets include $33,000 and $202,000 of deferred financing costs as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Deferred financing costs related to debt issuances are amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt issue (1 to 3 years). For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, the amortization was $42,000, $40,000 and $156,000, respectively.

Accrued Expenses and Other

Accrued expenses include warranty accruals, accrued wages and benefits, accrued vacation, accrued legal costs, accrued commissions, customer deposits, accrued acquisition liabilities, accrued project costs, sales tax payable and other various unpaid expenses. Accrued expenses include $1.0 million and $1.3 million of accrued project costs as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

60

The Company generally offers a limited warranty of one year on its lighting products in addition to those standard warranties offered by major original equipment component manufacturers. The manufacturers’ warranties cover lamps and ballasts, which are significant components in the Company’s lighting products. Included in other long-term liabilities is $0.3 million for warranty reserves related to solar operating systems.

Changes in the Company’s warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Beginning of year	$	284		$	263
Provision to product cost of revenue	300			776
Charges	(321		)	(24		)
End of year	$	263		$	1,015

Incentive Compensation

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2013 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance and discretionary cash bonus payments ranging from 25-100% of the fiscal 2013 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2013 of (i) target revenue of $119 million and/or (ii) target net income of $3.7 million. Revenue and net income were selected as the performance measures for the cash bonus program because they were viewed as the most critical elements to increasing the value of the Company's common stock and, therefore, to the Company's enterprise value. The compensation committee established a target bonus as a percentage of base salary for each of the named executive officers. If the Company achieved 90% of either or both the revenue and net income targets ($107 million in revenue or $3.33 million in net income), then the named executive officers would have received 50% of their target bonus for that element. If either or both of the target revenue or net income were exceeded, the named executive officers would be eligible to earn up to two times their target bonus for that element based on a sliding scale of up to 150% of the target revenue or net income. As described below, this plan was superseded by a new plan in November 2012, and, therefore, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

Effective November 9, 2012, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved a new incentive cash bonus program for the second half of fiscal 2013 in replacement of the then existing fiscal 2013 incentive bonus program described above. The new incentive cash bonus program provided a cash bonus opportunity to named executive officers and other key employees based on the Company’s relative achievement, in the second half of fiscal 2013, of target operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) and target cost containment initiatives. Under the new program, 50% of the target bonus payments were based on the Company’s relative achievement of its cost containment target of $1.48 million for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of cost containment achieved, a bonus pool of $0.167 would be earned, up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000 for all employees. The other 50% of the target bonus payments would be based on the Company achieving operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) of $500,000 for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of operating profit achieved, a bonus pool of $0.50 would be earned, up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000 for all employees. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company accrued the maximum expense related to this plan.

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2014 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus payments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2014 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2014 of at least (i) $2.0 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $88.0 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2015 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus payments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2015 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2015 of at least (i) $2.3 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $90.4 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2015, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized on the sales of our lighting and related energy efficiency systems and products when the following four criteria are met:

61

1. persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

2. delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer;

3. the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and

4. collectability is reasonably assured.

These four criteria are met for the Company’s product-only revenue upon delivery of the product and title passing to the customer. At that time, the Company provides for estimated costs that may be incurred for product warranties and sales returns. Revenues are presented net of sales tax and other sales related taxes.

For sales of the Company’s lighting and energy management technologies, consisting of multiple elements of revenue, such as a combination of product sales and services, the Company determines revenue by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices in accordance with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, if available, (2) third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not available, and (3) best estimate of the selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available (a description as to how the Company determined estimated selling price is provided below).

The nature of the Company’s multiple element arrangements for the sale of its lighting and energy management technologies is similar to a construction project, with materials being delivered and contracting and project management activities occurring according to an installation schedule. The significant deliverables include the shipment of products and related transfer of title and the installation.

To determine the selling price in multiple-element arrangements, the Company establishes the selling price for its HIF lighting and energy management system products using management's best estimate of the selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. Product revenue is recognized when products are shipped. For product revenue, management's best estimate of selling price is determined using a cost plus gross profit margin method. In addition, the Company records in service revenue the selling price for its installation and recycling services using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. Service revenue is recognized when services are completed and customer acceptance has been received. Recycling services provided in connection with installation entail the disposal of the customer’s legacy lighting fixtures. The Company’s service revenues, other than for installation and recycling that are completed prior to delivery of the product, are included in product revenue using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. These services include comprehensive site assessment, site field verification, utility incentive and government subsidy management, engineering design, and project management. For these services, along with the Company's installation and recycling services, under a multiple-element arrangement, management’s best estimate of selling price is determined by considering several external and internal factors including, but not limited to, economic conditions and trends, customer demand, pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, geographies in which the Company offers its products and services and internal costs. The determination of estimated selling price is made through consultation with and approval by management, taking into account all of the preceding factors.

For sales of solar photovoltaic systems, which are governed by customer contracts that require the Company to deliver functioning solar power systems and are generally completed within three to 15 months from the start of construction, the Company recognizes revenue from fixed price construction contracts using the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with ASC 605-35, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts. Under this method, revenue arising from fixed price construction contracts is recognized as work is performed based upon the percentage of incurred costs to estimated total forecasted costs. The Company has determined that the appropriate method of measuring progress on these sales is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. The percentage-of-completion method requires revenue recognition from the delivery of products to be deferred and the cost of such products to be capitalized as a deferred cost and current asset on the balance sheet. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the progress of the installation of the solar photovoltaic systems using actual costs incurred over total estimated costs to complete a project. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

The Company offers a financing program, called an Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, for a customer’s lease of the Company’s energy management systems. The OTA is structured as a sales-type lease and upon successful installation of the system and customer acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, revenue is recognized at the Company’s net investment in the lease, which typically is the net present value of the future cash flows.

The Company offers a financing program, called a power purchase agreement, or PPA, for the Company’s renewable energy product offerings. A PPA is a supply side agreement for the generation of electricity and subsequent sale to the end user. Upon the customer’s acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, product revenue is recognized on a monthly basis over the life of the PPA contract, which is typically in excess of 10 years.

62

Deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings, investment tax grants received related to PPAs and a separate obligation to provide maintenance on OTAs and is classified as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair value of the maintenance is readily determinable based upon pricing from third-party vendors. Deferred revenue related to maintenance services is recognized when the services are delivered, which occurs in excess of a year after the original OTA contract is executed.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company records costs incurred in connection with shipping and handling of products as cost of product revenue. Amounts billed to customers in connection with these costs are included in product revenue.

Advertising

Advertising costs of $111,000, $28,000 and $149,000 for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, were charged to operations as incurred.

Research and Development

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, measured using the enacted tax rates and laws expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. Deferred income taxes also arise from the future tax benefits of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is established when management determines that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $11.7 million against its deferred tax assets.

ASC 740, Income Taxes, also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest are immaterial and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits.

Deferred tax benefits have not been recognized for income tax effects resulting from the exercise of non-qualified stock options. These benefits will be recognized in the period in which the benefits are realized as a reduction in taxes payable and an increase in additional paid-in capital. Realized tax benefits (expense) from the exercise of stock options were $70,000, $13,000 and $0 for the fiscal years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Stock Based Compensation

The Company’s share-based payments to employees are measured at fair value and are recognized in earnings, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Cash flows from the exercise of stock options resulting from tax benefits in excess of recognized cumulative compensation costs (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows. For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, $70,000, $13,000 and $0, respectively, of such excess tax benefits were classified as financing cash flows.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company calculates volatility based upon the historical market price of its common stock. The risk-free interest rate is the rate available as of the option date on zero-coupon U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. The expected term is based upon the vesting term of the Company’s options and expected exercise behavior. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate of unvested stock awards based on historical experience.

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC718, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. As more fully described in Note I, the Company awards non-vested restricted stock to employees, executive officers and directors. The Company did not issue any stock options during fiscal 2015. The fair value of each option grant in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015 was determined using the assumptions in the following table:

63

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Weighted average expected term	5.5 years		4.1 years		N/A
Risk-free interest rate	0.8	%	0.8	%	N/A
Expected volatility	72.5 - 74.4%		73.3	%	N/A
Expected forfeiture rate	21.4	%	20.3	%	20.3	%

Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and does not consider common stock equivalents.

Diluted net income (loss) per common share reflects the dilution that would occur if warrants and stock options were exercised and restricted shares vested. In the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share, the Company uses the “treasury stock” method for outstanding options, warrants and restricted shares. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for the years ended March 31, 2013, March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, because the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive. The effect of net income (loss) per common share is calculated based upon the following shares (in thousands except share amounts):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014			2015
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(10,399	)	$	(6,199	)	$	(32,061	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	20,996,625			20,987,964			22,353,419
Weighted-average effect of assumed conversion of stock options and restricted stock	—			—			—
Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents outstanding	20,996,625			20,987,964			22,353,419
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)
Diluted	$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)

The following table indicates the number of potentially dilutive securities as of the end of each period:

	March 31,
	2013	2014	2015
Common stock options	3,312,523	2,716,317	2,426,836
Restricted shares	105,000	539,204	704,688
Common stock warrants	38,980	38,980	—
Total	3,456,503	3,294,501	3,131,524

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s cash is deposited with four financial institutions. At times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant risk on these balances.

The Company purchases components necessary for its lighting products, including ballasts, lamps and LED components from multiple suppliers. For fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, no supplier accounted for more than 10% of total cost of revenue.

In fiscal 2013, there were no customers who individually accounted for greater than 10% of revenue. In fiscal 2014, onecustomer accounted for 23% of revenue. In fiscal 2015, onecustomer accounted for 12% of revenue.

As of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, no customers accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11 ("ASU 2013-11"), “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax

64

Credit Carryforward Exists." ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, in the financial statements as a reduction to the deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The provisions of ASU 2013-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company applied this guidance in a prior quarter and it did not have a material impact on its statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers." This ASU is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is not permitted. Accordingly, the Company will adopt this ASU on April 1, 2017. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach to adopt this ASU and management is currently evaluating which transition approach to use. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09.

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, "Compensation - Stock Compensation" ("ASU 2014-12"). ASU 2014-12 is intended to resolve diverse accounting treatment for share based awards in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The standard is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, "Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern" ("ASU 2014-15"). ASU 2014-15 requires an entity's management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern and if those conditions exist, the required disclosures. The standard is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

NOTE C — ACQUISITION

On July 1, 2013, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC(collectively, "Harris"). Harris was a Florida-based lighting company which engineered, designed, sourced and manufactured energy efficient lighting systems, including fluorescent and LED lighting solutions, and day-lighting products.

The acquisition of Harris expanded the Company's product lines, including a patent pending LED lighting product designed for commercial office buildings, increased its sales force and provided growth opportunities into markets where the Company had previously not had a strong presence, specifically, new construction, retail store fronts, commercial office and government.

The acquisition was consummated pursuant to a Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2013 ("Purchase Agreement"), by and among Harris, the shareholders and members of Harris ("Harris Shareholders"), and the Company. The acquisition consideration paid to the Harris Shareholders was valued under the Purchase Agreement at an aggregate of $10.0 million, plus an adjustment of approximately $0.2 million to reflect the Company's acquisition of net working capital in excess of a targeted amount, plus an additional $0.6 million for the contingent consideration earn-out value assigned to non-employee Harris shareholders. The aggregate acquisition consideration was paid through a combination of $5.0 million in cash, $3.1 million in a three-year unsecured subordinated promissory note and the issuance of 856,997 shares of unregistered Company common stock. For purposes of the acquisition and the acquisition consideration, the shares of common stock issued in the acquisition of Harris were valued at $2.33 per share, which was the average closing share price as reported on the NYSE MKT for the 45 trading days preceding and the 22 trading days following the execution of the Purchase Agreement. For purposes of applying the purchase accounting provisions of ASC 805, Business Combinations, the shares of common stock issued in the acquisition were valued at $2.41 per share, which was the closing sale price of the Company's common stock as reported on the NYSE MKT on the July 1, 2013, date of acquisition.

On October 21, 2013, the Company executed a letter agreement amending the Purchase Agreement. The letter agreement established a fixed future consideration of $1.4 million for the previously existing earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement and eliminated the requirement that certain revenue targets must be achieved. Under the letter agreement, on January 2, 2014, the Company issued $0.6 million, or 83,943 shares, of the Company's unregistered common stock. The fixed consideration was determined based upon the existing share calculation at a fair value of $3.80 per common share. On January 2, 2015, the Company would pay $0.8 million in cash to settle all outstanding obligations related to the earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement. In December 2014, the Company amended the letter agreement to defer the January 2, 2015 payment of $0.8 million in cash until February 13, 2015, to settle all outstanding obligations related to the earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement. The final payment was made on February 12, 2015.

65

The Company incurred $0.5 million in acquisition and integration related costs for Harris during the year ended March 31, 2014, which included contingent consideration, legal, accounting and other integration related expenses.

The Purchase Agreement contained customary representations and warranties, as well as indemnification obligations, and limitations thereon, by the Company and the Harris Shareholders.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid to the Harris Shareholders and the fair value allocation of the purchase price (in thousands):

Consideration paid to Harris Shareholders:
Cash	$	5,000
Seller provided debt	3,124
Shares of Company common stock	2,065
Contingent consideration arrangement	612
Total consideration paid	$	10,801
Cash and cash equivalents	$	8
Accounts receivable, net	2,215
Inventories	1,633
Other current assets	86
Property, plant and equipment	117
Deferred tax asset	141
Identifiable intangible assets:
Customer relationships	3,600
Non-competition agreement	100
Developed technology	900
Trade name and trademarks	1,900
Accounts payable	(1,519		)
Deferred tax liabilities	(2,263		)
Accrued and other liabilities	(526		)
Total identifiable net assets	6,392
Goodwill	4,409
	$	10,801

Prior to the amendment discussed above, the contingent consideration arrangement required the Company to pay the Harris Shareholders up to $1.0 million in unregistered shares of the Company's common stock upon Harris' achievement of certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013 and/or 2014, and, in the case of certain Harris Shareholders who became employees of the Company, their continued employment by the Company. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could have been required to make under the contingent consideration arrangement was between $0 and $1.0 million. The Company recorded $0.6 million for the non-employee Harris Shareholder portion of the contingent consideration liability on the acquisition date. During the years ended March 31, 2014, and March 31, 2015, the Company expensed $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in compensation expense as contingent consideration for employee Harris shareholders.

As part of the purchase price allocation, the Company determined that the separately identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of customer relationships, developed technology, trademarks and trade names, and non-competition agreements. The fair value of the acquired identifiable intangible assets and the goodwill in the table above are provisional pending completion of the final valuations for those assets. All of the intangible asset value was assigned to the Company's Energy Management segment.

The separately identifiable intangible assets acquired that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and methods:

Customer relationships	5-8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Developed technology	8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Non-competition agreements	5 years	Straight-line
Trade name and trademarks	N/A	Indefinite life

66

The Company used the income approach to value the customer relationships, developed technology and non-competition agreements. This approach calculates the fair value by discounting the forecasted after-tax cash flows for each intangible asset back to a present value at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return. The data for these analyses was the cash flow estimates used to price the transaction. Fair value estimates are based on a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely heavily on estimates and assumptions.

In estimating the useful lives of the acquired assets, the Company considered ASC 350-30-35, General IntangiblesOther Than Goodwill, and reviewed the following factors: the expected use by the combined company of the assets acquired, the expected useful life of another asset (or group of assets) related to the acquired assets, legal, regulatory or other contractual provisions that may limit the useful life of an acquired asset, the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors, and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the assets. The Company will amortize these intangible assets over their estimated economic useful lives.

The goodwill of $4.4 million arising from the Harris acquisition consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining operations, and, to a lesser extent, the assembled workforce of Harris. The goodwill was assigned to the Company's US Markets and Engineered Systems segments. None of the acquired goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, are based on the historical financial statements of the Company and Harris giving effect to the business combination as if it had occurred at the beginning of the period presented. Therefore, this pro forma data has been adjusted to include amortization of purchased intangible assets and interest on the promissory note delivered as part of the purchase price during the entire applicable periods. Additionally, the tax benefit of $2.3 million recorded during the year ended March 31, 2014 was eliminated and the tax benefit was recorded during the year ended March 31, 2013. This data is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been generated if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods. Moreover, this data is not intended to be indicative of future results of operations (in thousands, other than per share data).

	Acquisition of Harris Pro Forma Results of Operations
	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014
Revenue	$	102,198		$	92,868
Net loss available to common shareholders	(7,489		)	(9,111		)
Loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.36	)	$	(0.43	)
Diluted	(0.36		)	(0.43		)

The supplemental pro forma results above exclude any benefits that may result from the acquisition due to synergies that are expected to be derived from the elimination of any duplicative costs. In addition, the pro forma results for the year ended March 31, 2014 was adjusted to exclude non-recurring aggregate acquisition-related costs of $0.2 million that were incurred in 2013.

NOTE D — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During fiscal 2013, the Company purchased goods and services from an entity in the amount of $40,000, for which a director of the Company serves as a member of the board of directors. During fiscal 2014 and 2015, the Company purchased goods and services from an entity in the amount of $20,000 and $38,000, respectively, for which a director of the Company serves as a minority owner and chairman of the board of directors.

NOTE E — LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands):

67

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Revolving credit facility	$	—		$	2,500
Harris seller's note	2,624			1,607
Customer equipment finance notes payable	2,331			827
First mortgage note payable	607			—
Debenture payable	675			—
Other long-term debt	364			120
Total long-term debt	6,601			5,054
Less current maturities	(3,450		)	(1,832		)
Long-term debt, less current maturities	$	3,151		$	3,222

Revolving Credit Agreement

On February 6, 2015, the Company entered into a new credit and security agreement (Credit Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. The Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility (Credit Facility) that matures on February 6, 2018. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are initially limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Such limit may increase to $20.0 million, subject to the borrowing base requirement, after July 31, 2016, if the Company satisfies certain conditions. The Credit Facility includes a $2.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit.

From and after any increase in the Credit Facility limit from $15.0 million to $20.0 million, the Credit Agreement will require the Company to maintain as of the end of each month a minimum ratio for the trailing twelve-month period of (i) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, subject to certain adjustments, to (ii) the sum of cash interest expense, certain principal payments on indebtedness and certain dividends, distributions and stock redemptions, equal to at least 1.10 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement also contains other customary covenants, including certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on the Company’s stock, redeem or repurchase shares of the Company’s stock, or pledge or dispose of assets.

Each subsidiary of the Company is a joint and several co-borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agreement, and the Credit Agreement is secured by a security interest in substantially all of the Company’s and each subsidiary’s personal property (excluding various assets relating to customer OTAs) and a mortgage on certain real property.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum, with a minimum interest charge for each year or portion of a year during the term of the Credit Agreement of $130,000, regardless of usage. As of March 31, 2015, the interest rate was 3.26%. The Company must pay an unused line fee of 0.25% per annum of the daily average unused amount of the Credit Facility and a letter of credit fee at the rate of 3.0% per annum on the undrawn amount of letters of credit outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facility.

As of March 31, 2015, the Company had no outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2015, amounted to approximately $2.5 million and are included in non-current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company estimates that as of March 31, 2015, it was eligible to borrow an additional $4.4 million under the Credit Facility based upon current levels of eligible inventory and accounts receivable.

The Company was in compliance with its covenants in the Credit Agreement as of March 31, 2015.

Prior Credit Agreements with JP Morgan

The Company previously had an amended credit agreement (Prior Credit Agreement) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JP Morgan) that provided for a revolving credit facility (Prior Credit Facility). Borrowings under the Prior Credit Facility were limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement when the outstanding principal balance of loans under the Prior Credit Facility was greater than $5.0 million. In addition, the Company previously had a credit agreement with JP Morgan that provided up to $5.0 million that was immediately available to fund completed customer contracts under its OTA finance program. The Company had one year from the date of the commitment to borrow under the credit agreement, which expired on September 30, 2012 for new borrowings.

On November 6, 2014, the Company received a letter from JP Morgan terminating the bank’s obligations to make any further loans to the Company, and declaring the outstanding loans due and payable, under the revolving Prior Credit Agreement and the OTA credit agreement due to the Company’s failure to meet certain financial covenants. As of such date, the Company had an

68

outstanding OTA credit agreement loan balance of $467,000 and no amounts outstanding on the Prior Credit Agreement. The Company fully satisfied its outstanding obligations under the OTA credit agreement with existing cash balances.

Harris Seller's Note

On July 1, 2013, the Company issued an unsecured and subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3.1 million to partially fund the acquisition of Harris. The note is included in the table above as Harris seller's note. The note bears interest at the rate of 4% per annum. Principal and interest are payable quarterly and the note matures in July 2016.

Customer Equipment Finance Notes Payable

In December 2014, the Company entered into a secured borrowing agreement with De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc. in the principal amount of $0.4 million to fund completed customer contracts under its OTA finance program that were previously funded under the OTA credit agreement with JP Morgan, which was terminated in November 2014. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The loan amount is secured by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 25 individual OTA customer contracts. The borrowing agreement bears interest at a rate of 8.36% and matures in December 2016.

In September 2010, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $2.4 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. In February 2011, the Company sold a portion of the OTA contracts collateralizing the note to a third party equipment finance company. Accordingly, the Company repaid $1.3 million of the outstanding note balance and recorded a prepayment penalty of $33,000. The note was paid in full in March 2015. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note was collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 12 individual OTA customer contracts. The note bore interest at 7%.

In March 2011, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $0.9 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note was paid in full in March 2015. The note was collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting three individual OTA customer contracts. The note bore interest at 7% and required monthly payments of $20,900.

In June 2011, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $2.8 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note is collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 40 individual OTA contracts. The note bears interest at 7.85% and matures in April 2016. The note agreement includes a debt service covenant with respect to the supporting OTA contracts that the aggregate amount of all remaining scheduled payments due with respect to the individual OTA contracts be not less than 1.25 to 1.0 of the remaining principal and interest payments due under the loan. As of March 31, 2015 the Company was in compliance with the debt service covenant.

First Mortgage Note Payable

In December 2014, the Company entered into an amendment to its mortgage note payable to extend the maturity date from December 1, 2014 to April 1, 2015 on its remaining principal amount of $0.5 million. The Company’s term note was satisfied in full in February 2015. The Company’s first mortgage note payable had an interest rate of prime plus 2.25% (effective rate of 5.50% at March 31, 2015), and required monthly payments of principal and interest of $10,000. This note is included in the table above as first mortgage note payable. The mortgage was secured by a first mortgage on the Company’s manufacturing facility.

Debenture Payable

The Company’s debenture payable was satisfied in full in February 2015. The Company’s debenture payable was issued by Certified Development Company at an effective interest rate of 4.94%. The balance was payable in monthly principal and interest payments of $8,000 and was guaranteed by United States Small Business Administration 504 program. This payable is included in the table above as debenture payable. The amount due was collateralized by a second mortgage on the manufacturing facility.

Other Long-Term Debt

In November 2007, the Company completed a Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with the local city government to provide financing in the amount of $750,000 for the purpose of acquiring additional production equipment. The loan was paid in full in December 2014. This loan is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The loan had an interest rate of 4.9% and was collateralized by the related equipment. The loan required monthly payments of $11,000 through December 2014.

In September 2010, the Company entered into a note agreement with the Wisconsin Department of Commerce that provided the Company with $0.3 million to fund the Company’s rooftop solar project at its Manitowoc manufacturing facility. This note is

69

included in the table above as other long-term debt. The note is collateralized by the related solar equipment. The note allowed for two years without interest accruing or principal payments due. Beginning in July 2012, the note bears interest at 2% and requires monthly payments of $4,600. The note matures in June 2017. The note agreement requires the Company to maintain a certain number of jobs at its Manitowoc facilities during the note’s duration. The Company was in compliance with all covenants in the note agreement as of March 31, 2015.

In January 2011, the Company amended its November 2007 Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with the local city government to provide the Company with $0.2 million to fund equipment at its Manitowoc facility. The loan was paid in full in December 2014. This loan is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The amendment to the loan agreement was collateralized by the related equipment. The loan bore interest at 2.1125% and required monthly payments of $3,600 through December 2014.

Other long-term debt consisted of a promissory note from the state government to provide working capital and equipment for the development of daylighting technologies. The loan was paid in full in February 2015. The note was secured by the related equipment. The loan bore interest at 2.0% and required monthly payments of $3,400.

Aggregate Maturities

As of March 31, 2015, aggregate maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,832
Fiscal 2017	706
Fiscal 2018	2,516
Fiscal 2019	—
Thereafter	—
	$	5,054

NOTE F — INCOME TAXES

The total provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ending (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014			2015
Current	$	(180	)	$	19		$	49
Deferred	4,253			(2,077		)	—
	$	4,073		$	(2,058	)	$	49
	2013			2014			2015
Federal	$	3,803		$	(1,830	)	$	—
State	270			(228		)	49
	$	4,073		$	(2,058	)	$	49

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and effective income tax rate is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Statutory federal tax rate	34.0	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State taxes, net	2.3	%	2.8	%	3.6	%
Federal tax credit	3.9	%	0.9	%	0.2	%
State tax credit	(0.5	)%	0.4	%	0.1	%
Change in valuation reserve	(111.7	)%	(10.2	)%	(37.0	)%
Permanent items	2.3	%	(2.9	)%	(0.1	)%
Change in tax contingency reserve	3.4	%	(0.3	)%	—	%
Other, net	1.9	%	0.2	%	(1.0	)%
Effective income tax rate	(64.4	)%	24.9	%	(0.2	)%

70

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the following components (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Inventory, accruals and reserves	$	1,445		$	5,297
Other	139			159
Deferred revenue	44			91
Valuation allowance	(1,628		)	(5,547		)
Total net current deferred tax assets and liabilities	$	—		$	—
Federal and state operating loss carryforwards	6,233			13,154
Tax credit carryforwards	1,498			1,475
Non-qualified stock options	2,541			2,914
Deferred revenue	23			7
Fixed assets	(1,889		)	(1,698		)
Intangible assets	(2,125		)	(1,687		)
Valuation allowance	(6,281		)	(14,165		)
Total net long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities	$	—		$	—
Total net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

The Company is eligible for tax benefits associated with the excess of the tax deduction available for exercises of non-qualified stock options, or NQSOs, over the amount recorded at grant. The amount of the benefit is based upon the ultimate deduction reflected in the applicable income tax return. Benefits of $0.1 million, $13,000 and $0 were recorded in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, as a reduction in taxes payable and a credit to additional paid in capital based on the amount that was utilized in the current year.

As of March 31, 2015, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million, of which $3.8 million are associated with the exercise of NQSOs that have not yet been recognized by the Company in its financial statements. The Company also has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $28.9 million, of which $4.1 million are associated with the exercise of NQSOs. The Company also has federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.5 million and state tax credits of $0.8 million. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $19.7 million, equaling the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of its realization value in the future. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the valuation allowance against the Company's net federal and net state deferred tax assets increased $0.8 million and $11.8 million, respectively. The Company considers future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that the deferred tax assets are able to be realized, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such determination is made.

Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of the Company's stock, by value, over a three year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, the Company's ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards, attributable to the period prior to such ownership change, to offset taxable income can be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for the Company. The Company does not believe an ownership change affects the use of the full amount of the net operating loss carryforwards. There was no limitation that occurred for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2015.

The Company records its tax provision based on the respective tax rules and regulations for the jurisdictions in which it operates. Where the Company believes that a tax position is supportable for income tax purposes, the item is included in their income tax returns. Where treatment of a position is uncertain, a liability is recorded based upon the expected most likely outcome taking into consideration the technical merits of the position based on specific tax regulations and facts of each matter. These liabilities may be affected by changing interpretations of laws, rulings by tax authorities, or the expiration of the statute of limitations.

As of December 31, 2011, an examination of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2009 to 2011 was complete. The resolution of this examination did not have a material effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of 3 to 5 years after filing of the respective return. The state effect of any federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to two years after formal

71

notification to the states. The Company currently has no state income tax return positions in the process of examination, administrative appeals or litigation.

Uncertain tax positions

As of March 31, 2015, the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.2 million, all of which would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The Company does not expect these amounts to change in the next twelve months as none of the issues are currently under examination, the statutes of limitations do not expire within the period, and the Company is not aware of any pending litigation.

The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest are immaterial as of the date of adoption and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits. The Company had the following unrecognized tax benefit activity (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014		2015
Unrecognized tax benefits as of beginning of fiscal year	$	406		$	188	$	210
Additions based on tax positions related to the current period positions	16			22		2
Reduction for tax positions of prior years	(1		)	—		—
Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitations	(233		)	—		—
Unrecognized tax benefits as of end of fiscal year	$	188		$	210	$	212

NOTE G —COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases vehicles and equipment under operating leases expiring at various dates through 2021. Rent expense under operating leases was $1,613,000, $1,238,000 and $398,000 for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Total annual commitments under non-cancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year at March 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	265
Fiscal 2017	159
Fiscal 2018	96
Thereafter	—
	$	520

Purchase Commitments

The Company enters into non-cancellable purchase commitments for certain inventory items in order to secure better pricing and ensure materials on hand and capital expenditures. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had entered into $4.3 million of purchase commitments related to fiscal 2016 for inventory purchases.

Retirement Savings Plan

The Company sponsors a tax deferred retirement savings plan that permits eligible employees to contribute varying percentages of their compensation up to the limit allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. This plan also provides for discretionary Company contributions. In fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, the Company made matching contributions of approximately $8,000, $26,000 and $23,000, respectively.

Litigation

The Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date hereof, the Company is unable to currently assess whether the final resolution of any of such claims or legal proceedings may have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition to ordinary-course litigation, the Company is a party to the proceedings described below.

On March 27, 2014, the Company was named as a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed by Neal R. Verfuerth, the Company's former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Green Bay Division). The plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the Company breached certain agreements entered into with the plaintiff, including the plaintiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The complaint seeks,

72

among other relief, unspecified pecuniary and compensatory damages, fees and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper. On November 4, 2014, the court granted the Company's motion to dismiss six of the plaintiff's claims. On January 9, 2015, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint re-alleging claims that were dismissed by the court, including, among other things, a retaliation claim and certain claims with respect to prior management agreements and certain intellectual property rights. On January 22, 2015, the Company filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike certain of the claims made in the amended complaint. On May 18, 2015, the court dismissed the intellectual property claims re-alleged in the January 9, 2015 amended complaint. The Company believes that it has substantial legal and factual defenses to the claims and allegations remaining in the case and that the Company will prevail in this proceeding. The Company intends to continue to defend against the claims vigorously. Based upon the current status of the lawsuit, the Company is currently unable to estimate any potential adverse impact on the Company from the plaintiff's claims and the Company does not believe the lawsuit will have a material adverse impact on its future continuing results of operations.

On May 29, 2014, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) filed a claim against the Company alleging certain violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) with regard to an employee. In addition, on August 20, 2014, the EEOC filed a claim against the Company alleging certain violations of the ADA with respect to the Company's wellness program. The Company does not believe these claims will have a material adverse impact on its future results of operations.

State Tax Assessment

The Company is currently negotiating a settlement with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue with respect to an assessment regarding the proper classification of the Company’s products for tax purposes under Wisconsin law. The issue under review is whether the installation of the Company’s lighting systems is considered a real property construction activity under Wisconsin law. The Company currently expects to resolve this matter with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue in fiscal 2016.

NOTE H —SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock Transactions

On February 20, 2015, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 5.46 million shares of its common stock, at an offering price to public of $3.50 per share. Net proceeds of the offering approximated $17.5 million.

Share Repurchase Program and Treasury Stock

In October 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $1.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In November 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase to the share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $2.5 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In April 2012, the Company's Board approved another increase to the share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $7.5 million of the Company's outstanding common stock. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had repurchased 3.0 million shares of common stock at a cost of $6.8 million under the program. The Company did not repurchase any shares in fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2015 and does not intend to repurchase any additional common stock under this program in the near-term.

Shareholder Rights Plan

On January 7, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a shareholder rights plan and declared a dividend distribution of one common share purchase right (Right) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock. The issuance date for the distribution of the Rights was February 15, 2009 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2009. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $30.00 per share, subject to adjustment (Purchase Price).

The Rights will not be exercisable (and will be transferable only with the Company’s common stock) until a “Distribution Date” occurs (or the Rights are earlier redeemed or expire). A Distribution Date generally will occur on the earlier of a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (Acquiring Person) has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock (Shares Acquisition Date) or 10 business days after the commencement of, or the announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in any such person or group of persons acquiring such beneficial ownership.

If a person becomes an Acquiring Person, holders of Rights (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) will have the right to receive that number of shares of the Company’s common stock having a market value of two times the then-current Purchase Price, and all Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person, or by certain related parties or transferees, will be null and void. If, after a Shares Acquisition Date, the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold, proper provision will be made so that each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) will thereafter have the right to receive that number of shares of the acquiring company’s common stock which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the then-current Purchase Price.

73

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a shareholder of the Company. At any time prior to a person becoming an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001 per Right. Unless they are extended or earlier redeemed or exchanged, the Rights will expire on January 7, 2019.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In August 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved a non-compensatory employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP. The ESPP authorizes 2,500,000 million shares to be issued from treasury or authorized shares to satisfy employee share purchases under the ESPP. All full-time employees of the Company are eligible to be granted a non-transferable purchase right each calendar quarter to purchase directly from the Company up to $20,000 of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price equal to 100% of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE MKT exchange on the last trading day of each quarter. The ESPP allows for employee loans from the Company, except for Section 16 officers, limited to 20% of an individual’s annual income and no more than $250,000 outstanding at any one time. Interest on the loans is charged at the 10-year loan IRS rate and is payable at the end of each calendar year or upon loan maturity. The loans are secured by a pledge of any and all the Company’s shares purchased by the participant under the ESPP and the Company has full recourse against the employee, including offset against compensation payable. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had halted the loan program. The Company had the following shares issued from treasury during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015:

	As of March 31, 2014
	Shares Issued Under ESPP Plan	Closing Market Price	Shares Issued Under Loan Program	Dollar Value of Loans Issued		Repayment of Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 2013	990	$2.48	—	$	—	$	823
Quarter Ended September 30, 2013	702	$3.76	—	—		118,309
Quarter Ended December 31, 2013	319	$6.80	—	—		94,300
Quarter Ended March 31, 2014	362	$7.25	—	—		1,677
Total	2,373	$2.48 - 7.25	—	$	—	$	215,109
	As of March 31, 2015
	Shares Issued Under ESPP Plan	Closing Market Price	Shares Issued Under Loan Program	Dollar Value of Loans Issued		Repayment of Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 2014	383	$4.07	—	$	—	$	9,600
Quarter Ended September 30, 2014	322	$5.35	—	—		1,000
Quarter Ended December 31, 2014	289	$5.41	—	—		—
Quarter Ended March 31, 2015	492	$3.14	—	—		35,400
Total	1,486	$3.14 - 5.41	—	$	—	$	46,000

Loans issued to employees are reflected on the Company’s balance sheet as a contra-equity account.

NOTE I — STOCK OPTIONS, RESTRICTED SHARES AND WARRANTS

The Company grants stock options and restricted stock under its 2003 Stock Option and 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plans (Plans). Under the terms of the Plans, the Company has reserved 13,500,000 shares for issuance to key employees, consultants and directors. The options generally vest and become exercisable ratably between one month and five years although longer and shorter vesting periods have been used in certain circumstances. Exercisability of the options granted to employees are generally contingent on the employees’ continued employment and non-vested options are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates for any reason. Options under the Plans have a maximum life of 10 years. In the past, the Company has granted both ISOs and NQSOs, although in July 2008, the Company adopted a policy of thereafter only granting NQSOs. In fiscal 2011, the Company converted all of its existing ISO awards to NQSO awards. No consideration was given to the employees for their voluntary conversion of ISO awards. Certain non-employee directors have elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation pursuant to elections made under the Company’s non-employee director compensation program. The Plans also provide to certain employees accelerated vesting in the event of certain changes of control of the Company as well as under other special circumstances.

In June 2012, the Company's compensation committee approved the issuance of restricted shares under the Plans to key employees to provide an opportunity for such employees to earn long-term equity incentive awards. In May 2013, the compensation

committee of the Board of Directors changed the Company's long-term equity incentive grant policy so that only restricted shares are issued to all employees under the Plans. The restricted shares are settled in Company stock when the restriction period ends. Compensation cost for restricted shares granted to employees is recognized ratably over the vesting term, which is between three to five years. Settlement of the shares is contingent on the employees’ continued employment and non-vested shares are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates for any reason. In fiscal 2014, an aggregate of 526,663 restricted shares were granted valued at a price per share between $2.41 and $6.97, which was the closing market price as of each grant date. In fiscal 2015, an aggregate of 410,496 restricted shares were granted valued at a price per share between $4.16 and $7.23, which was the closing market price as of each grant date.

In fiscal 2013, the Company granted 30,422 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $1.62 to $2.57 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. In fiscal 2014, the Company granted 33,641 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $2.41 to $5.73 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. In fiscal 2015, the Company granted 27,931 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $4.20 to $5.23 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. Additionally, during fiscal 2013, the Company issued 3,000 shares to a consultant as part of a consulting compensation agreement. The shares were valued at $2.03 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance date.

In fiscal 2014, the Company recorded $0.2 million of stock-based compensation related to the deferred consideration for employee Harris Shareholders resulting from the Harris acquisition. The following amounts of stock-based compensation were recorded (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Cost of product revenue	$	114	$	70	$	50
General and administrative	578		1,025		1,056
Sales and marketing	451		485		360
Research and development	21		13		33
	$	1,164	$	1,593	$	1,499

The number of shares available for grant under the plans were as follows:

Available at March 31, 2012	1,406,090
Granted stock options	(1,054,876	)
Granted shares	(33,422	)
Restricted Shares	(163,750	)
Forfeited restricted shares	58,750
Forfeited stock options	1,419,986
Available at March 31, 2013	1,632,778
Granted stock options	(305,544	)
Granted shares	(33,641	)
Restricted Shares	(526,663	)
Forfeited restricted shares	69,375
Forfeited stock options	455,691
Available at March 31, 2014	1,291,996
Granted stock options	—
Granted shares	(27,931	)
Restricted shares	(410,496	)
Forfeited restricted shares	74,957
Forfeited stock options	150,074
Available at March 31, 2015	1,078,600

74

The following table summarizes information with respect to outstanding stock options:

	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at March 31, 2012	3,697,633		$	3.76	1.95
Granted	1,054,876		$	1.98
Exercised	(20,000	)	$	2.25
Forfeited	(1,419,986	)	$	3.26
Outstanding at March 31, 2013	3,312,523		$	3.42	1.23
Granted	305,544		$	1.98
Exercised	(446,059	)	$	2.25
Forfeited	(455,691	)	$	3.26
Outstanding at March 31, 2014	2,716,317		$	3.43	1.32
Granted	—		$	—
Exercised	(139,407	)	$	2.46
Forfeited	(150,074	)	$	3.13
Outstanding at March 31, 2015	2,426,836		$	3.50	—	$	1,231,344
Exercisable at March 31, 2015	1,844,994					$	740,802

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices on outstanding stock options at March 31, 2015:

	March 31, 2015
	Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price	Vested	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$1.62 - 2.25	781,276	5.88	$1.99	456,551	$2.01
$2.41 - 2.75	436,144	7.18	2.47	285,432	2.46
$2.86 - 4.28	773,459	4.98	3.43	667,054	3.46
$4.49 - 4.76	44,400	2.19	4.63	44,400	4.63
$5.35 - 6.05	218,706	3.99	5.46	218,706	5.46
$9.00	43,000	2.61	9.00	43,000	9.00
$10.14 - 11.61	129,851	3.05	10.99	129,851	10.99
	2,426,836	5.38	$3.50	1,844,994	$3.87

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, which is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock options and the fair value of the Company’s closing common stock price of $3.14 as of March 31, 2015.

Unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested common stock-based compensation as of March 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,277
Fiscal 2017	902
Fiscal 2018	487
Fiscal 2019	201
Fiscal 2020	22
Thereafter	—
	$	2,889
Remaining weighted average expected term	3.5 years

75

During fiscal 2015, the Company granted restricted shares as follows (which are included in the above stock plan activity tables):

Balance at March 31, 2014	539,204
Shares issued	410,496
Shares vested	(170,055		)
Shares forfeited	(74,957		)
Shares outstanding at March 31, 2015	704,688
Per share price on grant date	$4.16-7.23
Compensation expense	$	1,034,945

As of March 31, 2015, the weighted average grant-date fair value of restricted shares granted was $4.63.

The Company previously issued warrants in connection with various stock offerings and services rendered. The warrants granted the holder the option to purchase common stock at specified prices for a specified period of time. No warrants were issued in fiscal 2013, 2014 or 2015. During fiscal 2015, all warrants outstanding for a total of 38,980 shares were exercised at $2.25 per share, and as a result, none remaining outstanding.

A summary of warrant activity is as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at March 31, 2012	38,980		$	2.25
Issued	—		—
Exercised	—		$	—
Cancelled	—		$	—
Outstanding at March 31, 2013	38,980		$	2.25
Issued	—		—
Exercised	—		—
Cancelled	—		—
Outstanding at March 31, 2014	38,980		$	2.25
Issued	—		—
Exercised	(38,980	)	2.25
Cancelled	—		—
Outstanding at March 31, 2015	—		$	—

NOTE J— SEGMENT DATA

Beginning in fiscal 2015, the Company reorganized its business into the following business segments: U.S. markets, Orion engineered systems and Orion distribution services. The accounting policies are the same for each business segment as they are on a consolidated basis. Historically, sales of all of the Company's lighting products and the related costs were included in its energy management division.

The descriptions of the Company’s segments and their summary financial information are presented below.

U.S. Markets

The U.S. Markets Division sells lighting solutions into the wholesale markets.

Engineered Systems

The Engineered Systems Division sells lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. The Engineered Systems Division also completes the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects.

Distribution Services

76

The Distribution Services Division sells lighting products internationally and is developing a network of broad line distributors.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other is comprised of operating expenses not directly allocated to the Company’s segments and adjustments to reconcile to consolidated results, which primarily include intercompany eliminations.

	Revenues						Operating (Loss) Profit
	For the year ended March 31,						For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2014		2015		2013			2014			2015
Segments:
U.S. Markets	$	30,262	$	38,766	$	37,778	$	110		$	(1,012	)	$	(12,542	)
Engineered Systems	55,824		49,857		33,454		806			1,260			(12,431		)
Distribution Services	—		—		978		—						(455		)
Corporate and Other	—		—		—		(7,520		)	(8,591		)	(6,508		)
	$	86,086	$	88,623	$	72,210	$	(6,604	)	$	(8,343	)	$	(31,936	)
	Depreciation and Amortization						Capital Expenditures
	For the year ended March 31,						For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2014		2015		2013			2014			2015
Segments:
U.S. Markets	$	1,774	$	2,667	$	1,711	$	993		$	276		$	626
Engineered Systems	249		302		1,404		50			—			495
Distribution Services	—		—		32		—			—			40
Corporate and Other	2,554		1,569		1,036		1,116			134			845
	$	4,577	$	4,538	$	4,183	$	2,159		$	410		$	2,006

	Total Assets				Deferred Revenue
(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015		March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015
Segments:
U.S. Markets	$	36,340	$	27,769	$	244	$	157
Engineered Systems	28,309		27,435		1,686		1,363
Distribution Services	—		261		—		—
Corporate and Other	34,291		32,340		—		—
	$	98,940	$	87,805	$	1,930	$	1,520

The Company’s revenue and long-lived assets outside the United States are insignificant.

NOTE K — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On June 3, 2015, the Company provided written notice to The New York Stock Exchange that the Company expects to voluntarily cease trading on the NYSE MKT and intends to transfer its listing to the NASDAQ Capital Market to commence trading on June 15, 2015.

77

NOTE L — QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Summary quarterly results for the years ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	Jun 30, 2013			Sep 30, 2013		Dec 31, 2013		Mar 31, 2014			Total
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue	$	20,852		$	27,495	$	27,692	$	12,584		$	88,623
Gross profit	$	5,723		$	7,829	$	8,150	$	1,278		$	22,980
Net income (loss)	$	(781	)	$	2,403	$	1,018	$	(8,839	)	$	(6,199	)
Basic net income per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11	$	0.05	$	(0.41	)	$	(0.30	)
Shares used in basic per share calculation	20,174			21,090		21,220		21,469			20,988
Diluted net income per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11	$	0.05	$	(0.41	)	$	(0.30	)
Shares used in diluted per share calculation	20,174			21,542		22,329		21,469			20,988

	Three Months Ended
	Jun 30, 2014			Sep 30, 2014			Dec 31, 2014			Mar 31, 2015			Total
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue	$	13,313		$	13,393		$	26,138		$	19,366		$	72,210
Gross profit	$	2,612		$	(10,555	)	$	3,824		$	2,982		$	(1,137	)
Net income (loss)	$	(4,359	)	$	(18,346	)	$	(4,663	)	$	(4,693	)	$	(32,061	)
Basic net income per share	$	(0.20	)	$	(0.84	)	$	(0.21	)	$	(0.19	)	$	(1.43	)
Shares used in basic per share calculation	21,669			21,820			21,883			24,071			22,353
Diluted net income per share	$	(0.20	)	$	(0.84	)	$	(0.21	)	$	(0.19	)	$	(1.43	)
Shares used in diluted per share calculation	21,669			21,820			21,883			24,071			22,353

The four quarters for net earnings per share may not add to the total year because of differences in the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the quarters and the year.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

78

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer along with our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2015.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:

• pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors: and

• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in 2013 by the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria).

Based on this assessment using the COSO criteria, management believes that, as of March 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

BDO USA, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm has audited our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, and our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015. Their reports appear in Item 8 under the heading “Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2015, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

79

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item with respect to directors, executive officers and corporate governance is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our directors, employees and officers, including our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, our controller and persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Conduct is available on our web site at www.oesx.com. Future material amendments or waivers relating to the Code of Conduct will be disclosed on our web site referenced in this paragraph within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

ITEM 13.         CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

ITEM 14.         PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

PART IV

ITEM 15.         EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Financial Statements

Our financial statements are set forth in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

(b) Financial Statement Schedule

		SCHEDULE II VALUATION and QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
		Balance at beginning of period		Provisions charged to expense		Write offs and other		Balance at end of period
March 31,		(in Thousands)
2013	Allowance for Doubtful Accounts	947		757		804		900
2014	Allowance for Doubtful Accounts	$	900	$	174	$	690	$	384
2015	Allowance for Doubtful Accounts	$	384	$	285	$	211	$	458
2013	Inventory Obsolescence Reserve	1,500		859		58		2,301
2014	Inventory Obsolescence Reserve	$	2,301	$	1,995	$	1,769	$	2,527
2015	Inventory Obsolescence Reserve	$	2,527	$	10,505	$	11,414	$	1,618

80

EXHIBIT INDEX

Number	Exhibit Title
2.1	Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement dated May 22, 2013 between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Harris Manufacturing, Inc., Harris LED, LLC, and their respective shareholders and members filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference.
2.1(a)	Letter Agreement with respect to Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement dated May 22, 2013 between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Harris Manufacturing, Inc., Harris LED, LLC their respective shareholders and members filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference.
2.1(b)	Letter Agreement with shareholders of Harris Manufacturing Inc. and Harris LED, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 10-Q filed February 9, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference.
4.1	Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2009, between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., which includes as Exhibit A thereto the Form of Right Certificate and as Exhibit B thereto the Summary of Common Share Purchase Rights, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-A filed January 8, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.2	Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.3	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.4	Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.4(a)	Amendment to Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed September 9, 2011 as Appendix A to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.5	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.6	Form of Stock Option Agreement as of May 14, 2013 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 14, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.7	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 14, 2013 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 14, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.8	Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation for fiscal 2015.* +
10.9	Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated February 21, 2008, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Michael J. Potts, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 22, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.10	Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2012, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and John H. Scribante, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed September 28, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.11	Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, effective November 9, 2012 between the Company and Scott R. Jensen, filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.12	Letter Agreement effective December 1, 2012 between the Company and John H. Scribante, filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.13	Letter Agreement effective December 1, 2012 between the Company and Michael J. Potts, filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.14	Letter Agreement effective December 1, 2012 between the Company and Scott R. Jensen, filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.*

81

10.15	Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2014, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Marc Meade filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.16	Form of Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 14, 2014 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 13, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.17	Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 14, 2014 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 13, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.18	Form of Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+
10.19	Form of Executive Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+
10.20	Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+
10.21	Form of Non-Employee Director Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+
21.1	Subsidiaries of Orion Energy Systems, Inc.+
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. +
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. +
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. +
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. +
101	101.INS XBRL Instance Document+
	101.SCH Taxonomy extension schema document
	101.CAL Taxonomy extension calculation linkbase document
	101.LAB Taxonomy extension label linkbase document
	101.PRE Taxonomy extension presentation linkbase document

Documents incorporated by reference by Orion Energy Systems, Inc. are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under File No. 001-33887.

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

⁺  Filed herewith

82

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on June 12, 2015.

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.
By:	/s/ JOHN H. SCRIBANTE
	John H. Scribante Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities indicated on June 12, 2015.

Signature	Title
/s/ John H. Scribante	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
John H. Scribante	Executive Officer)
/s/ Scott R. Jensen	Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and
Scott R. Jensen	Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ James R. Kackley	Chairman of the Board
James R. Kackley
/s/ Michael W. Altschaefl	Director
Michael W. Altschaefl
/s/ Kenneth L. Goodson, Jr.	Director
Kenneth L. Goodson, Jr.
/s/ Tryg C. Jacobson	Director
Tryg C. Jacobson
/s/ James D. Leslie	Director
James D. Leslie
/s/ Michael J. Potts	Director
Michael J. Potts
/s/ Elizabeth Gamsky Rich	Director
Elizabeth Gamsky Rich
/s/ Thomas N. Schueller	Director
Thomas N. Schueller
/s/ Mark C. Williamson	Director
Mark C. Williamson

83

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

Orion Energy Systems, Inc.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan

Updated and Effective May13, 2015

1.    Annual cash retainer:	$40,000 (cash or stock)1 ($10,000 paid quarterly)
2.    Board meeting fee:	None
3.    Committee meeting fee:	None
4.    Annual restricted stock grant:	$45,000 grant date fair market value (option to accept tandem restricted stock (60%) and restricted cash (40%))2
5.    Annual Chairman retainer:	$40,000 (cash or stock)1
6.    Annual Ad Hoc Litigation Committee Chair retainer:	$20,000 (cash or stock)1
7.    Annual Audit Committee Chairman retainer:	$30,000 (cash or stock)1
8.    Annual Compensation Committee Chair retainer:	$20,000 (cash or stock)1
9.    Annual Governance Committee Chair retainer:	$10,000 (cash or stock) 1
10.    Reimburse out-of-pocket expenses:	Yes
11. Non-Employee Director Early Retirement Plan	a. Upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and the approval of the Board of Directors, any non-employee director who voluntarily retires from the Board prior to the end of his or her stated term or who voluntarily decides not to stand for re-election at the end of his or her stated term will be entitled to continued vesting of up to all of his or her then outstanding unvested restricted stock and options on the dates when such vesting would otherwise occur if such director remained on the Board on such dates, subject to such additional terms and conditions, if any, as may be determined necessary or appropriate by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors. b. Upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board of Directors, any non-employee director who voluntarily retires from the Board prior to the end of his or her stated term or who voluntarily decides not to stand for re-election at the end of his or her stated term will be entitled to receive a services fee of $200 per hour for any time spent at the request of the Company on Company-related matters, plus reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses, subject to such additional terms and conditions, if any, as may be determined necessary or appropriate by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors.

______________________________

¹ Form of compensation to be chosen by each individual prior to each fiscal year. Number of shares to be issued on third business day after release of annual (or quarterly, in case of quarterly retainer payments) earnings announcement based on closing price on such date.

² Annual restricted stock grant on third business day after annual earnings announcement with the number of restricted shares equal to dollar amount divided by the closing sale price on such date - vest 1/3 each year on the anniversary of the date of grant. Each director shall have the option to elect the award 60% in restricted stock and 40% in restricted cash with each vesting 1/3 each year on the anniversary of the date of grant or in all restricted stock on the same vesting schedule. The election to accept the award in 60% restricted stock and 40% restricted cash must be conveyed to the Company by the director prior to the grant date.

2

EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

Grantee: ________________________

Grant Date: ________________________

No. of Restricted Shares: ________________________

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.

2004 STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARDS PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective December 24, 2007
and Amended October 27, 2010

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the Grant Date specified above (the “Grant Date”) by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), and the Grantee specified above (“Grantee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), and Grantee has been selected by the Committee to receive a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan; and

WHEREAS, as a condition to the receipt by Grantee of this Restricted Stock Award, Grantee reaffirms and agrees to be bound by the confidentiality, inventions, non-solicitation and non-competition provisions set forth in prior agreements between the Grantee and the Company, which are incorporated by reference herein, in consideration for receipt of the Restricted Stock Award pursuant hereto, continued employment, and other good and valuable consideration.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and Grantee, as follows:

1. Award of Restricted Stock

a.Effective as of the Grant Date, the Company hereby grants to Grantee an award of the number of shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company specified above (“Restricted Stock”), subject to, and in accordance with, the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

b.This Agreement (including any appendices or exhibits) shall be construed in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of the Plan (which are incorporated herein by reference) and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.

c.This Restricted Stock Award is conditioned upon Grantee’s acceptance of the terms of this Agreement and any other agreement incorporated herein, as evidenced by Grantee’s execution of this Agreement or by Grantee’s electronic acceptance of the Agreement in a manner and during the time period allowed by the Company. If the terms of this Agreement are not timely accepted by

execution or by such electronic means, this Restricted Stock Award may be cancelled by the Committee.

2. Restrictions

a.Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, if the Grantee remains employed by the Company as of the applicable vesting date, the Restricted Stock shall vest one-third (1/3) per year on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Grant Date set forth herein. For purposes of this Agreement, employment with a Subsidiary of the Company or service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be considered employment with the Company.

b.Subject to vesting in accordance with Section 2.1, the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, Grantee shall own the vested Restricted Stock free and clear of all restrictions imposed by this Agreement. The Company shall transfer the vested Restricted Stock (less any applicable withholding pursuant to Section 5) to an unrestricted account in the name of the Grantee as soon as practical after each applicable anniversary of the Grant Date on which the Grantee remains employed by the Company.

c.In the event, prior to vesting, (i) Grantee dies while actively employed by the Company, or (ii) Grantee has his or her employment terminated by reason of disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) (“Disability”), any Restricted Stock shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of Grantee’s death or Disability. The Company shall transfer the Restricted Stock, free and clear of any restrictions imposed by this Agreement to Grantee (or, in the event of death, his or her surviving spouse or, if none, to his or her estate) as soon as practical after his or her date of death or termination for Disability.

d.In exchange for receipt of consideration in the form of this Restricted Stock Award, continued employment, and other good and valuable consideration, Grantee reaffirms and agrees to be bound by the confidentiality, inventions, non-solicitation and non-competition provisions set forth in prior agreements between the Grantee and the Company.

e.Except for death or Disability as provided in Section 2.3, or except as otherwise provided in a severance agreement with Grantee, if Grantee terminates his or her employment or if the Company terminates Grantee’s employment prior to vesting, the Restricted Stock shall cease to vest further, all of the unvested Restricted Stock shall be immediately forfeited and cancelled, and Grantee shall only be entitled to the Restricted Stock that has vested as of his or her date of termination.

f.Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control prior to vesting, all otherwise unvested Restricted Stock shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of the Change of Control. The Company shall transfer the Restricted Stock that vests pursuant to this Section 2.6 to Grantee as soon as practical after the date of the Change of Control in accordance with Section 2.2.

g.The Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered prior to the date Grantee becomes vested in the Restricted Stock, and any such attempted sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other encumbrance shall be null and void. In addition, Grantee shall not sell any shares acquired under this Agreement except as permitted by the terms of the Plan and at a time when applicable laws, Company policies and any agreement between the Company and its underwriters do not prohibit a sale.

2

3. Stock; Dividends; Voting

a.The Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of Grantee as of the respective Grant Date for such shares of Restricted Stock. The Company may evidence the registration of the Restricted Stock in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including by issuing stock certificates or using a restricted book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent. Physical possession or custody of any stock certificates that are issued shall be retained by the Company until such time as the Restricted Stock is vested in accordance with Section 2. The Company reserves the right to place a legend on such stock certificate(s), or an appropriate stop-transfer order in the case of book-entry registration, restricting the transferability of the Restricted Stock and referring to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of this Agreement and the Plan.

b.During the period the Restricted Stock is not vested, the Grantee shall not be entitled to receive any dividends or similar distributions declared on such unvested Restricted Stock and Grantee shall not be entitled to vote any such unvested Restricted Stock.

c.In the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in capitalization or another corporate event described in Section 6.4 of the Plan, the number and type of shares subject to this Agreement shall be adjusted by the Committee to the extent provided in Section 6.4 of the Plan.

4. No Right to Continued Employment or Additional Grants

Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to confer upon Grantee any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor shall this Agreement or the Plan interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time or for any reason. The Plan may be terminated at any time, and, even if the Plan is not terminated, Grantee shall not be entitled to any additional awards under the Plan.

5. Taxes and Withholding

Grantee shall be responsible for all federal, state, local and foreign taxes payable with respect to this Restricted Stock and dividends or other distributions paid on such Restricted Stock. Grantee shall have the right to make such elections under the Code as are available in connection with this Restricted Stock Award. Grantee shall rely solely on the determinations of Grantee’s own tax advisors or his or her own determinations and not on any statements or representations by the Company or any of its agents with regard to all such tax matters. Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to make any filings required to make any such elections under the Code, even if Grantee requests that the Company or its representatives make the filings on his or her behalf. Grantee agrees to report the value of the Restricted Stock in a manner consistent with the Company’s reporting for income tax purposes. The Company shall have the right to retain and withhold from any payment of Restricted Stock or cash the amount of taxes required by any government to be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid with respect to such payment. At its discretion, the Company may require Grantee to reimburse the Company for any such taxes required to be withheld and may withhold any distribution in whole or in part until the Company is so reimbursed. In lieu thereof, the Company shall have the right to withhold from any other cash amounts due to Grantee an amount equal to such taxes required to be withheld or withhold and cancel (in whole or in part) a number of shares of Restricted Stock having a market value not less than the amount of such taxes.

3

6. Grantee Bound by the Plan

Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the prospectus for the Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.

7. Modification of Agreement

This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended, or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by mutual agreement of the parties in writing except as otherwise provided in Section 19.1 of the Plan.

8. Severability

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force in accordance with their terms.

9. Governing Law

The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement and agreements incorporated by reference herein shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

10. Successors in Interest

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns, whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets, or otherwise. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Grantee’s legal representatives. All obligations imposed upon Grantee and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, guardians and successors.

11. Resolution of Disputes

Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way relate to the interpretation, construction, or application of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding, and conclusive on Grantee and the Company for all purposes.

12. Pronouns; Including

Wherever appropriate in this Agreement, personal pronouns shall be deemed to include the other genders and the singular to include the plural. Wherever used in this Agreement, the term “including” means “including, without limitation.”

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signature page follows.]

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Grant Date first above written.

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.

___________________________________

By: ________________________Grantee

Title: _______________________

5

EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

Non-Employee Director Grantee: ________________________

Grant Date: ________________________

No. of Restricted Shares: ________________________

Amount of Restricted Cash: ________________________

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.

2004 STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARDS PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective December 24, 2007
and Amended October 27, 2010

TANDEM RESTRICTED STOCK AND CASH AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the Grant Date specified above (the “Grant Date”) by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), and the Grantee specified above (“Grantee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), and Grantee has been selected by the Committee to receive a Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award under the Plan; and

WHEREAS, as a condition to the receipt by Grantee of this Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award, Grantee reaffirms and agrees to be bound by the confidentiality, inventions, non-solicitation and non-competition provisions set forth in prior agreements between the Grantee and the Company, which are incorporated by reference herein, in consideration for receipt of the Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award pursuant hereto, continued employment, and other good and valuable consideration.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and Grantee, as follows:

1. Tandem Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash

a.Effective as of the Grant Date, the Company hereby grants to Grantee a tandem and coupled award of (i) the number of shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company specified above (“Restricted Stock”) and (ii) the amount of restricted cash specified above (“Restricted Cash”), in each instance, subject to, and in accordance with, the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

b.This Agreement (including any appendices or exhibits) shall be construed in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of the Plan (which are incorporated herein by reference) and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.

c.This Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award is conditioned upon Grantee’s acceptance of the terms of this Agreement and any other agreement incorporated herein, as evidenced by Grantee’s execution of this Agreement or by Grantee’s electronic acceptance of the Agreement in a manner and during the time period allowed by the Company. If the terms of this Agreement are not timely accepted by execution or by such electronic means, this Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award may be cancelled by the Committee.

2. Restrictions

a.Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, if the Grantee remains employed by the Company as of the applicable vesting date, the Restricted Stock and the Restricted Cash shall each vest one-third (1/3) per year on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Grant Date set forth herein. For purposes of this Agreement, employment with a Subsidiary of the Company or service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be considered employment with the Company.

b.Subject to vesting in accordance with Section 2.1, the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, Grantee shall own the vested Restricted Stock and the Restricted Cash free and clear of all restrictions imposed by this Agreement. The Company shall transfer (i) the vested Restricted Stock (less any applicable withholding pursuant to Section 5) to an unrestricted account in the name of the Grantee and (ii) the vested Restricted Cash (less any applicable withholding pursuant to Section 5) payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, in each event as soon as practical after each applicable anniversary of the Grant Date on which the Grantee remains employed by the Company.

c.In the event, prior to vesting, (i) Grantee dies while actively employed by the Company, or (ii) Grantee has his or her employment terminated by reason of disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) (“Disability”), any Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of Grantee’s death or Disability. The Company shall transfer the Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash, free and clear of any restrictions imposed by this Agreement to Grantee (or, in the event of death, his or her surviving spouse or, if none, to his or her estate) as soon as practical after his or her date of death or termination for Disability.

d.In exchange for receipt of consideration in the form of this Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award, continued employment, and other good and valuable consideration, Grantee reaffirms and agrees to be bound by the confidentiality, inventions, non-solicitation and non-competition provisions set forth in prior agreements between the Grantee and the Company.

e.Except for death or Disability as provided in Section 2.3, or except as otherwise provided in a severance agreement with Grantee, if Grantee terminates his or her employment or if the Company terminates Grantee’s employment prior to vesting, the Restricted Stock and the Restricted Cash shall each cease to vest further, all of the unvested Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash shall be immediately forfeited and cancelled, and Grantee shall only be entitled to the Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash that has vested as of his or her date of termination.

f.Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control prior to vesting, all otherwise unvested Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of the Change of Control. The Company shall transfer the Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash that vests pursuant to this Section 2.6 to Grantee as soon as practical after the date of the Change of Control in accordance with Section 2.2.

2

g.Neither the Restricted Stock nor the Restricted Cash may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered prior to the date Grantee becomes vested in the Restricted Stock and the Restricted Cash, and any such attempted sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other encumbrance shall be null and void. In addition, Grantee shall not sell any shares acquired under this Agreement except as permitted by the terms of the Plan and at a time when applicable laws, Company policies and any agreement between the Company and its underwriters do not prohibit a sale.

3. Stock; Dividends; Voting; Interest

a.The Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of Grantee as of the respective Grant Date for such shares of Restricted Stock. The Company may evidence the registration of the Restricted Stock in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including by issuing stock certificates or using a restricted book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent. Physical possession or custody of any stock certificates that are issued shall be retained by the Company until such time as the Restricted Stock is vested in accordance with Section 2. The Company reserves the right to place a legend on such stock certificate(s), or an appropriate stop-transfer order in the case of book-entry registration, restricting the transferability of the Restricted Stock and referring to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of this Agreement and the Plan.

b.During the period the Restricted Stock is not vested, the Grantee shall not be entitled to receive any dividends or similar distributions declared on such unvested Restricted Stock and Grantee shall not be entitled to vote any such unvested Restricted Stock.

c.In the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in capitalization or another corporate event described in Section 6.4 of the Plan, the number and type of shares subject to this Agreement shall be adjusted by the Committee to the extent provided in Section 6.4 of the Plan.

d.During the period the Restricted Cash is not vested, the Company shall not be required to segregate or otherwise set aside the Restricted Cash for the benefit of the Grantee and the Grantee shall not be entitled to receive any interest on such funds. In addition, the Grantee shall not have a security interest or any other interests or others rights as a creditor of the Company with respect to the Restricted Cash.

4. No Right to Continued Employment or Additional Grants

Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to confer upon Grantee any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor shall this Agreement or the Plan interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time or for any reason. The Plan may be terminated at any time, and, even if the Plan is not terminated, Grantee shall not be entitled to any additional awards under the Plan.

5. Taxes and Withholding

Grantee shall be responsible for all federal, state, local and foreign taxes payable with respect to this Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award and dividends or other distributions paid on such Restricted Stock. Grantee shall have the right to make such elections under the Code as are available in connection with this Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award. Grantee shall rely solely on the determinations of Grantee’s own tax advisors or his or her own determinations and not on any statements or representations by the Company or any of its agents with regard to all

3

such tax matters. Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to make any filings required to make any such elections under the Code, even if Grantee requests that the Company or its representatives make the filings on his or her behalf. Grantee agrees to report the value of the Restricted Stock and the Restricted Cash in a manner consistent with the Company’s reporting for income tax purposes. The Company shall have the right to retain and withhold from any payment of Restricted Stock or Restricted Cash or other cash the amount of taxes required by any government to be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid with respect to such payment. At its discretion, the Company may require Grantee to reimburse the Company for any such taxes required to be withheld and may withhold any distribution in whole or in part until the Company is so reimbursed. In lieu thereof, the Company shall have the right to withhold from any other cash amounts due to Grantee an amount equal to such taxes required to be withheld or withhold and cancel (in whole or in part) a number of shares of Restricted Stock having a market value not less than the amount of such taxes.

6. Grantee Bound by the Plan

Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the prospectus for the Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.

7. Modification of Agreement

This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended, or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by mutual agreement of the parties in writing except as otherwise provided in Section 19.1 of the Plan.

8. Severability

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force in accordance with their terms.

9. Governing Law

The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement and agreements incorporated by reference herein shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

10. Successors in Interest

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns, whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets, or otherwise. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Grantee’s legal representatives. All obligations imposed upon Grantee and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, guardians and successors.

11. Resolution of Disputes

Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way relate to the interpretation, construction, or application of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding, and conclusive on Grantee and the Company for all purposes.

4

12. Pronouns; Including

Wherever appropriate in this Agreement, personal pronouns shall be deemed to include the other genders and the singular to include the plural. Wherever used in this Agreement, the term “including” means “including, without limitation.”

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signature page follows.]

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Grant Date first above written.

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.

___________________________________

By: ________________________Grantee

Title: _______________________

6

EX-10.20

EXHIBIT 10.20

Non-Employee Director Grantee: ________________________

Grant Date: ________________________

No. of Restricted Shares: ________________________

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.

2004 STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARDS PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective December 24, 2007

and Amended October 27, 2010

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

(100% Restricted Stock)

(for Non-Employee Members of the Board of Directors)

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the Grant Date specified above (the “Grant Date”) by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), and the Non-Employee Director Grantee specified above (“Grantee”).

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), and Grantee is receiving this Restricted Stock Award under the Plan as part of the Grantee’s annual retainer for services as a non-employee member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and Grantee, as follows:

1. Award of Restricted Stock

a.Effective as of the Grant Date, the Company hereby grants to Grantee an award of the number of shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company specified above (“Restricted Stock”), subject to, and in accordance with, the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

b.This Agreement (including any appendices or exhibits) shall be construed in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of the Plan (which are incorporated herein by reference) and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.

c.This Restricted Stock Award is conditioned upon Grantee’s acceptance of the terms of this Agreement, as evidenced by Grantee’s execution of this Agreement or by Grantee’s electronic acceptance of the Agreement in a manner and during the time period allowed by the Company. If the terms of this Agreement are not timely accepted by execution or by such electronic means, this Restricted Stock Award may be cancelled.

2. Restrictions

a.Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, if the Grantee remains a member of the Board of Directors of the Company as of the applicable vesting date, the Restricted Stock shall vest one-third (1/3) per year on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Grant Date set forth herein.

b.Subject to vesting in accordance with Section 2.1, the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, Grantee shall own the vested Restricted Stock free and clear of all restrictions imposed by this Agreement. The Company shall transfer the vested Restricted Stock (less any applicable withholding pursuant to Section 5) to an unrestricted account in the name of the Grantee as soon as practical after each applicable anniversary of the Grant Date.

c.In the event, prior to vesting, (i) Grantee dies while serving as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, or (ii) Grantee has his or her directorship terminated by reason of disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) (“Disability”), any Restricted Stock shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of Grantee’s death or Disability. The Company shall transfer the Restricted Stock, free and clear of any restrictions imposed by this Agreement to Grantee (or, in the event of death, his or her surviving spouse or, if none, to his or her estate) as soon as practical after his or her date of death or termination for Disability.

d.Except for death or Disability as provided in Section 2.3, if Grantee’s status as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company terminates prior to vesting for any reason, the Restricted Stock shall cease to vest further, all of the unvested Restricted Stock shall be immediately forfeited and cancelled, and Grantee shall only be entitled to the Restricted Stock that has vested as of his or her date of termination as a director; provided, however, if Grantee’s status as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company terminates prior to vesting for any reason (except for death or Disability as provided in Section 2.3), the Committee, in its absolute discretion and in lieu of the forfeiture and cancellation of unvested Restricted Stock provided for in this Section 2.4, decide to: (i) accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of the unvested Restricted Stock and/or (ii) allow all or a portion of the unvested Restricted Stock to continue to vest on the same or a revised schedule; in each instance, subject to any additional terms and conditions the Committee determines appropriate.

e.The Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered prior to the date Grantee becomes vested in the Restricted Stock, and any such attempted sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other encumbrance shall be null and void. In addition, Grantee shall not sell any shares acquired under this Agreement except as permitted by the terms of the Plan and at a time when applicable laws, Company policies and any agreement between the Company and its underwriters do not prohibit a sale.

f.Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control prior to vesting, all otherwise unvested Restricted Stock shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of the Change of Control. The Company shall transfer the Restricted Stock that vests pursuant to this Section 2.6 to an unrestricted account in the name of Grantee as soon as practical after the date of the Change of Control.

3. Stock; Dividends; Voting

a.The Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of Grantee as of the respective Grant Date for such shares of Restricted Stock. The Company may evidence the registration of the

2

Restricted Stock in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including by issuing stock certificates or using a restricted book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent. Physical possession or custody of any stock certificates that are issued shall be retained by the Company until such time as the Restricted Stock is vested in accordance with Section 2. The Company reserves the right to place a legend on such stock certificate(s), or an appropriate stop-transfer order in the case of book-entry registration, restricting the transferability of the Restricted Stock and referring to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of this Agreement and the Plan.

b.During the period the Restricted Stock is not vested, the Grantee shall not be entitled to receive any dividends or similar distributions declared on such unvested Restricted Stock and Grantee shall not be entitled to vote any such unvested Restricted Stock.

c.In the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in capitalization or another corporate event described in Section 6.4 of the Plan, the number and type of shares subject to this Agreement shall be adjusted by the Committee to the extent provided in Section 6.4 of the Plan.

4. No Right to Continued Service or Additional Grants

Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to confer upon Grantee any right with respect to continuance of service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, nor shall this Agreement or the Plan interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate Grantee’s service at any time or for any reason in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws. The Plan may be terminated at any time, and, even if the Plan is not terminated, Grantee shall not be entitled to any additional awards under the Plan.

5. Taxes and Withholding

Grantee shall be responsible for all federal, state, local and foreign taxes payable with respect to this award of Restricted Stock and dividends or other distributions paid on such Restricted Stock. Grantee shall have the right to make such elections under the Code as are available in connection with this Restricted Stock Award. Grantee shall rely solely on the determinations of Grantee’s own tax advisors or his or her own determinations and not on any statements or representations by the Company or any of its agents with regard to all such tax matters. Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to make any filings required to make any such elections under the Code, even if Grantee requests that the Company or its representatives make the filings on his or her behalf. Grantee agrees to report the value of the Restricted Stock in a manner consistent with the Company’s reporting for income tax purposes. The Company shall have the right to retain and withhold from any payment of Restricted Stock or cash the amount of taxes required by any government to be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid with respect to such payment. At its discretion, the Company may require Grantee to reimburse the Company for any such taxes required to be withheld and may withhold any distribution in whole or in part until the Company is so reimbursed. In lieu thereof, the Company shall have the right to withhold from any other cash amounts due to Grantee an amount equal to such taxes required to be withheld or withhold and cancel (in whole or in part) a number of shares of Restricted Stock having a market value not less than the amount of such taxes.

6. Grantee Bound by the Plan

Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the prospectus for the Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.

3

7. Modification of Agreement

This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended, or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by mutual agreement of the parties in writing except as otherwise provided in Section 19.1 of the Plan.

8. Severability

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force in accordance with their terms.

9. Governing Law

The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement and agreements incorporated by reference herein shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

10. Successors in Interest

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns, whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets, or otherwise. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Grantee’s legal representatives. All obligations imposed upon Grantee and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, guardians and successors.

11. Resolution of Disputes

Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way relate to the interpretation, construction, or application of this Agreement shall be determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee in its absolute discretion. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding, and conclusive on Grantee and the Company for all purposes.

12. Pronouns; Including

Wherever appropriate in this Agreement, personal pronouns shall be deemed to include the other genders and the singular to include the plural. Wherever used in this Agreement, the term “including” means “including, without limitation.”

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signature page follows.]

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Grant Date first above written.

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.

___________________________________

By: ________________________Grantee

Title: _______________________

5

EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

Non-Employee Director Grantee: ________________________

Grant Date: ________________________

No. of Restricted Shares: ________________________

Amount of Restricted Cash: ________________________

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.

2004 STOCK AND INCENTIVE AWARDS PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective December 24, 2007

and Amended October 27, 2010

TANDEM RESTRICTED STOCK AND CASH AWARD AGREEMENT

(for Non-Employee Members of the Board of Directors)

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the Grant Date specified above (the “Grant Date”) by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), and the Non-Employee Director Grantee specified above (“Grantee”).

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), and Grantee is receiving this Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award under the Plan as part of the Grantee’s annual retainer for services as a non-employee member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and Grantee, as follows:

1. Tandem Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash

a.Effective as of the Grant Date, the Company hereby grants to Grantee a tandem and coupled award of (i) the number of shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company specified above (“Restricted Stock”) and (ii) the amount of restricted cash specified above (“Restricted Cash”), subject to, and in accordance with, the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

b.This Agreement (including any appendices or exhibits) shall be construed in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of the Plan (which are incorporated herein by reference) and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.

c.This Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award is conditioned upon Grantee’s acceptance of the terms of this Agreement, as evidenced by Grantee’s execution of this Agreement or by Grantee’s electronic acceptance of the Agreement in a manner and during the time period allowed by the Company. If the terms of this Agreement are not timely accepted by execution or by such electronic means, this Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award may be cancelled.

2. Restrictions

a.Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, if the Grantee remains a member of the Board of Directors of the Company as of the applicable vesting date, the Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash shall each vest one-third (1/3) per year on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Grant Date set forth herein.

b.Subject to vesting in accordance with Section 2.1, the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, Grantee shall own the vested Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash free and clear of all restrictions imposed by this Agreement. The Company shall transfer (i) the vested Restricted Stock (less any applicable withholding pursuant to Section 5) to an unrestricted account in the name of the Grantee and (ii) the vested Restricted Cash (less any applicable withholding pursuant to Section 5) payable in accordance with the Company’s standard practices, in each event as soon as practical after each applicable anniversary of the Grant Date.

c.In the event, prior to vesting, (i) Grantee dies while serving as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, or (ii) Grantee has his or her directorship terminated by reason of disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) (“Disability”), any Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of Grantee’s death or Disability. The Company shall transfer the Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash, free and clear of any restrictions imposed by this Agreement to Grantee (or, in the event of death, his or her surviving spouse or, if none, to his or her estate) as soon as practical after his or her date of death or termination for Disability.

d.Except for death or Disability as provided in Section 2.3, if Grantee’s status as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company terminates prior to vesting for any reason, the Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash shall each cease to vest further, all of the unvested Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash shall be immediately forfeited and cancelled, and Grantee shall only be entitled to the Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash that has vested as of his or her date of termination as a director; provided, however, if Grantee’s status as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company terminates prior to vesting for any reason (except for death or Disability as provided in Section 2.3), the Committee, in its absolute discretion and in lieu of the forfeiture and cancellation of unvested Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash provided for in this Section 2.4, decide to: (i) accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of the unvested Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Cash and/or (ii) allow all or a portion of the unvested Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Cash to continue to vest on the same or a revised schedule; in each instance, subject to any additional terms and conditions the Committee determines appropriate.

e.Neither the Restricted Stock nor the Restricted Cash may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered prior to the date Grantee becomes vested in the Restricted Stock and the Restricted Cash, and any such attempted sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other encumbrance shall be null and void. In addition, Grantee shall not sell any shares acquired under this Agreement except as permitted by the terms of the Plan and at a time when applicable laws, Company policies and any agreement between the Company and its underwriters do not prohibit a sale.

f.Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control prior to vesting, all otherwise unvested Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of the Change of Control. The Company shall transfer the Restricted Stock and Restricted Cash that vests pursuant to this Section 2.6 to Grantee as soon as practical after the date of the Change of Control in accordance with Section 2.2.

2

3. Stock; Dividends; Voting; Interest

a.The Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of Grantee as of the respective Grant Date for such shares of Restricted Stock. The Company may evidence the registration of the Restricted Stock in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including by issuing stock certificates or using a restricted book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent. Physical possession or custody of any stock certificates that are issued shall be retained by the Company until such time as the Restricted Stock is vested in accordance with Section 2. The Company reserves the right to place a legend on such stock certificate(s), or an appropriate stop-transfer order in the case of book-entry registration, restricting the transferability of the Restricted Stock and referring to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of this Agreement and the Plan.

b.During the period the Restricted Stock is not vested, the Grantee shall not be entitled to receive any dividends or similar distributions declared on such unvested Restricted Stock and Grantee shall not be entitled to vote any such unvested Restricted Stock.

c.In the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in capitalization or another corporate event described in Section 6.4 of the Plan, the number and type of shares subject to this Agreement shall be adjusted by the Committee to the extent provided in Section 6.4 of the Plan.

d.During the period the Restricted Cash is not vested, the Company shall not be required to segregate or otherwise set aside the Restricted Cash for the benefit of the Grantee and the Grantee shall not be entitled to receive any interest on such funds. In addition, the Grantee shall not have a security interest or any other interests or other rights as a creditor of the Company with respect to the Restricted Cash.

4. No Right to Continued Service or Additional Grants

Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to confer upon Grantee any right with respect to continuance of service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, nor shall this Agreement or the Plan interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate Grantee’s service at any time or for any reason in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws. The Plan may be terminated at any time, and, even if the Plan is not terminated, Grantee shall not be entitled to any additional awards under the Plan.

5. Taxes and Withholding

Grantee shall be responsible for all federal, state, local and foreign taxes payable with respect to this Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award and dividends or other distributions paid on such Restricted Stock. Grantee shall have the right to make such elections under the Code as are available in connection with this Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award. Grantee shall rely solely on the determinations of Grantee’s own tax advisors or his or her own determinations and not on any statements or representations by the Company or any of its agents with regard to all such tax matters. Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to make any filings required to make any such elections under the Code, even if Grantee requests that the Company or its representatives make the filings on his or her behalf. Grantee agrees to report the value of the Restricted Stock and the Restricted Cash in a manner consistent with the Company’s reporting for income tax purposes. The Company shall have the right to retain and withhold from any payment of Restricted Stock or Restricted Cash or other cash the amount of taxes required by any government to be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid with respect to such payment. At its discretion, the Company may require Grantee to reimburse the Company for any such taxes required to be withheld and may withhold any distribution in whole or in part until the Company is so reimbursed. In lieu thereof, the Company shall have the right to withhold from any other cash

3

amounts due to Grantee an amount equal to such taxes required to be withheld or withhold and cancel (in whole or in part) a number of shares of Restricted Stock having a market value not less than the amount of such taxes.

6. Grantee Bound by the Plan

Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the prospectus for the Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.

7. Modification of Agreement

This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended, or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by mutual agreement of the parties in writing except as otherwise provided in Section 19.1 of the Plan.

8. Severability

Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force in accordance with their terms.

9. Governing Law

The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement and agreements incorporated by reference herein shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

10. Successors in Interest

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns, whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets, or otherwise. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Grantee’s legal representatives. All obligations imposed upon Grantee and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, guardians and successors.

11. Resolution of Disputes

Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way relate to the interpretation, construction, or application of this Agreement shall be determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee in its absolute discretion. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding, and conclusive on Grantee and the Company for all purposes.

12. Pronouns; Including

Wherever appropriate in this Agreement, personal pronouns shall be deemed to include the other genders and the singular to include the plural. Wherever used in this Agreement, the term “including” means “including, without limitation.”

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signature page follows.]

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Grant Date first above written.

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.

___________________________________

By: ________________________Grantee

Title: _______________________

5

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries

Entity	Jurisdiction of Organization
Great Lakes Energy Technologies, LLC	Wisconsin
Clean Energy Solutions, LLC	Wisconsin
Orion Asset Management, LLC	Wisconsin
Orion LED Canada, Inc.	British Columbia, Canada

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Orion Energy Systems, Inc.

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement Forms S-8 and S-3 (No. 333-169611, 333-148401, 333-176176 and 333-193411) of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. of our reports dated June 12, 2015, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

June 12, 2015

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

I, John H. Scribante, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Orion Energy Systems, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 12, 2015

/s/ John H. Scribante

John H. Scribante

Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

I, Scott R. Jensen, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Orion Energy Systems, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 12, 2015

/s/ Scott R. Jensen

Scott R. Jensen

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify, based on our knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2015, (the "Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ John H. Scribante
John H. Scribante
Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Scott R. Jensen
Scott R. Jensen
Chief Financial Officer,
Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
Date:	June 12, 2015

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (EPS) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Numerator:
Net loss	$ (4,693)	$ (4,663)	$ (18,346)	$ (4,359)	$ (8,839)	$ 1,018	$ 2,403	$ (781)	$ (32,061)	$ (6,199)	$ (10,399)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	24,071,000	21,883,000	21,820,000	21,669,000	21,469,000	21,220,000	21,090,000	20,174,000	22,353,419	20,987,964	20,996,625
Weighted-average effect of assumed conversion of stock options and warrants									0	0	0
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	24,071,000	21,883,000	21,820,000	21,669,000	21,469,000	22,329,000	21,542,000	20,174,000	22,353,419	20,987,964	20,996,625
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic	$ (0.19)	$ (0.21)	$ (0.84)	$ (0.20)	$ (0.41)	$ 0.05	$ 0.11	$ (0.04)	$ (1.43)	$ (0.30)	$ (0.50)
Diluted	$ (0.19)	$ (0.21)	$ (0.84)	$ (0.20)	$ (0.41)	$ 0.05	$ 0.11	$ (0.04)	$ (1.43)	$ (0.30)	$ (0.50)

XML

Income Taxes (Reconciliation of tax rates) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Statutory federal tax rate	34.00%	34.00%	34.00%
State taxes, net	3.60%	2.80%	2.30%
Federal tax credit	0.20%	0.90%	3.90%
State tax credit	0.10%	0.40%	(0.50%)
Change in valuation reserve	(37.00%)	(10.20%)	(111.70%)
Permanent items	(0.10%)	(2.90%)	2.30%
Change in tax contingency reserve	0.00%	(0.30%)	3.40%
Other, net	(1.00%)	0.20%	1.90%
Effective income tax rate	(0.20%)	24.90%	(64.40%)

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Entity that Current Director Sits on the Board of Directors
Related Party Transactions (Textual) [Abstract]
Purchased goods and services	$ 40
Entity that Current Director Owns Minority Interest and Serves as Board of Directors Chairman [Member]
Related Party Transactions (Textual) [Abstract]
Purchased goods and services		$ 38	$ 20

XML

Segment Data (Reconciliation of segment operations) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Corporate and Other
Revenues	$ 19,366	$ 26,138	$ 13,393	$ 13,313	$ 12,584	$ 27,692	$ 27,495	$ 20,852	$ 72,210	$ 88,623	$ 86,086
Operating (Loss) Profit									(31,936)	(8,343)	(6,604)
Depreciation and Amortization									4,183	4,538	4,577
Capital Expenditures									2,006	410	2,159
U.S. Markets
Corporate and Other
Revenues									37,778	38,766	30,262
Operating (Loss) Profit									(12,542)	(1,012)	110
Depreciation and Amortization									1,711	2,667	1,774
Capital Expenditures									626	276	993
Engineered Systems
Corporate and Other
Revenues									33,454	49,857	55,824
Operating (Loss) Profit									(12,431)	1,260	806
Depreciation and Amortization									1,404	302	249
Capital Expenditures									495	0	50
Distribution Services
Corporate and Other
Revenues									978	0	0
Operating (Loss) Profit									(455)		0
Depreciation and Amortization									32	0	0
Capital Expenditures									40	0	0
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other
Revenues									0	0	0
Operating (Loss) Profit									(6,508)	(8,591)	(7,520)
Depreciation and Amortization									1,036	1,569	2,554
Capital Expenditures									$ 845	$ 134	$ 1,116

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Inventory, accruals and reserves	$ 5,297	$ 1,445
Other	159	139
Deferred revenue	91	44
Valuation allowance	(5,547)	(1,628)
Total net current deferred tax assets and liabilities	0	0
Federal and state operating loss carryforwards	13,154	6,233
Tax credit carryforwards	1,475	1,498
Non-qualified stock options	2,914	2,541
Deferred revenue	7	23
Fixed assets	(1,698)	(1,889)
Intangible assets	(1,687)	(2,125)
Valuation allowance	(14,165)	(6,281)
Total net long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities	0	0
Total net deferred tax assets	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Acquisition (Identifiable Intangible Assets Acquired) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	6 years 8 months 12 days
Customer relationships | Minimum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	5 years
Customer relationships | Maximum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	8 years
Developed technology
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	8 years
Non-competition agreements
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	5 years
Harris | Customer relationships | Minimum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	5 years
Harris | Customer relationships | Maximum
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	8 years
Harris | Developed technology
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	8 years
Harris | Non-competition agreements
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	5 years

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (PPE Useful Lives) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015
Land improvements | Maximum
Depreciation using the straight-line method
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	15 years
Land improvements | Minimum
Depreciation using the straight-line method
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	10 years
Buildings and building improvements | Maximum
Depreciation using the straight-line method
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	39 years
Buildings and building improvements | Minimum
Depreciation using the straight-line method
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	3 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment | Maximum
Depreciation using the straight-line method
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	10 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment | Minimum
Depreciation using the straight-line method
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	2 years
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements
Depreciation using the straight-line method
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	20 years
Plant equipment | Maximum
Depreciation using the straight-line method
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	10 years
Plant equipment | Minimum
Depreciation using the straight-line method
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	3 years

XML

Income Taxes (Unrecognized Tax Benefit Activity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits [Roll Forward]
Unrecognized tax benefits as of beginning of fiscal year	$ 210	$ 188	$ 406
Additions based on tax positions related to the current period positions	2	22	16
Reduction for tax positions of prior years	0	0	(1)
Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitations	0	0	(233)
Unrecognized tax benefits as of end of fiscal year	$ 212	$ 210	$ 188

XML

Segment Data (Reconciliation of segment assets and liabilities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Corporate and Other
Total Assets	$ 87,805	$ 98,940
Deferred Revenue	1,520	1,930
U.S. Markets
Corporate and Other
Total Assets	27,769	36,340
Deferred Revenue	157	244
Engineered Systems
Corporate and Other
Total Assets	27,435	28,309
Deferred Revenue	1,363	1,686
Distribution Services
Corporate and Other
Total Assets	261	0
Deferred Revenue	0	0
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other
Total Assets	32,340	34,291
Deferred Revenue	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

Shares issued from treasury

The Company had the following shares issued from treasury during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015:

	As of March 31, 2014
	Shares Issued Under ESPP Plan	Closing Market Price	Shares Issued Under Loan Program	Dollar Value of Loans Issued		Repayment of Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 2013	990	$2.48	—	$	—	$	823
Quarter Ended September 30, 2013	702	$3.76	—	—		118,309
Quarter Ended December 31, 2013	319	$6.80	—	—		94,300
Quarter Ended March 31, 2014	362	$7.25	—	—		1,677
Total	2,373	$2.48 - 7.25	—	$	—	$	215,109
	As of March 31, 2015
	Shares Issued Under ESPP Plan	Closing Market Price	Shares Issued Under Loan Program	Dollar Value of Loans Issued		Repayment of Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 2014	383	$4.07	—	$	—	$	9,600
Quarter Ended September 30, 2014	322	$5.35	—	—		1,000
Quarter Ended December 31, 2014	289	$5.41	—	—		—
Quarter Ended March 31, 2015	492	$3.14	—	—		35,400
Total	1,486	$3.14 - 5.41	—	$	—	$	46,000

XML

Long-Term Debt (Revolving Credit Facility) (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended
	Feb. 06, 2015	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Debt (Textual) [Abstract]
Outstanding letters of credit totaling		$ 0
Revolving credit facility		2,500,000	0
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association | Credit Agreement | Revolving credit facility
Debt (Textual) [Abstract]
Current borrowings under credit facility	15,000,000.0
Maximum borrowing capacity under credit facility	20,000,000.0
Minimum indebtedness ratio	1.10
Interest charge	130,000
Effective interest rate, percentage		3.26%
Commitment fee percentage	0.25%
Revolving credit facility		2,500,000
Additional borrowing capacity		4,400,000
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association | Credit Agreement | Letter of Credit
Debt (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum borrowing capacity under credit facility	$ 2,000,000.0
Commitment fee percentage	3.00%
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association | Credit Agreement | London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) | Revolving credit facility
Debt (Textual) [Abstract]
Spread on basis rate (percentage)	3.00%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Textual) [Abstract]
Accounts Receivables Are Due, Minimum Period	30 days
Accounts Receivables Are Due, Maximum Period	60 days
Inventory obsolescence reserve	$ 1,600,000	$ 2,500,000
Deferred Contract Costs	90,000	742,000
Unbilled accounts receivable	1,700,000	2,800,000
Real Estate Held-for-sale	1,000,000
Property, Plant and Equipment Impairment Expense	1,000,000	200,000
Depreciation and Amortization	2,853,000	3,798,000	4,322,000
Impairment write-off of Intangible Assets	120,000	45,000	0
Provision for inventory reserves	10,200,000
Deferred financing costs	202,000	33,000
Deferred financing costs amortized over useful life of debt issue minimum	1 year
Deferred financing costs amortized over useful life of debt issue maximum	3 years
Amortization of deferred financing costs	156,000	40,000	42,000
Accrued Project Costs	1,300,000	1,000,000
Product Warranty Accrual	1,015,000	263,000	284,000
Solar power systems completion period minimum	3 months
Solar power systems completion period maximum	15 months
Power purchase agreement product revenue is recognized term	10 years
Advertising costs	149,000	28,000	111,000
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance	11,700,000
Realized tax benefits and (expense) from the exercise of stock options	0	13,000	70,000
Maximum
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Textual) [Abstract]
Length of Time of Inventory Usage Considered for Inventory Reserve	24 months
Long-term receivables from OTA contracts present value of the future cash flows discounted rate	11.00%
Minimum
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Textual) [Abstract]
Length of Time of Inventory Usage Considered for Inventory Reserve	9 months
Engineered Systems
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Textual) [Abstract]
Product Warranty Accrual	300,000
Construction in progress
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Textual) [Abstract]
Interest capitalized for construction in progress	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Incentive Comp) (Details) (USD $)	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Deferred Bonus
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Excluding Share-based Payments and Postretirement Benefits [Line Items]
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, operating income (minimum)	$ 500,000
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, performance target percentage				90.00%
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, revenue (minimum)		90,400,000	88,000,000	119,000,000
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, payment percentage of target bonus (maximum)				150.00%
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, net income (minimum)				3,700,000
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, cost containment, percent of target bonus payment	50.00%
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, cost containment (minimum)	1,480,000
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, cost containment, earning factor for ever dollar achieved	0.167
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, cost containment, maximum payment amount	247,000
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, operating income, percent of target bonus payment	50.00%
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, operating income, earning factor for ever dollar achieved	0.50
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, operating income, maximum payment amount	247,000
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Cash Award, Threshold, Profit Before Taxes		2,300,000	2,000,000
Deferred Bonus | Minimum
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Excluding Share-based Payments and Postretirement Benefits [Line Items]
Discretionary bonus payments, percentage		35.00%	25.00%
Deferred Bonus | Maximum
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Excluding Share-based Payments and Postretirement Benefits [Line Items]
Discretionary bonus payments, percentage		100.00%	100.00%
Deferred Bonus | Performace Target of Ninety Percent
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Excluding Share-based Payments and Postretirement Benefits [Line Items]
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, revenue (minimum)				107,000,000
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, payment percentage of target bonus (maximum)				50.00%
Financial performance-based bonus guidelines, net income (minimum)				$ 3,330,000
Common stock options | Minimum
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Excluding Share-based Payments and Postretirement Benefits [Line Items]
Share-based payment award, percentage				13.00%
Common stock options | Maximum
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Excluding Share-based Payments and Postretirement Benefits [Line Items]
Share-based payment award, percentage				15.00%

XML

Long-Term Debt (Aggregate Maturities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
Fiscal 2016	$ 1,832
Fiscal 2017	706
Fiscal 2018	2,516
Fiscal 2019	0
Thereafter	0
Long-term Debt	$ 5,054	$ 6,601

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants (Summary of Unrecognized Compensation Cost) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015
Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]
Fiscal 2016	$ 1,277
Fiscal 2017	902
Fiscal 2018	487
Fiscal 2019	201
Fiscal 2020	22
Thereafter	0
Total compensation cost	$ 2,889
Remaining weighted average expected term	3 years 6 months

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Schedule of ESPP Activity) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Shares issued from treasury
Shares Issued Under ESPP Plan	492	289	322	383	362	319	702	990	1,486	2,373
Closing Market Price (USD per share)	$ 3.14	$ 5.41	$ 5.35	$ 4.07	$ 7.25	$ 6.80	$ 3.76	$ 2.48
Shares Issued Under Loan Program	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Dollar Value of Loans Issued	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Repayment of Loans	$ 35,400	$ 0	$ 1,000	$ 9,600	$ 1,677	$ 94,300	$ 118,309	$ 823	$ 46,000	$ 215,109
Minimum
Shares issued from treasury
Closing Market Price (USD per share)									$ 3.14	$ 2.48
Maximum
Shares issued from treasury
Closing Market Price (USD per share)									$ 5.41	$ 7.25

XML

Acquisition (Pro Forma Results of Operations) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Pro Forma Results of Operations
Non-recurring aggregate acquisition-related costs	$ 47,000	$ 819,000	$ 0
Harris
Pro Forma Results of Operations
Tax benefit		2,300,000
Revenue	92,868,000	102,198,000
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	(9,111,000)	(7,489,000)
Basic	$ (0.43)	$ (0.36)
Diluted	$ (0.43)	$ (0.36)
Harris | Acquisition-related Costs
Pro Forma Results of Operations
Non-recurring aggregate acquisition-related costs		$ 200,000

XML

Acquisition

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Business Combinations [Abstract]

ACQUISITION

ACQUISITION

On July 1, 2013, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC(collectively, "Harris"). Harris was a Florida-based lighting company which engineered, designed, sourced and manufactured energy efficient lighting systems, including fluorescent and LED lighting solutions, and day-lighting products.

The acquisition of Harris expanded the Company's product lines, including a patent pending LED lighting product designed for commercial office buildings, increased its sales force and provided growth opportunities into markets where the Company had previously not had a strong presence, specifically, new construction, retail store fronts, commercial office and government.

The acquisition was consummated pursuant to a Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2013 ("Purchase Agreement"), by and among Harris, the shareholders and members of Harris ("Harris Shareholders"), and the Company. The acquisition consideration paid to the Harris Shareholders was valued under the Purchase Agreement at an aggregate of $10.0 million, plus an adjustment of approximately $0.2 million to reflect the Company's acquisition of net working capital in excess of a targeted amount, plus an additional $0.6 million for the contingent consideration earn-out value assigned to non-employee Harris shareholders. The aggregate acquisition consideration was paid through a combination of $5.0 million in cash, $3.1 million in a three-year unsecured subordinated promissory note and the issuance of 856,997 shares of unregistered Company common stock. For purposes of the acquisition and the acquisition consideration, the shares of common stock issued in the acquisition of Harris were valued at $2.33 per share, which was the average closing share price as reported on the NYSE MKT for the 45 trading days preceding and the 22 trading days following the execution of the Purchase Agreement. For purposes of applying the purchase accounting provisions of ASC 805, Business Combinations, the shares of common stock issued in the acquisition were valued at $2.41 per share, which was the closing sale price of the Company's common stock as reported on the NYSE MKT on the July 1, 2013, date of acquisition.

On October 21, 2013, the Company executed a letter agreement amending the Purchase Agreement. The letter agreement established a fixed future consideration of $1.4 million for the previously existing earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement and eliminated the requirement that certain revenue targets must be achieved. Under the letter agreement, on January 2, 2014, the Company issued $0.6 million, or 83,943 shares, of the Company's unregistered common stock. The fixed consideration was determined based upon the existing share calculation at a fair value of $3.80 per common share. On January 2, 2015, the Company would pay $0.8 million in cash to settle all outstanding obligations related to the earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement. In December 2014, the Company amended the letter agreement to defer the January 2, 2015 payment of $0.8 million in cash until February 13, 2015, to settle all outstanding obligations related to the earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement. The final payment was made on February 12, 2015.

The Company incurred $0.5 million in acquisition and integration related costs for Harris during the year ended March 31, 2014, which included contingent consideration, legal, accounting and other integration related expenses.

The Purchase Agreement contained customary representations and warranties, as well as indemnification obligations, and limitations thereon, by the Company and the Harris Shareholders.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid to the Harris Shareholders and the fair value allocation of the purchase price (in thousands):

Consideration paid to Harris Shareholders:
Cash	$	5,000
Seller provided debt	3,124
Shares of Company common stock	2,065
Contingent consideration arrangement	612
Total consideration paid	$	10,801
Cash and cash equivalents	$	8
Accounts receivable, net	2,215
Inventories	1,633
Other current assets	86
Property, plant and equipment	117
Deferred tax asset	141
Identifiable intangible assets:
Customer relationships	3,600
Non-competition agreement	100
Developed technology	900
Trade name and trademarks	1,900
Accounts payable	(1,519		)
Deferred tax liabilities	(2,263		)
Accrued and other liabilities	(526		)
Total identifiable net assets	6,392
Goodwill	4,409
	$	10,801

Prior to the amendment discussed above, the contingent consideration arrangement required the Company to pay the Harris Shareholders up to $1.0 million in unregistered shares of the Company's common stock upon Harris' achievement of certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013 and/or 2014, and, in the case of certain Harris Shareholders who became employees of the Company, their continued employment by the Company. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could have been required to make under the contingent consideration arrangement was between $0 and $1.0 million. The Company recorded $0.6 million for the non-employee Harris Shareholder portion of the contingent consideration liability on the acquisition date. During the years ended March 31, 2014, and March 31, 2015, the Company expensed $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in compensation expense as contingent consideration for employee Harris shareholders.

As part of the purchase price allocation, the Company determined that the separately identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of customer relationships, developed technology, trademarks and trade names, and non-competition agreements. The fair value of the acquired identifiable intangible assets and the goodwill in the table above are provisional pending completion of the final valuations for those assets. All of the intangible asset value was assigned to the Company's Energy Management segment.

The separately identifiable intangible assets acquired that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and methods:

Customer relationships	5-8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Developed technology	8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Non-competition agreements	5 years	Straight-line
Trade name and trademarks	N/A	Indefinite life

The Company used the income approach to value the customer relationships, developed technology and non-competition agreements. This approach calculates the fair value by discounting the forecasted after-tax cash flows for each intangible asset back to a present value at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return. The data for these analyses was the cash flow estimates used to price the transaction. Fair value estimates are based on a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely heavily on estimates and assumptions.

In estimating the useful lives of the acquired assets, the Company considered ASC 350-30-35, General IntangiblesOther Than Goodwill, and reviewed the following factors: the expected use by the combined company of the assets acquired, the expected useful life of another asset (or group of assets) related to the acquired assets, legal, regulatory or other contractual provisions that may limit the useful life of an acquired asset, the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors, and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the assets. The Company will amortize these intangible assets over their estimated economic useful lives.

The goodwill of $4.4 million arising from the Harris acquisition consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining operations, and, to a lesser extent, the assembled workforce of Harris. The goodwill was assigned to the Company's US Markets and Engineered Systems segments. None of the acquired goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, are based on the historical financial statements of the Company and Harris giving effect to the business combination as if it had occurred at the beginning of the period presented. Therefore, this pro forma data has been adjusted to include amortization of purchased intangible assets and interest on the promissory note delivered as part of the purchase price during the entire applicable periods. Additionally, the tax benefit of $2.3 million recorded during the year ended March 31, 2014 was eliminated and the tax benefit was recorded during the year ended March 31, 2013. This data is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been generated if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods. Moreover, this data is not intended to be indicative of future results of operations (in thousands, other than per share data).

	Acquisition of Harris Pro Forma Results of Operations
	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014
Revenue	$	102,198		$	92,868
Net loss available to common shareholders	(7,489		)	(9,111		)
Loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.36	)	$	(0.43	)
Diluted	(0.36		)	(0.43		)

The supplemental pro forma results above exclude any benefits that may result from the acquisition due to synergies that are expected to be derived from the elimination of any duplicative costs. In addition, the pro forma results for the year ended March 31, 2014 was adjusted to exclude non-recurring aggregate acquisition-related costs of $0.2 million that were incurred in 2013.

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants (Details Textual) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Remaining weighted average expected term	3 years 6 months
Common stock closing price	$ 3.14
Class of Warrant or Right, Exercised	38,980	0	0
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Exercised (USD per share)	2.25	0.00	0.00
2003 Stock Option and 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plans
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Reserved shares for issuance to key employees	13,500,000
Maximum life of option under the plan	10 years
2003 Stock Option and 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plans | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	1 month
2003 Stock Option and 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plans | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	5 years
Restricted shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Restricted shares granted	410,496	526,663
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 4.63
Restricted shares | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Remaining weighted average expected term	3 years
Per share price on grant date (USD per share)	$ 4.16	$ 2.41
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 4.16
Restricted shares | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Remaining weighted average expected term	5 years
Per share price on grant date (USD per share)	$ 7.23	$ 6.97
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 7.23
Non-Employee Director | 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Grant of shares to consultant as part of consulting compensation agreement	27,931	33,641	30,422
Non-Employee Director | 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock closing price	$ 4.20	$ 2.41	$ 1.62
Non-Employee Director | 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock closing price	$ 5.23	$ 5.73	$ 2.57
Consultant
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Grant of shares to consultant as part of consulting compensation agreement			3,000
Common stock closing price			$ 2.03

XML

Acquisition (Acquisition Agreement) (Details) (Harris, USD $)	0 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Feb. 12, 2015	Jan. 02, 2014	Jul. 02, 2013	Mar. 31, 2014	Jan. 02, 2015	Oct. 21, 2013	May 22, 2013
Harris
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Purchase agreement, value							$ 10,000,000
Purchase agreement, potential adjustment, amount							200,000
Business acquisition, common stock issued		600,000					600,000
Acquisition consideration, cash	800,000		5,000,000
Acquisition consideration, debt			3,124,000
Acquisition consideration, shares		83,943	856,997
Acquisition consideration, share price (per share)			$ 2.33
Acquisition share price determination, trading days before purchase agreement			45 days
Acquisition share price determination, trading days after purchase agreement			22 days
Purchase accounting provisions, share price (per share)			$ 2.41
Business Combination, Fixed Future Consideration, Amount						1,400,000
Business Combination, Fixed Future Consideration, Shares, Price Per Share		$ 3.80
Business Combination, Fixed Future Consideration, Cash					800,000
Acquisition and integration related costs				$ 500,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cash and Cash Equivalents) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses
Amortized Cost	$ 0	$ 958
Unrealized Gains	0	0
Unrealized Losses	0	0
Fair Value	0	958
Cash and Cash Equivalents	0	488
Short-Term Investments	0	470
Money market funds
Amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses
Amortized Cost	0	488
Unrealized Gains	0	0
Unrealized Losses	0	0
Fair Value	0	488
Cash and Cash Equivalents	0	488
Short-Term Investments	0	0
Bank certificate of deposit
Amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses
Amortized Cost	0	470
Unrealized Gains	0	0
Unrealized Losses	0	0
Fair Value	0	470
Cash and Cash Equivalents	0	0
Short-Term Investments	$ 0	$ 470

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]

Schedule of Quarterly Financial Information

Summary quarterly results for the years ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	Jun 30, 2013			Sep 30, 2013		Dec 31, 2013		Mar 31, 2014			Total
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue	$	20,852		$	27,495	$	27,692	$	12,584		$	88,623
Gross profit	$	5,723		$	7,829	$	8,150	$	1,278		$	22,980
Net income (loss)	$	(781	)	$	2,403	$	1,018	$	(8,839	)	$	(6,199	)
Basic net income per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11	$	0.05	$	(0.41	)	$	(0.30	)
Shares used in basic per share calculation	20,174			21,090		21,220		21,469			20,988
Diluted net income per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11	$	0.05	$	(0.41	)	$	(0.30	)
Shares used in diluted per share calculation	20,174			21,542		22,329		21,469			20,988

	Three Months Ended
	Jun 30, 2014			Sep 30, 2014			Dec 31, 2014			Mar 31, 2015			Total
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue	$	13,313		$	13,393		$	26,138		$	19,366		$	72,210
Gross profit	$	2,612		$	(10,555	)	$	3,824		$	2,982		$	(1,137	)
Net income (loss)	$	(4,359	)	$	(18,346	)	$	(4,663	)	$	(4,693	)	$	(32,061	)
Basic net income per share	$	(0.20	)	$	(0.84	)	$	(0.21	)	$	(0.19	)	$	(1.43	)
Shares used in basic per share calculation	21,669			21,820			21,883			24,071			22,353
Diluted net income per share	$	(0.20	)	$	(0.84	)	$	(0.21	)	$	(0.19	)	$	(1.43	)
Shares used in diluted per share calculation	21,669			21,820			21,883			24,071			22,353

XML

Income Taxes (Details Textual) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation	$ 0	$ 13,000	$ 70,000
Valuation allowance	19,700,000
Increase in valuation allowance	11,800,000	800,000
Unrecognized Tax Benefits	212,000	210,000	188,000	406,000
Domestic Country
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards	38,600,000
Exercise of NQSOs	3,800,000
Tax credit carryforwards	1,500,000
State And Local Jurisdiction
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards	28,900,000
Exercise of NQSOs	4,100,000
Tax credit carryforwards	$ 800,000
Minimum
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Period of time State income tax returns subject to examination	3 years
Maximum
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Period of time State income tax returns subject to examination	5 years

XML

Acquisition (Consideration Paid) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended
	Feb. 12, 2015	Jul. 02, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Preliminary fair value allocation of the purchase price
Goodwill			$ 4,409	$ 4,409	$ 0
Harris
Consideration paid to Harris Shareholders:
Cash	800	5,000
Seller provided debt		3,124
Shares of company common stock		2,065
Contingent consideration arrangement		612
Total consideration paid		10,801
Preliminary fair value allocation of the purchase price
Cash and cash equivalents		8
Accounts receivable, net		2,215
Inventories		1,633
Other current assets		86
Property, plant and equipment		117
Deferred tax asset		141
Accounts payable		(1,519)
Deferred tax liabilities		(2,263)
Accrued and other liabilities		(526)
Total identifiable net assets		6,392
Goodwill		4,409
Assets acquired, goodwill, and liabilities assumed, net		10,801
Harris | Customer relationships
Preliminary fair value allocation of the purchase price
Identifiable intangible assets		3,600
Harris | Non-competition agreements
Preliminary fair value allocation of the purchase price
Identifiable intangible assets		100
Harris | Developed technology
Preliminary fair value allocation of the purchase price
Identifiable intangible assets		900
Harris | Trade name and trademarks
Preliminary fair value allocation of the purchase price
Identifiable intangible assets		$ 1,900

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Financing Receivables) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Credit quality of the Company's financing receivables using Aging Analysis
Allowance	$ (458)	$ (384)
Total net sales-type leases	18,263	15,098
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Provisions charged to expense	285	174	757
Not Past Due
Credit quality of the Company's financing receivables using Aging Analysis
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	1,346	2,067
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	398	1,662
Total gross sales-type leases	1,744	3,729
Allowance	(12)	(3)
Total net sales-type leases	1,732	3,726
1-90 days past due
Credit quality of the Company's financing receivables using Aging Analysis
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	47	137
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	0	0
Total gross sales-type leases	47	137
Allowance	(3)	(3)
Total net sales-type leases	44	134
Greater than 90 days past due
Credit quality of the Company's financing receivables using Aging Analysis
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	186	149
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	0	0
Total gross sales-type leases	186	149
Allowance	(141)	(88)
Total net sales-type leases	45	61
Total past due
Credit quality of the Company's financing receivables using Aging Analysis
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	233	286
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	0	0
Total gross sales-type leases	233	286
Allowance	(144)	(91)
Total net sales-type leases	89	195
Total sales-type leases
Credit quality of the Company's financing receivables using Aging Analysis
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	1,579	2,353
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	398	1,662
Total gross sales-type leases	1,977	4,015
Allowance	(156)	(94)
Total net sales-type leases	1,821	3,921
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables, beginning of period	94	74
Provisions charged to expense	62	96
Write offs and other	0	76
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables, end of period	$ 156	$ 94

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Inventories) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Raw materials and components	$ 8,474	$ 6,894
Work in process	1,588	880
Finished goods	4,221	4,016
Total	$ 14,283	$ 11,790

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

Where appropriate, certain reclassifications were made to prior years' financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during that reporting period. Areas that require the use of significant management estimates include revenue recognition, inventory obsolescence and bad debt reserves, accruals for warranty expenses, income taxes and certain equity transactions. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid, short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Short-Term Investments

The amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses, as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

March 31, 2014
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Cash and Cash Equivalents		Short-Term Investments
Money market funds	$	488	$	—	$	—	$	488	$	488	$	—
Bank certificate of deposit	470		—		—		470		—		470
Total	$	958	$	—	$	—	$	958	$	488	$	470
March 31, 2015
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Cash and Cash Equivalents		Short-Term Investments
Money market funds	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Bank certificate of deposit	—		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—

As of March 31, 2014 , the Company’s financial assets described in the table above were measured at cost which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investment (level 1 inputs).

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments approximate their respective fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of these instruments, or in the case of long-term, because of the interest rates currently available to the Company for similar obligations. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Valuations are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices in markets that are not active for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 — Valuations are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

Accounts Receivable

Substantially all of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from companies in the commercial, industrial and agricultural industries, as well as wholesalers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition. Generally, collateral is not required for end users; however, the payment of certain trade accounts receivable from wholesalers is secured by irrevocable standby letters of credit and/or guarantees. Accounts receivable are generally due within 30-60 days. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect from outstanding balances. The Company provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the current status of individual accounts. Balances that are still outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the allowance for doubtful accounts and a credit to accounts receivable.

Financing Receivables

The Company considers its lease balances included in consolidated current and long-term accounts receivable from its Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, sales-type leases to be financing receivables. Additional disclosures on the credit quality of the Company’s financing receivables are as follows:

Age Analysis as of March 31, 2014 (in thousands):

	Not Past Due			1-90 days past due			Greater than 90 days past due			Total past due			Total sales-type leases
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	$	2,067		$	137		$	149		$	286		$	2,353
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	1,662			—			—			—			1,662
Total gross sales-type leases	3,729			137			149			286			4,015
Allowance	(3		)	(3		)	(88		)	(91		)	(94		)
Total net sales-type leases	$	3,726		$	134		$	61		$	195		$	3,921

Age Analysis as of March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	Not Past Due			1-90 days past due			Greater than 90 days past due			Total past due			Total sales-type leases
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	$	1,346		$	47		$	186		$	233		$	1,579
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	398			—			—			—			398
Total gross sales-type leases	1,744			47			186			233			1,977
Allowance	(12		)	(3		)	(141		)	(144		)	(156		)
Total net sales-type leases	$	1,732		$	44		$	45		$	89		$	1,821

Allowance for Credit Losses on Financing Receivables

The Company’s allowance for credit losses is based on management’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. A considerable amount of judgment is required in order to make this assessment including a detailed analysis of the aging of the lease receivables and the current credit worthiness of the Company's customers and an analysis of historical bad debts and other adjustments. If there is a deterioration of a major customer’s credit worthiness or actual defaults are higher than historical experience, the estimate of the recoverability of amounts due could be adversely affected. The Company reviews in detail the allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis and adjusts the allowance estimate to reflect actual portfolio performance and any changes in future portfolio performance expectations. The Company’s provision for write-offs and credit losses against the OTA sales-type lease receivable balances in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, was as follows:

		Balance at beginning of period		Provisions charged to expense		Write offs and other		Balance at end of period
March 31,		(in Thousands)
2014	Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables	$	74	$	96	$	76	$	94
2015	Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables	$	94	$	62	$	—	$	156

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials and components, such as ballasts, metal sheet and coil stock and molded parts; work in process inventories, such as frames and reflectors; and finished goods, including completed fixtures and systems, and wireless energy management systems and accessories, such as lamps, meters and power supplies. All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company reduces the carrying value of its inventories for differences between the cost and estimated net realizable value, taking into consideration usage in the preceding 9 to 24 months, expected demand, and other information indicating obsolescence. The Company records as a charge to cost of product revenue the amount required to reduce the carrying value of inventory to net realizable value. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had inventory obsolescence reserves of $2.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Costs associated with the procurement and warehousing of inventories, such as inbound freight charges and purchasing and receiving costs, are also included in cost of product revenue.

Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015
Raw materials and components	$	6,894	$	8,474
Work in process	880		1,588
Finished goods	4,016		4,221
	$	11,790	$	14,283

Deferred Contract Costs

Deferred contract costs consist primarily of the costs of products delivered, and services performed, that are subject to additional performance obligations or customer acceptance. These deferred contract costs are expensed at the time the related revenue is recognized. Deferred costs amounted to $0.7 million and $0.1 million as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid insurance premiums, prepaid license fees, purchase deposits, advance payments to contractors, unbilled revenue, prepaid taxes and miscellaneous receivables. Prepaid expenses and other current assets includes $2.8 million and $1.7 million of unbilled accounts receivable as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Prepaid expenses and other current assets also includes $1.0 million of assets held for sale as of March 31, 2014 for an asset that was sold during fiscal 2015.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for additions and improvements are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. Properties sold, or otherwise disposed of, are removed from the property accounts, with gains or losses on disposal credited or charged to income from operations.

The Company periodically reviews the carrying values of property and equipment for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired. The estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition are compared to the assets’ carrying amount to determine if a write down to market value is required. No write downs were recorded in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014, an impairment charge of $0.2 million was recorded. In fiscal 2015, an impairment charge of $1.0 million was recorded in connection with the assessment of carrying costs related to the wireless controls product offering.

Property and equipment were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014			March 31, 2015
Land and land improvements	$	1,480		$	1,511
Buildings and building improvements	14,405			14,441
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment	10,713			8,600
Leasehold improvements	46			148
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements	4,997			4,997
Plant equipment	10,103			11,084
Construction in progress	60			379
	41,804			41,160
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(18,669		)	(19,937		)
Net property and equipment	$	23,135		$	21,223

The Company has no equipment under capital leases.

Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, using the straight-line method. The Company recorded depreciation expense of $4.3 million, $3.8 million and $2.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Depreciable lives by asset category are as follows:

Land improvements	10-15 years
Buildings and building improvements	3-39 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment	2-10 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of asset life or life of lease
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements	20 years
Plant equipment	3-10 years

No interest was capitalized for construction in progress during fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2015.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The costs of specifically identifiable intangible assets that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually, as of January 1, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and methods:

Patents	10-17 years	Straight-line
Licenses	7-13 years	Straight-line
Customer relationships	5-8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Developed technology	8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Non-competition agreements	5 years	Straight-line

Indefinite lived intangible assets are evaluated for potential impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable based primarily upon whether expected future undiscounted cash flows are sufficient to support the asset recovery. If the actual useful life of the asset is shorter than the estimated life estimated by us, the asset may be deemed to be impaired and accordingly a write-down of the value of the asset determined by a discounted cash flow analysis or shorter amortization period may be required.

There was no change in the carrying value of goodwill during fiscal 2015 as follows (in thousands):

Balance at March 31, 2013	$	—
Acquisition	4,409
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	4,409
Impairments	—
Balance at March 31, 2015	$	4,409

As of April 1, 2014, the Company realigned its organizational structure as a result of a new business strategy. In connection with the reorganization, the Company evaluated its historical operating segments (Energy Management Division and Engineered Systems Division) in relation to GAAP and identified the following new operating segments: (i) U.S. Markets, (ii) Orion Engineered Systems, (iii) Orion Distribution Services and (iv) Corporate and Other. The new operating segments became effective, on a prospective basis, beginning April 1, 2014. The Company's operating segments are also its reporting units (for goodwill assessment purposes) and reporting segments (for financial reporting purposes). In connection with the identification of the new operating segments, the Company allocated goodwill from its historical reporting units to its new reporting units using a relative fair market approach as follows (in thousands):

	U.S. Markets		Orion Engineered Systems		Orion Distribution Services		Corporate and Other		Total
Goodwill at March 31, 2015	$	2,371	$	2,038	$	—	$	—	$	4,409

The components of, and changes in, the carrying amount of other intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014					March 31, 2015
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Patents	$	2,362	$	(784	)	$	2,447	$	(906	)
Licenses	58		(58		)	58		(58		)
Trade name and trademarks	1,942		—			1,958		—
Customer relationships	3,600		(535		)	3,600		(1,620		)
Developed technology	900		(19		)	900		(109		)
Non-competition agreements	100		(15		)	100		(35		)
Total	$	8,962	$	(1,411	)	$	9,063	$	(2,728	)

As of March 31, 2015, the weighted average useful life of intangible assets was 6.7 years. The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is shown below (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,226
Fiscal 2017	883
Fiscal 2018	607
Fiscal 2019	431
Fiscal 2020	346
Thereafter	884
	$	4,377

Amortization expense is set forth in the following table (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Amortization included in cost of sales:
Patents	$	133	$	135	$	132
Total	$	133	$	135	$	132
Amortization included in operating expenses:
Customer relationships	$	—	$	535	$	1,085
Developed technology	—		19		90
Non-competition agreements	—		15		20
Total	—		569		1,195
Total amortization	$	133	$	704	$	1,327

The Company’s management periodically reviews the carrying value of intangible assets for impairment. Write-offs recorded in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015 were $0, $45,000 and $120,000, respectively.

Long-Term Receivables

The Company records a long-term receivable for the non-current portion of its sales-type capital lease OTA contracts. The receivable is recorded at the net present value of the future cash flows from scheduled customer payments. The Company uses the implied cost of capital from each individual contract as the discount rate.

Also included in other long-term receivables are amounts due from a third party finance company to which the Company has sold, without recourse, the future cash flows from OTAs entered into with customers. Such receivables are recorded at the present value of the future cash flows discounted at 11.0%. As of March 31, 2015, the following amounts were due from the third party finance company in future periods (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	309
Fiscal 2017	9
Total gross financed receivable	318
Less: amount above to be collected during the next 12 months	(309		)
Less: amount representing interest	(1		)
Total net long-term receivable	$	8

Long-Term Inventories

As of March 31, 2014, the Company had long-term inventory for the non-current portion of its wireless controls finished goods inventory. The inventories were stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the FIFO method. As of September 30, 2014, the wireless controls inventory were deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including significant declines in unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. During fiscal 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $10.2 million related to its wireless controls inventory. Net realizable value of this remaining wireless control inventory was based on the Company's best estimate of product sales expectations, market prices and customer demand patterns.

Other Long-Term Assets

Other long-term assets include long-term security deposits, prepaid licensing costs, deferred costs for a long-term contract, and deferred financing costs. Other long-term assets include $33,000 and $202,000 of deferred financing costs as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Deferred financing costs related to debt issuances are amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt issue (1 to 3 years). For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, the amortization was $42,000, $40,000 and $156,000, respectively.

Accrued Expenses and Other

Accrued expenses include warranty accruals, accrued wages and benefits, accrued vacation, accrued legal costs, accrued commissions, customer deposits, accrued acquisition liabilities, accrued project costs, sales tax payable and other various unpaid expenses. Accrued expenses include $1.0 million and $1.3 million of accrued project costs as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

The Company generally offers a limited warranty of one year on its lighting products in addition to those standard warranties offered by major original equipment component manufacturers. The manufacturers’ warranties cover lamps and ballasts, which are significant components in the Company’s lighting products. Included in other long-term liabilities is $0.3 million for warranty reserves related to solar operating systems.

Changes in the Company’s warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Beginning of year	$	284		$	263
Provision to product cost of revenue	300			776
Charges	(321		)	(24		)
End of year	$	263		$	1,015

Incentive Compensation

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2013 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance and discretionary cash bonus payments ranging from 25-100% of the fiscal 2013 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2013 of (i) target revenue of $119 million and/or (ii) target net income of $3.7 million. Revenue and net income were selected as the performance measures for the cash bonus program because they were viewed as the most critical elements to increasing the value of the Company's common stock and, therefore, to the Company's enterprise value. The compensation committee established a target bonus as a percentage of base salary for each of the named executive officers. If the Company achieved 90% of either or both the revenue and net income targets ($107 million in revenue or $3.33 million in net income), then the named executive officers would have received 50% of their target bonus for that element. If either or both of the target revenue or net income were exceeded, the named executive officers would be eligible to earn up to two times their target bonus for that element based on a sliding scale of up to 150% of the target revenue or net income. As described below, this plan was superseded by a new plan in November 2012, and, therefore, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

Effective November 9, 2012, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved a new incentive cash bonus program for the second half of fiscal 2013 in replacement of the then existing fiscal 2013 incentive bonus program described above. The new incentive cash bonus program provided a cash bonus opportunity to named executive officers and other key employees based on the Company’s relative achievement, in the second half of fiscal 2013, of target operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) and target cost containment initiatives. Under the new program, 50% of the target bonus payments were based on the Company’s relative achievement of its cost containment target of $1.48 million for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of cost containment achieved, a bonus pool of $0.167 would be earned, up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000 for all employees. The other 50% of the target bonus payments would be based on the Company achieving operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) of $500,000 for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of operating profit achieved, a bonus pool of $0.50 would be earned, up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000 for all employees. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company accrued the maximum expense related to this plan.

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2014 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus payments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2014 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2014 of at least (i) $2.0 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $88.0 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2015 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus payments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2015 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2015 of at least (i) $2.3 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $90.4 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2015, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized on the sales of our lighting and related energy efficiency systems and products when the following four criteria are met:

1. persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

2. delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer;

3. the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and

4. collectability is reasonably assured.

These four criteria are met for the Company’s product-only revenue upon delivery of the product and title passing to the customer. At that time, the Company provides for estimated costs that may be incurred for product warranties and sales returns. Revenues are presented net of sales tax and other sales related taxes.

For sales of the Company’s lighting and energy management technologies, consisting of multiple elements of revenue, such as a combination of product sales and services, the Company determines revenue by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices in accordance with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, if available, (2) third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not available, and (3) best estimate of the selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available (a description as to how the Company determined estimated selling price is provided below).

The nature of the Company’s multiple element arrangements for the sale of its lighting and energy management technologies is similar to a construction project, with materials being delivered and contracting and project management activities occurring according to an installation schedule. The significant deliverables include the shipment of products and related transfer of title and the installation.

To determine the selling price in multiple-element arrangements, the Company establishes the selling price for its HIF lighting and energy management system products using management's best estimate of the selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. Product revenue is recognized when products are shipped. For product revenue, management's best estimate of selling price is determined using a cost plus gross profit margin method. In addition, the Company records in service revenue the selling price for its installation and recycling services using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. Service revenue is recognized when services are completed and customer acceptance has been received. Recycling services provided in connection with installation entail the disposal of the customer’s legacy lighting fixtures. The Company’s service revenues, other than for installation and recycling that are completed prior to delivery of the product, are included in product revenue using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. These services include comprehensive site assessment, site field verification, utility incentive and government subsidy management, engineering design, and project management. For these services, along with the Company's installation and recycling services, under a multiple-element arrangement, management’s best estimate of selling price is determined by considering several external and internal factors including, but not limited to, economic conditions and trends, customer demand, pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, geographies in which the Company offers its products and services and internal costs. The determination of estimated selling price is made through consultation with and approval by management, taking into account all of the preceding factors.

For sales of solar photovoltaic systems, which are governed by customer contracts that require the Company to deliver functioning solar power systems and are generally completed within three to 15 months from the start of construction, the Company recognizes revenue from fixed price construction contracts using the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with ASC 605-35, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts. Under this method, revenue arising from fixed price construction contracts is recognized as work is performed based upon the percentage of incurred costs to estimated total forecasted costs. The Company has determined that the appropriate method of measuring progress on these sales is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. The percentage-of-completion method requires revenue recognition from the delivery of products to be deferred and the cost of such products to be capitalized as a deferred cost and current asset on the balance sheet. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the progress of the installation of the solar photovoltaic systems using actual costs incurred over total estimated costs to complete a project. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

The Company offers a financing program, called an Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, for a customer’s lease of the Company’s energy management systems. The OTA is structured as a sales-type lease and upon successful installation of the system and customer acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, revenue is recognized at the Company’s net investment in the lease, which typically is the net present value of the future cash flows.

The Company offers a financing program, called a power purchase agreement, or PPA, for the Company’s renewable energy product offerings. A PPA is a supply side agreement for the generation of electricity and subsequent sale to the end user. Upon the customer’s acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, product revenue is recognized on a monthly basis over the life of the PPA contract, which is typically in excess of 10 years.

Deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings, investment tax grants received related to PPAs and a separate obligation to provide maintenance on OTAs and is classified as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair value of the maintenance is readily determinable based upon pricing from third-party vendors. Deferred revenue related to maintenance services is recognized when the services are delivered, which occurs in excess of a year after the original OTA contract is executed.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company records costs incurred in connection with shipping and handling of products as cost of product revenue. Amounts billed to customers in connection with these costs are included in product revenue.

Advertising

Advertising costs of $111,000, $28,000 and $149,000 for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, were charged to operations as incurred.

Research and Development

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, measured using the enacted tax rates and laws expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. Deferred income taxes also arise from the future tax benefits of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is established when management determines that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $11.7 million against its deferred tax assets.

ASC 740, Income Taxes, also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest are immaterial and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits.

Deferred tax benefits have not been recognized for income tax effects resulting from the exercise of non-qualified stock options. These benefits will be recognized in the period in which the benefits are realized as a reduction in taxes payable and an increase in additional paid-in capital. Realized tax benefits (expense) from the exercise of stock options were $70,000, $13,000 and $0 for the fiscal years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Stock Based Compensation

The Company’s share-based payments to employees are measured at fair value and are recognized in earnings, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Cash flows from the exercise of stock options resulting from tax benefits in excess of recognized cumulative compensation costs (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows. For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, $70,000, $13,000 and $0, respectively, of such excess tax benefits were classified as financing cash flows.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company calculates volatility based upon the historical market price of its common stock. The risk-free interest rate is the rate available as of the option date on zero-coupon U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. The expected term is based upon the vesting term of the Company’s options and expected exercise behavior. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate of unvested stock awards based on historical experience.

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC718, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. As more fully described in Note I, the Company awards non-vested restricted stock to employees, executive officers and directors. The Company did not issue any stock options during fiscal 2015. The fair value of each option grant in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015 was determined using the assumptions in the following table:

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Weighted average expected term	5.5 years		4.1 years		N/A
Risk-free interest rate	0.8	%	0.8	%	N/A
Expected volatility	72.5 - 74.4%		73.3	%	N/A
Expected forfeiture rate	21.4	%	20.3	%	20.3	%

Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and does not consider common stock equivalents.

Diluted net income (loss) per common share reflects the dilution that would occur if warrants and stock options were exercised and restricted shares vested. In the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share, the Company uses the “treasury stock” method for outstanding options, warrants and restricted shares. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for the years ended March 31, 2013, March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, because the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive. The effect of net income (loss) per common share is calculated based upon the following shares (in thousands except share amounts):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014			2015
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(10,399	)	$	(6,199	)	$	(32,061	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	20,996,625			20,987,964			22,353,419
Weighted-average effect of assumed conversion of stock options and restricted stock	—			—			—
Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents outstanding	20,996,625			20,987,964			22,353,419
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)
Diluted	$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)

The following table indicates the number of potentially dilutive securities as of the end of each period:

	March 31,
	2013	2014	2015
Common stock options	3,312,523	2,716,317	2,426,836
Restricted shares	105,000	539,204	704,688
Common stock warrants	38,980	38,980	—
Total	3,456,503	3,294,501	3,131,524

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s cash is deposited with four financial institutions. At times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant risk on these balances.

The Company purchases components necessary for its lighting products, including ballasts, lamps and LED components from multiple suppliers. For fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, no supplier accounted for more than 10% of total cost of revenue.

In fiscal 2013, there were no customers who individually accounted for greater than 10% of revenue. In fiscal 2014, onecustomer accounted for 23% of revenue. In fiscal 2015, onecustomer accounted for 12% of revenue.

As of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, no customers accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11 ("ASU 2013-11"), “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists." ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, in the financial statements as a reduction to the deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The provisions of ASU 2013-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company applied this guidance in a prior quarter and it did not have a material impact on its statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers." This ASU is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is not permitted. Accordingly, the Company will adopt this ASU on April 1, 2017. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach to adopt this ASU and management is currently evaluating which transition approach to use. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09.

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, "Compensation - Stock Compensation" ("ASU 2014-12"). ASU 2014-12 is intended to resolve diverse accounting treatment for share based awards in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The standard is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, "Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern" ("ASU 2014-15"). ASU 2014-15 requires an entity's management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern and if those conditions exist, the required disclosures. The standard is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Prop Plant and Equip) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Property and equipment
Property plant and equipment gross	$ 41,160	$ 41,804
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(19,937)	(18,669)
Net property and equipment	21,223	23,135
Land and land improvements
Property and equipment
Property plant and equipment gross	1,511	1,480
Buildings and building improvements
Property and equipment
Property plant and equipment gross	14,441	14,405
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment
Property and equipment
Property plant and equipment gross	8,600	10,713
Leasehold improvements
Property and equipment
Property plant and equipment gross	148	46
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements
Property and equipment
Property plant and equipment gross	4,997	4,997
Plant equipment
Property and equipment
Property plant and equipment gross	11,084	10,103
Construction in progress
Property and equipment
Property plant and equipment gross	$ 379	$ 60

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Dilutive Securities) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Number of potentially dilutive securities
Number of potentially dilutive securities	3,131,524	3,294,501	3,456,503
Common stock options
Number of potentially dilutive securities
Number of potentially dilutive securities	2,426,836	2,716,317	3,312,523
Restricted shares
Number of potentially dilutive securities
Number of potentially dilutive securities	704,688	539,204	105,000
Common stock warrants
Number of potentially dilutive securities
Number of potentially dilutive securities	0	38,980	38,980

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense or Benefit) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Current	$ 49	$ 19	$ (180)
Deferred	0	(2,077)	4,253
Income Tax Expense (Benefit), Continuing Operations	49	(2,058)	4,073
Federal	0	(1,830)	3,803
State	$ 49	$ (228)	$ 270

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Selected Quarterly Financial Information [Abstract]
Total revenue	$ 19,366	$ 26,138	$ 13,393	$ 13,313	$ 12,584	$ 27,692	$ 27,495	$ 20,852	$ 72,210	$ 88,623	$ 86,086
Gross profit	2,982	3,824	(10,555)	2,612	1,278	8,150	7,829	5,723	(1,137)	22,980	26,730
Net income (loss)	$ (4,693)	$ (4,663)	$ (18,346)	$ (4,359)	$ (8,839)	$ 1,018	$ 2,403	$ (781)	$ (32,061)	$ (6,199)	$ (10,399)
Basic net income per share (in usd per share)	$ (0.19)	$ (0.21)	$ (0.84)	$ (0.20)	$ (0.41)	$ 0.05	$ 0.11	$ (0.04)	$ (1.43)	$ (0.30)	$ (0.50)
Shares used in basic per share calculation	24,071,000	21,883,000	21,820,000	21,669,000	21,469,000	21,220,000	21,090,000	20,174,000	22,353,419	20,987,964	20,996,625
Diluted net income per share (in usd per share)	$ (0.19)	$ (0.21)	$ (0.84)	$ (0.20)	$ (0.41)	$ 0.05	$ 0.11	$ (0.04)	$ (1.43)	$ (0.30)	$ (0.50)
Shares used in diluted per share calculation	24,071,000	21,883,000	21,820,000	21,669,000	21,469,000	22,329,000	21,542,000	20,174,000	22,353,419	20,987,964	20,996,625

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 20,002	$ 17,568
Short-term investments	0	470
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $384 and $458	18,263	15,098
Inventories, net	14,283	11,790
Deferred contract costs	90	742
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	2,407	4,673
Total current assets	55,045	50,341
Property and equipment, net	21,223	23,135
Long-term inventory	0	10,607
Goodwill	4,409	4,409
Other intangible assets, net	6,335	7,551
Long-term accounts receivable	426	1,966
Other long-term assets	367	931
Total assets	87,805	98,940
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Accounts payable	11,003	8,530
Accrued expenses and other	5,197	4,597
Deferred revenue, current	287	614
Current maturities of long-term debt	1,832	3,450
Total current liabilities	18,319	17,191
Revolving credit facility	2,500	0
Long-term debt, less current maturities	722	3,151
Deferred revenue, long-term	1,231	1,316
Other long-term liabilities	522	270
Total liabilities	23,294	21,928
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: Shares authorized: 30,000,000 shares at March 31, 2014 and 2015; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2014 and 2015	0	0
Common stock, no par value: Shares authorized: 200,000,000 at March 31, 2014 and 2015; shares issued: 31,001,683 and 36,837,864 at March 31, 2014 and 2015; shares outstanding: 21,588,326 and 27,421,533 at March 31, 2014 and 2015	0	0
Additional paid-in capital	150,516	130,987
Treasury stock: 9,413,357 and 9,416,331 common shares at March 31, 2014 and 2015	(36,049)	(36,034)
Shareholder notes receivable	(4)	(50)
Retained deficit	(49,952)	(17,891)
Total shareholders’ equity	64,511	77,012
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$ 87,805	$ 98,940

XML

Acquisition (Contingent Consideration) (Details) (Harris, USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Jul. 02, 2013
Harris
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Contingent consideration maximum amount of liability			$ 1,000,000
Contingent consideration minimum amount of liability			0
Contingent consideration, recorded liability			600,000
Contingent consideration, reduction in liability during period	$ 100,000	$ 300,000

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Operating activities
Net loss	$ (32,061)	$ (6,199)	$ (10,399)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in)
Depreciation	2,853	3,798	4,322
Amortization	1,460	740	255
Stock-based compensation expense	1,499	1,593	1,164
Accretion of fair value on contingent consideration	0	11	0
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense	0	(2,123)	4,158
Impairment on assets	12,130	0	0
Loss on sale of property and equipment	(21)	1,733	69
Provision for inventory reserves	361	1,995	859
Provision for bad debts	285	174	757
Other	132	129	71
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of changes from acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, current and long-term	(1,909)	8,395	2,499
Inventories, current and long-term	(2,356)	3,962	2,880
Deferred contract costs	651	1,376	75
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	1,261	(1,072)	1,315
Accounts payable	2,475	(762)	(6,527)
Accrued expenses and other	838	(1,575)	2,221
Deferred revenue, current and long-term	(410)	(2,274)	(1,458)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	(12,812)	9,901	2,261
Investing activities
Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired	0	(4,992)	0
Purchase of property and equipment	(2,006)	(410)	(2,159)
Purchase of short-term investments	(2)	(4)	(5)
Sale of short-term investments	472	555	0
Additions to patents and licenses	(234)	(43)	(153)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment	1,040	80	46
Net cash used in investing activities	(730)	(4,814)	(2,271)
Financing activities
Payment of long-term debt	(4,494)	(3,229)	(3,169)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility	2,500	0	0
Proceeds from long-term debt	446	0	380
Proceeds from repayment of shareholder notes	46	215	38
Proceeds from issuance of common stock , net of issuance costs	17,465	0	0
Repurchase of common stock into treasury	0	0	(6,007)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation	0	13	70
Deferred financing costs	(406)	(19)	0
Net proceeds from exercise of warrants and employee stock options	419	1,125	63
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	15,976	(1,895)	(8,625)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	2,434	3,192	(8,635)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	17,568	14,376	23,011
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	20,002	17,568	14,376
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	287	423	535
Cash paid for income taxes	42	22	102
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Shares issued from treasury for shareholder note receivable	0	0	82
Shares returned to treasury in satisfaction of employee tax liabilities from restricted stock vesting	22	0	0
Shares returned to treasury in satisfaction of receivable	0	48	0
Acquisition related contingent consideration liability	0	612	0
Acquisition financed through debt	0	3,123	0
Common stock issued for acquisition	$ 0	$ 2,416	$ 0

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Schedule of Annual Commitments under Non-Cancelable Operating Agreements) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Fiscal 2016	$ 265
Fiscal 2017	159
Fiscal 2018	96
Thereafter	0
Total future payments due	$ 520

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (LT Receivables) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Fiscal 2016	$ 309
Fiscal 2017	9
Total gross financed receivable	318
Less: amount above to be collected during the next 12 months	(309)
Less: amount representing interest	(1)
Total net long-term receivable	$ 8

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants (Summary of Outstanding Stock Options) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Number of Shares, Beginning Balance	2,716,317	3,312,523	3,697,633
Number of Shares, Granted	0	305,544	1,054,876
Number of Shares, Exercised	(139,407)	(446,059)	(20,000)
Number of Shares, Forfeited	(150,074)	(455,691)	(1,419,986)
Number of Shares, Ending Balance	2,426,836	2,716,317	3,312,523
Number of Shares, Exercisable	1,844,994
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price [Roll Forward]
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Beginning Balance (in dollars per share)	$ 3.43	$ 3.42	$ 3.76
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Granted Stock Options (in dollars per share)	$ 0.00	$ 1.98	$ 1.98
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 2.46	$ 2.25	$ 2.25
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Forfeited (in dollars per share)	$ 3.13	$ 3.26	$ 3.26
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Ending Balance (in dollars per share)	$ 3.50	$ 3.43	$ 3.42
Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted	$ 0.00	$ 1.32	$ 1.23	$ 1.95
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Outstanding	$ 1,231,344
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Exercisable	$ 740,802

XML

Long-Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Long-term debt

Long-term debt as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Revolving credit facility	$	—		$	2,500
Harris seller's note	2,624			1,607
Customer equipment finance notes payable	2,331			827
First mortgage note payable	607			—
Debenture payable	675			—
Other long-term debt	364			120
Total long-term debt	6,601			5,054
Less current maturities	(3,450		)	(1,832		)
Long-term debt, less current maturities	$	3,151		$	3,222

Schedule of Maturities of Long-term Debt

As of March 31, 2015, aggregate maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,832
Fiscal 2017	706
Fiscal 2018	2,516
Fiscal 2019	—
Thereafter	—
	$	5,054

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Warranty Accrual) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Movement in Standard Product Warranty Accrual [Roll Forward]
Beginning of year	$ 263	$ 284
Provision to product cost of revenue	776	300
Charges	(24)	(321)
End of year	$ 1,015	$ 263

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Annual Commitments under Non-Cancelable Operating Leases

Total annual commitments under non-cancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year at March 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	265
Fiscal 2017	159
Fiscal 2018	96
Thereafter	—
	$	520

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants (Schedule of Restricted Shares) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Compensation expense	$ 1,499,000	$ 1,593,000	$ 1,164,000
Restricted shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 4.63
Shares outstanding, beginning of the period	539,204
Shares issued	410,496
Shares vested	(170,055)
Shares forfeited	(74,957)
Shares outstanding, end of the period	704,688
Compensation expense	$ 1,034,945
Restricted shares | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 4.16
Per share price on grant date (USD per share)	$ 4.16	$ 2.41
Restricted shares | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 7.23
Per share price on grant date (USD per share)	$ 7.23	$ 6.97

XML

Description of Business

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Organization

The Company includes Orion Energy Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and all consolidated subsidiaries. The Company is a developer, manufacturer and seller of lighting and energy management systems to commercial and industrial businesses, predominantly in North America.

See Note J “Segment Reporting” of these financial statements for further discussion of the Company's reportable segments.

The Company's corporate offices and primary manufacturing operations are located in Manitowoc, Wisconsin. The operations facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin was classified as an asset held for sale and was sold in May 2014. The Company leases office space in Jacksonville, Florida. The Company leases office space for a sales office located in Houston, Texas.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable	$ 458	$ 384
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	30,000,000	30,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0	$ 0
Common stock, shares authorized	200,000,000	200,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	36,837,864	31,001,683
Common stock, shares outstanding	27,421,533	21,588,326
Treasury stock, shares	9,416,331	9,413,357

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On June 3, 2015, the Company provided written notice to The New York Stock Exchange that the Company expects to voluntarily cease trading on the NYSE MKT and intends to transfer its listing to the NASDAQ Capital Market to commence trading on June 15, 2015.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Jun. 05, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.
Entity Central Index Key	0001409375
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2015
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Public Float			$ 84.6
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		27,551,188

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Summary quarterly results for the years ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	Jun 30, 2013			Sep 30, 2013		Dec 31, 2013		Mar 31, 2014			Total
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue	$	20,852		$	27,495	$	27,692	$	12,584		$	88,623
Gross profit	$	5,723		$	7,829	$	8,150	$	1,278		$	22,980
Net income (loss)	$	(781	)	$	2,403	$	1,018	$	(8,839	)	$	(6,199	)
Basic net income per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11	$	0.05	$	(0.41	)	$	(0.30	)
Shares used in basic per share calculation	20,174			21,090		21,220		21,469			20,988
Diluted net income per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11	$	0.05	$	(0.41	)	$	(0.30	)
Shares used in diluted per share calculation	20,174			21,542		22,329		21,469			20,988

	Three Months Ended
	Jun 30, 2014			Sep 30, 2014			Dec 31, 2014			Mar 31, 2015			Total
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue	$	13,313		$	13,393		$	26,138		$	19,366		$	72,210
Gross profit	$	2,612		$	(10,555	)	$	3,824		$	2,982		$	(1,137	)
Net income (loss)	$	(4,359	)	$	(18,346	)	$	(4,663	)	$	(4,693	)	$	(32,061	)
Basic net income per share	$	(0.20	)	$	(0.84	)	$	(0.21	)	$	(0.19	)	$	(1.43	)
Shares used in basic per share calculation	21,669			21,820			21,883			24,071			22,353
Diluted net income per share	$	(0.20	)	$	(0.84	)	$	(0.21	)	$	(0.19	)	$	(1.43	)
Shares used in diluted per share calculation	21,669			21,820			21,883			24,071			22,353

The four quarters for net earnings per share may not add to the total year because of differences in the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the quarters and the year.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Product revenue	$ 65,881	$ 71,954	$ 72,604
Service revenue	6,329	16,669	13,482
Total revenue	72,210	88,623	86,086
Cost of product revenue	68,388	54,423	49,551
Cost of service revenue	4,959	11,220	9,805
Total cost of revenue	73,347	65,643	59,356
Gross profit (loss)	(1,137)	22,980	26,730
Operating expenses:
General and administrative	14,908	14,951	13,946
Acquisition and integration related expenses	47	819	0
Sales and marketing	13,290	13,527	17,129
Research and development	2,554	2,026	2,259
Total operating expenses	30,799	31,323	33,334
Loss from operations	(31,936)	(8,343)	(6,604)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense	(376)	(481)	(567)
Interest income	300	567	845
Total other income (expense)	(76)	86	278
Loss before income tax	(32,012)	(8,257)	(6,326)
Income tax expense (benefit)	49	(2,058)	4,073
Net loss and comprehensive loss	$ (32,061)	$ (6,199)	$ (10,399)
Basic net loss per share attributable to common shareholders	$ (1.43)	$ (0.30)	$ (0.50)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	22,353,419	20,987,964	20,996,625
Diluted net loss per share	$ (1.43)	$ (0.30)	$ (0.50)
Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents outstanding	22,353,419	20,987,964	20,996,625

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

INCOME TAXES

The total provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ending (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014			2015
Current	$	(180	)	$	19		$	49
Deferred	4,253			(2,077		)	—
	$	4,073		$	(2,058	)	$	49
	2013			2014			2015
Federal	$	3,803		$	(1,830	)	$	—
State	270			(228		)	49
	$	4,073		$	(2,058	)	$	49

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and effective income tax rate is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Statutory federal tax rate	34.0	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State taxes, net	2.3	%	2.8	%	3.6	%
Federal tax credit	3.9	%	0.9	%	0.2	%
State tax credit	(0.5	)%	0.4	%	0.1	%
Change in valuation reserve	(111.7	)%	(10.2	)%	(37.0	)%
Permanent items	2.3	%	(2.9	)%	(0.1	)%
Change in tax contingency reserve	3.4	%	(0.3	)%	—	%
Other, net	1.9	%	0.2	%	(1.0	)%
Effective income tax rate	(64.4	)%	24.9	%	(0.2	)%

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the following components (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Inventory, accruals and reserves	$	1,445		$	5,297
Other	139			159
Deferred revenue	44			91
Valuation allowance	(1,628		)	(5,547		)
Total net current deferred tax assets and liabilities	$	—		$	—
Federal and state operating loss carryforwards	6,233			13,154
Tax credit carryforwards	1,498			1,475
Non-qualified stock options	2,541			2,914
Deferred revenue	23			7
Fixed assets	(1,889		)	(1,698		)
Intangible assets	(2,125		)	(1,687		)
Valuation allowance	(6,281		)	(14,165		)
Total net long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities	$	—		$	—
Total net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

The Company is eligible for tax benefits associated with the excess of the tax deduction available for exercises of non-qualified stock options, or NQSOs, over the amount recorded at grant. The amount of the benefit is based upon the ultimate deduction reflected in the applicable income tax return. Benefits of $0.1 million, $13,000 and $0 were recorded in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, as a reduction in taxes payable and a credit to additional paid in capital based on the amount that was utilized in the current year.

As of March 31, 2015, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million, of which $3.8 million are associated with the exercise of NQSOs that have not yet been recognized by the Company in its financial statements. The Company also has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $28.9 million, of which $4.1 million are associated with the exercise of NQSOs. The Company also has federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.5 million and state tax credits of $0.8 million. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $19.7 million, equaling the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of its realization value in the future. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the valuation allowance against the Company's net federal and net state deferred tax assets increased $0.8 million and $11.8 million, respectively. The Company considers future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that the deferred tax assets are able to be realized, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such determination is made.

Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of the Company's stock, by value, over a three year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, the Company's ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards, attributable to the period prior to such ownership change, to offset taxable income can be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for the Company. The Company does not believe an ownership change affects the use of the full amount of the net operating loss carryforwards. There was no limitation that occurred for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2015.

The Company records its tax provision based on the respective tax rules and regulations for the jurisdictions in which it operates. Where the Company believes that a tax position is supportable for income tax purposes, the item is included in their income tax returns. Where treatment of a position is uncertain, a liability is recorded based upon the expected most likely outcome taking into consideration the technical merits of the position based on specific tax regulations and facts of each matter. These liabilities may be affected by changing interpretations of laws, rulings by tax authorities, or the expiration of the statute of limitations.

As of December 31, 2011, an examination of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2009 to 2011 was complete. The resolution of this examination did not have a material effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of 3 to 5 years after filing of the respective return. The state effect of any federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to two years after formal notification to the states. The Company currently has no state income tax return positions in the process of examination, administrative appeals or litigation.

Uncertain tax positions

As of March 31, 2015, the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.2 million, all of which would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The Company does not expect these amounts to change in the next twelve months as none of the issues are currently under examination, the statutes of limitations do not expire within the period, and the Company is not aware of any pending litigation.

The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest are immaterial as of the date of adoption and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits. The Company had the following unrecognized tax benefit activity (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014		2015
Unrecognized tax benefits as of beginning of fiscal year	$	406		$	188	$	210
Additions based on tax positions related to the current period positions	16			22		2
Reduction for tax positions of prior years	(1		)	—		—
Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitations	(233		)	—		—
Unrecognized tax benefits as of end of fiscal year	$	188		$	210	$	212

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

LONG-TERM DEBT

LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Revolving credit facility	$	—		$	2,500
Harris seller's note	2,624			1,607
Customer equipment finance notes payable	2,331			827
First mortgage note payable	607			—
Debenture payable	675			—
Other long-term debt	364			120
Total long-term debt	6,601			5,054
Less current maturities	(3,450		)	(1,832		)
Long-term debt, less current maturities	$	3,151		$	3,222

Revolving Credit Agreement

On February 6, 2015, the Company entered into a new credit and security agreement (Credit Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. The Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility (Credit Facility) that matures on February 6, 2018. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are initially limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Such limit may increase to $20.0 million, subject to the borrowing base requirement, after July 31, 2016, if the Company satisfies certain conditions. The Credit Facility includes a $2.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit.

From and after any increase in the Credit Facility limit from $15.0 million to $20.0 million, the Credit Agreement will require the Company to maintain as of the end of each month a minimum ratio for the trailing twelve-month period of (i) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, subject to certain adjustments, to (ii) the sum of cash interest expense, certain principal payments on indebtedness and certain dividends, distributions and stock redemptions, equal to at least 1.10 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement also contains other customary covenants, including certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on the Company’s stock, redeem or repurchase shares of the Company’s stock, or pledge or dispose of assets.

Each subsidiary of the Company is a joint and several co-borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agreement, and the Credit Agreement is secured by a security interest in substantially all of the Company’s and each subsidiary’s personal property (excluding various assets relating to customer OTAs) and a mortgage on certain real property.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum, with a minimum interest charge for each year or portion of a year during the term of the Credit Agreement of $130,000, regardless of usage. As of March 31, 2015, the interest rate was 3.26%. The Company must pay an unused line fee of 0.25% per annum of the daily average unused amount of the Credit Facility and a letter of credit fee at the rate of 3.0% per annum on the undrawn amount of letters of credit outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facility.

As of March 31, 2015, the Company had no outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2015, amounted to approximately $2.5 million and are included in non-current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company estimates that as of March 31, 2015, it was eligible to borrow an additional $4.4 million under the Credit Facility based upon current levels of eligible inventory and accounts receivable.

The Company was in compliance with its covenants in the Credit Agreement as of March 31, 2015.

Prior Credit Agreements with JP Morgan

The Company previously had an amended credit agreement (Prior Credit Agreement) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JP Morgan) that provided for a revolving credit facility (Prior Credit Facility). Borrowings under the Prior Credit Facility were limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement when the outstanding principal balance of loans under the Prior Credit Facility was greater than $5.0 million. In addition, the Company previously had a credit agreement with JP Morgan that provided up to $5.0 million that was immediately available to fund completed customer contracts under its OTA finance program. The Company had one year from the date of the commitment to borrow under the credit agreement, which expired on September 30, 2012 for new borrowings.

On November 6, 2014, the Company received a letter from JP Morgan terminating the bank’s obligations to make any further loans to the Company, and declaring the outstanding loans due and payable, under the revolving Prior Credit Agreement and the OTA credit agreement due to the Company’s failure to meet certain financial covenants. As of such date, the Company had an outstanding OTA credit agreement loan balance of $467,000 and no amounts outstanding on the Prior Credit Agreement. The Company fully satisfied its outstanding obligations under the OTA credit agreement with existing cash balances.

Harris Seller's Note

On July 1, 2013, the Company issued an unsecured and subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3.1 million to partially fund the acquisition of Harris. The note is included in the table above as Harris seller's note. The note bears interest at the rate of 4% per annum. Principal and interest are payable quarterly and the note matures in July 2016.

Customer Equipment Finance Notes Payable

In December 2014, the Company entered into a secured borrowing agreement with De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc. in the principal amount of $0.4 million to fund completed customer contracts under its OTA finance program that were previously funded under the OTA credit agreement with JP Morgan, which was terminated in November 2014. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The loan amount is secured by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 25 individual OTA customer contracts. The borrowing agreement bears interest at a rate of 8.36% and matures in December 2016.

In September 2010, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $2.4 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. In February 2011, the Company sold a portion of the OTA contracts collateralizing the note to a third party equipment finance company. Accordingly, the Company repaid $1.3 million of the outstanding note balance and recorded a prepayment penalty of $33,000. The note was paid in full in March 2015. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note was collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 12 individual OTA customer contracts. The note bore interest at 7%.

In March 2011, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $0.9 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note was paid in full in March 2015. The note was collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting three individual OTA customer contracts. The note bore interest at 7% and required monthly payments of $20,900.

In June 2011, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $2.8 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note is collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 40 individual OTA contracts. The note bears interest at 7.85% and matures in April 2016. The note agreement includes a debt service covenant with respect to the supporting OTA contracts that the aggregate amount of all remaining scheduled payments due with respect to the individual OTA contracts be not less than 1.25 to 1.0 of the remaining principal and interest payments due under the loan. As of March 31, 2015 the Company was in compliance with the debt service covenant.

First Mortgage Note Payable

In December 2014, the Company entered into an amendment to its mortgage note payable to extend the maturity date from December 1, 2014 to April 1, 2015 on its remaining principal amount of $0.5 million. The Company’s term note was satisfied in full in February 2015. The Company’s first mortgage note payable had an interest rate of prime plus 2.25% (effective rate of 5.50% at March 31, 2015), and required monthly payments of principal and interest of $10,000. This note is included in the table above as first mortgage note payable. The mortgage was secured by a first mortgage on the Company’s manufacturing facility.

Debenture Payable

The Company’s debenture payable was satisfied in full in February 2015. The Company’s debenture payable was issued by Certified Development Company at an effective interest rate of 4.94%. The balance was payable in monthly principal and interest payments of $8,000 and was guaranteed by United States Small Business Administration 504 program. This payable is included in the table above as debenture payable. The amount due was collateralized by a second mortgage on the manufacturing facility.

Other Long-Term Debt

In November 2007, the Company completed a Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with the local city government to provide financing in the amount of $750,000 for the purpose of acquiring additional production equipment. The loan was paid in full in December 2014. This loan is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The loan had an interest rate of 4.9% and was collateralized by the related equipment. The loan required monthly payments of $11,000 through December 2014.

In September 2010, the Company entered into a note agreement with the Wisconsin Department of Commerce that provided the Company with $0.3 million to fund the Company’s rooftop solar project at its Manitowoc manufacturing facility. This note is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The note is collateralized by the related solar equipment. The note allowed for two years without interest accruing or principal payments due. Beginning in July 2012, the note bears interest at 2% and requires monthly payments of $4,600. The note matures in June 2017. The note agreement requires the Company to maintain a certain number of jobs at its Manitowoc facilities during the note’s duration. The Company was in compliance with all covenants in the note agreement as of March 31, 2015.

In January 2011, the Company amended its November 2007 Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with the local city government to provide the Company with $0.2 million to fund equipment at its Manitowoc facility. The loan was paid in full in December 2014. This loan is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The amendment to the loan agreement was collateralized by the related equipment. The loan bore interest at 2.1125% and required monthly payments of $3,600 through December 2014.

Other long-term debt consisted of a promissory note from the state government to provide working capital and equipment for the development of daylighting technologies. The loan was paid in full in February 2015. The note was secured by the related equipment. The loan bore interest at 2.0% and required monthly payments of $3,400.

Aggregate Maturities

As of March 31, 2015, aggregate maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,832
Fiscal 2017	706
Fiscal 2018	2,516
Fiscal 2019	—
Thereafter	—
	$	5,054

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of components of income tax expense (benefit)

The total provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ending (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014			2015
Current	$	(180	)	$	19		$	49
Deferred	4,253			(2,077		)	—
	$	4,073		$	(2,058	)	$	49
	2013			2014			2015
Federal	$	3,803		$	(1,830	)	$	—
State	270			(228		)	49
	$	4,073		$	(2,058	)	$	49

Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and effective income tax rate is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Statutory federal tax rate	34.0	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State taxes, net	2.3	%	2.8	%	3.6	%
Federal tax credit	3.9	%	0.9	%	0.2	%
State tax credit	(0.5	)%	0.4	%	0.1	%
Change in valuation reserve	(111.7	)%	(10.2	)%	(37.0	)%
Permanent items	2.3	%	(2.9	)%	(0.1	)%
Change in tax contingency reserve	3.4	%	(0.3	)%	—	%
Other, net	1.9	%	0.2	%	(1.0	)%
Effective income tax rate	(64.4	)%	24.9	%	(0.2	)%

Schedule of deferred tax assets and liabilities

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the following components (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Inventory, accruals and reserves	$	1,445		$	5,297
Other	139			159
Deferred revenue	44			91
Valuation allowance	(1,628		)	(5,547		)
Total net current deferred tax assets and liabilities	$	—		$	—
Federal and state operating loss carryforwards	6,233			13,154
Tax credit carryforwards	1,498			1,475
Non-qualified stock options	2,541			2,914
Deferred revenue	23			7
Fixed assets	(1,889		)	(1,698		)
Intangible assets	(2,125		)	(1,687		)
Valuation allowance	(6,281		)	(14,165		)
Total net long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities	$	—		$	—
Total net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

Unrecognized tax benefit activity

The Company had the following unrecognized tax benefit activity (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014		2015
Unrecognized tax benefits as of beginning of fiscal year	$	406		$	188	$	210
Additions based on tax positions related to the current period positions	16			22		2
Reduction for tax positions of prior years	(1		)	—		—
Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitations	(233		)	—		—
Unrecognized tax benefits as of end of fiscal year	$	188		$	210	$	212

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications

Where appropriate, certain reclassifications were made to prior years' financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during that reporting period. Areas that require the use of significant management estimates include revenue recognition, inventory obsolescence and bad debt reserves, accruals for warranty expenses, income taxes and certain equity transactions. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid, short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Short-Term Investments

Short-Term Investments

The amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses, as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

March 31, 2014
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Cash and Cash Equivalents		Short-Term Investments
Money market funds	$	488	$	—	$	—	$	488	$	488	$	—
Bank certificate of deposit	470		—		—		470		—		470
Total	$	958	$	—	$	—	$	958	$	488	$	470
March 31, 2015
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Cash and Cash Equivalents		Short-Term Investments
Money market funds	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Bank certificate of deposit	—		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—

As of March 31, 2014 , the Company’s financial assets described in the table above were measured at cost which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investment (level 1 inputs).

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments approximate their respective fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of these instruments, or in the case of long-term, because of the interest rates currently available to the Company for similar obligations. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Valuations are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices in markets that are not active for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 — Valuations are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable

Substantially all of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from companies in the commercial, industrial and agricultural industries, as well as wholesalers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition. Generally, collateral is not required for end users; however, the payment of certain trade accounts receivable from wholesalers is secured by irrevocable standby letters of credit and/or guarantees. Accounts receivable are generally due within 30-60 days. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect from outstanding balances. The Company provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the current status of individual accounts. Balances that are still outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the allowance for doubtful accounts and a credit to accounts receivable.

Financing Receivables

Financing Receivables

The Company considers its lease balances included in consolidated current and long-term accounts receivable from its Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, sales-type leases to be financing receivables.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Financing Receivables

The Company’s allowance for credit losses is based on management’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. A considerable amount of judgment is required in order to make this assessment including a detailed analysis of the aging of the lease receivables and the current credit worthiness of the Company's customers and an analysis of historical bad debts and other adjustments. If there is a deterioration of a major customer’s credit worthiness or actual defaults are higher than historical experience, the estimate of the recoverability of amounts due could be adversely affected. The Company reviews in detail the allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis and adjusts the allowance estimate to reflect actual portfolio performance and any changes in future portfolio performance expectations.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials and components, such as ballasts, metal sheet and coil stock and molded parts; work in process inventories, such as frames and reflectors; and finished goods, including completed fixtures and systems, and wireless energy management systems and accessories, such as lamps, meters and power supplies. All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company reduces the carrying value of its inventories for differences between the cost and estimated net realizable value, taking into consideration usage in the preceding 9 to 24 months, expected demand, and other information indicating obsolescence. The Company records as a charge to cost of product revenue the amount required to reduce the carrying value of inventory to net realizable value. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had inventory obsolescence reserves of $2.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Costs associated with the procurement and warehousing of inventories, such as inbound freight charges and purchasing and receiving costs, are also included in cost of product revenue.

Deferred Contract Costs

Deferred Contract Costs

Deferred contract costs consist primarily of the costs of products delivered, and services performed, that are subject to additional performance obligations or customer acceptance. These deferred contract costs are expensed at the time the related revenue is recognized.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid insurance premiums, prepaid license fees, purchase deposits, advance payments to contractors, unbilled revenue, prepaid taxes and miscellaneous receivables.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for additions and improvements are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. Properties sold, or otherwise disposed of, are removed from the property accounts, with gains or losses on disposal credited or charged to income from operations.

The Company periodically reviews the carrying values of property and equipment for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired. The estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition are compared to the assets’ carrying amount to determine if a write down to market value is required. No write downs were recorded in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014, an impairment charge of $0.2 million was recorded. In fiscal 2015, an impairment charge of $1.0 million was recorded in connection with the assessment of carrying costs related to the wireless controls product offering.

Property and equipment were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014			March 31, 2015
Land and land improvements	$	1,480		$	1,511
Buildings and building improvements	14,405			14,441
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment	10,713			8,600
Leasehold improvements	46			148
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements	4,997			4,997
Plant equipment	10,103			11,084
Construction in progress	60			379
	41,804			41,160
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(18,669		)	(19,937		)
Net property and equipment	$	23,135		$	21,223

The Company has no equipment under capital leases.

Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, using the straight-line method.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The costs of specifically identifiable intangible assets that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually, as of January 1, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and methods:

Patents	10-17 years	Straight-line
Licenses	7-13 years	Straight-line
Customer relationships	5-8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Developed technology	8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Non-competition agreements	5 years	Straight-line

Indefinite lived intangible assets are evaluated for potential impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable based primarily upon whether expected future undiscounted cash flows are sufficient to support the asset recovery. If the actual useful life of the asset is shorter than the estimated life estimated by us, the asset may be deemed to be impaired and accordingly a write-down of the value of the asset determined by a discounted cash flow analysis or shorter amortization period may be required.

There was no change in the carrying value of goodwill during fiscal 2015 as follows (in thousands):

Balance at March 31, 2013	$	—
Acquisition	4,409
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	4,409
Impairments	—
Balance at March 31, 2015	$	4,409

As of April 1, 2014, the Company realigned its organizational structure as a result of a new business strategy. In connection with the reorganization, the Company evaluated its historical operating segments (Energy Management Division and Engineered Systems Division) in relation to GAAP and identified the following new operating segments: (i) U.S. Markets, (ii) Orion Engineered Systems, (iii) Orion Distribution Services and (iv) Corporate and Other. The new operating segments became effective, on a prospective basis, beginning April 1, 2014. The Company's operating segments are also its reporting units (for goodwill assessment purposes) and reporting segments (for financial reporting purposes). In connection with the identification of the new operating segments, the Company allocated goodwill from its historical reporting units to its new reporting units using a relative fair market approach as follows (in thousands):

	U.S. Markets		Orion Engineered Systems		Orion Distribution Services		Corporate and Other		Total
Goodwill at March 31, 2015	$	2,371	$	2,038	$	—	$	—	$	4,409

The components of, and changes in, the carrying amount of other intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014					March 31, 2015
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Patents	$	2,362	$	(784	)	$	2,447	$	(906	)
Licenses	58		(58		)	58		(58		)
Trade name and trademarks	1,942		—			1,958		—
Customer relationships	3,600		(535		)	3,600		(1,620		)
Developed technology	900		(19		)	900		(109		)
Non-competition agreements	100		(15		)	100		(35		)
Total	$	8,962	$	(1,411	)	$	9,063	$	(2,728	)

As of March 31, 2015, the weighted average useful life of intangible assets was 6.7 years. The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is shown below (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,226
Fiscal 2017	883
Fiscal 2018	607
Fiscal 2019	431
Fiscal 2020	346
Thereafter	884
	$	4,377

Amortization expense is set forth in the following table (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Amortization included in cost of sales:
Patents	$	133	$	135	$	132
Total	$	133	$	135	$	132
Amortization included in operating expenses:
Customer relationships	$	—	$	535	$	1,085
Developed technology	—		19		90
Non-competition agreements	—		15		20
Total	—		569		1,195
Total amortization	$	133	$	704	$	1,327

The Company’s management periodically reviews the carrying value of intangible assets for impairment.

Long Term Receivables

Long-Term Receivables

The Company records a long-term receivable for the non-current portion of its sales-type capital lease OTA contracts. The receivable is recorded at the net present value of the future cash flows from scheduled customer payments. The Company uses the implied cost of capital from each individual contract as the discount rate.

Also included in other long-term receivables are amounts due from a third party finance company to which the Company has sold, without recourse, the future cash flows from OTAs entered into with customers. Such receivables are recorded at the present value of the future cash flows discounted at 11.0%.

Long Term Inventories

Long-Term Inventories

As of March 31, 2014, the Company had long-term inventory for the non-current portion of its wireless controls finished goods inventory. The inventories were stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the FIFO method. As of September 30, 2014, the wireless controls inventory were deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including significant declines in unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. During fiscal 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $10.2 million related to its wireless controls inventory. Net realizable value of this remaining wireless control inventory was based on the Company's best estimate of product sales expectations, market prices and customer demand patterns.

Other Long Term Assets

Other Long-Term Assets

Other long-term assets include long-term security deposits, prepaid licensing costs, deferred costs for a long-term contract, and deferred financing costs. Other long-term assets include $33,000 and $202,000 of deferred financing costs as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Deferred financing costs related to debt issuances are amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt issue (1 to 3 years).

Accrued Expenses and Other

Accrued Expenses and Other

Accrued expenses include warranty accruals, accrued wages and benefits, accrued vacation, accrued legal costs, accrued commissions, customer deposits, accrued acquisition liabilities, accrued project costs, sales tax payable and other various unpaid expenses. Accrued expenses include $1.0 million and $1.3 million of accrued project costs as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

The Company generally offers a limited warranty of one year on its lighting products in addition to those standard warranties offered by major original equipment component manufacturers. The manufacturers’ warranties cover lamps and ballasts, which are significant components in the Company’s lighting products.

Incentive Compensation

Incentive Compensation

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2013 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance and discretionary cash bonus payments ranging from 25-100% of the fiscal 2013 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2013 of (i) target revenue of $119 million and/or (ii) target net income of $3.7 million. Revenue and net income were selected as the performance measures for the cash bonus program because they were viewed as the most critical elements to increasing the value of the Company's common stock and, therefore, to the Company's enterprise value. The compensation committee established a target bonus as a percentage of base salary for each of the named executive officers. If the Company achieved 90% of either or both the revenue and net income targets ($107 million in revenue or $3.33 million in net income), then the named executive officers would have received 50% of their target bonus for that element. If either or both of the target revenue or net income were exceeded, the named executive officers would be eligible to earn up to two times their target bonus for that element based on a sliding scale of up to 150% of the target revenue or net income. As described below, this plan was superseded by a new plan in November 2012, and, therefore, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

Effective November 9, 2012, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved a new incentive cash bonus program for the second half of fiscal 2013 in replacement of the then existing fiscal 2013 incentive bonus program described above. The new incentive cash bonus program provided a cash bonus opportunity to named executive officers and other key employees based on the Company’s relative achievement, in the second half of fiscal 2013, of target operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) and target cost containment initiatives. Under the new program, 50% of the target bonus payments were based on the Company’s relative achievement of its cost containment target of $1.48 million for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of cost containment achieved, a bonus pool of $0.167 would be earned, up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000 for all employees. The other 50% of the target bonus payments would be based on the Company achieving operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) of $500,000 for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of operating profit achieved, a bonus pool of $0.50 would be earned, up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000 for all employees. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company accrued the maximum expense related to this plan.

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2014 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus payments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2014 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2014 of at least (i) $2.0 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $88.0 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2015 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus payments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2015 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2015 of at least (i) $2.3 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $90.4 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2015, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized on the sales of our lighting and related energy efficiency systems and products when the following four criteria are met:

1. persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

2. delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer;

3. the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and

4. collectability is reasonably assured.

These four criteria are met for the Company’s product-only revenue upon delivery of the product and title passing to the customer. At that time, the Company provides for estimated costs that may be incurred for product warranties and sales returns. Revenues are presented net of sales tax and other sales related taxes.

For sales of the Company’s lighting and energy management technologies, consisting of multiple elements of revenue, such as a combination of product sales and services, the Company determines revenue by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices in accordance with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, if available, (2) third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not available, and (3) best estimate of the selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available (a description as to how the Company determined estimated selling price is provided below).

The nature of the Company’s multiple element arrangements for the sale of its lighting and energy management technologies is similar to a construction project, with materials being delivered and contracting and project management activities occurring according to an installation schedule. The significant deliverables include the shipment of products and related transfer of title and the installation.

To determine the selling price in multiple-element arrangements, the Company establishes the selling price for its HIF lighting and energy management system products using management's best estimate of the selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. Product revenue is recognized when products are shipped. For product revenue, management's best estimate of selling price is determined using a cost plus gross profit margin method. In addition, the Company records in service revenue the selling price for its installation and recycling services using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. Service revenue is recognized when services are completed and customer acceptance has been received. Recycling services provided in connection with installation entail the disposal of the customer’s legacy lighting fixtures. The Company’s service revenues, other than for installation and recycling that are completed prior to delivery of the product, are included in product revenue using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. These services include comprehensive site assessment, site field verification, utility incentive and government subsidy management, engineering design, and project management. For these services, along with the Company's installation and recycling services, under a multiple-element arrangement, management’s best estimate of selling price is determined by considering several external and internal factors including, but not limited to, economic conditions and trends, customer demand, pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, geographies in which the Company offers its products and services and internal costs. The determination of estimated selling price is made through consultation with and approval by management, taking into account all of the preceding factors.

For sales of solar photovoltaic systems, which are governed by customer contracts that require the Company to deliver functioning solar power systems and are generally completed within three to 15 months from the start of construction, the Company recognizes revenue from fixed price construction contracts using the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with ASC 605-35, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts. Under this method, revenue arising from fixed price construction contracts is recognized as work is performed based upon the percentage of incurred costs to estimated total forecasted costs. The Company has determined that the appropriate method of measuring progress on these sales is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. The percentage-of-completion method requires revenue recognition from the delivery of products to be deferred and the cost of such products to be capitalized as a deferred cost and current asset on the balance sheet. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the progress of the installation of the solar photovoltaic systems using actual costs incurred over total estimated costs to complete a project. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

The Company offers a financing program, called an Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, for a customer’s lease of the Company’s energy management systems. The OTA is structured as a sales-type lease and upon successful installation of the system and customer acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, revenue is recognized at the Company’s net investment in the lease, which typically is the net present value of the future cash flows.

The Company offers a financing program, called a power purchase agreement, or PPA, for the Company’s renewable energy product offerings. A PPA is a supply side agreement for the generation of electricity and subsequent sale to the end user. Upon the customer’s acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, product revenue is recognized on a monthly basis over the life of the PPA contract, which is typically in excess of 10 years.

Deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings, investment tax grants received related to PPAs and a separate obligation to provide maintenance on OTAs and is classified as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair value of the maintenance is readily determinable based upon pricing from third-party vendors. Deferred revenue related to maintenance services is recognized when the services are delivered, which occurs in excess of a year after the original OTA contract is executed.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company records costs incurred in connection with shipping and handling of products as cost of product revenue. Amounts billed to customers in connection with these costs are included in product revenue.

Advertising

Advertising

Advertising costs of $111,000, $28,000 and $149,000 for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, were charged to operations as incurred.

Research and Development

Research and Development

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, measured using the enacted tax rates and laws expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. Deferred income taxes also arise from the future tax benefits of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is established when management determines that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $11.7 million against its deferred tax assets.

ASC 740, Income Taxes, also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest are immaterial and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits.

Deferred tax benefits have not been recognized for income tax effects resulting from the exercise of non-qualified stock options. These benefits will be recognized in the period in which the benefits are realized as a reduction in taxes payable and an increase in additional paid-in capital.

Stock Option Plans

Stock Based Compensation

The Company’s share-based payments to employees are measured at fair value and are recognized in earnings, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Cash flows from the exercise of stock options resulting from tax benefits in excess of recognized cumulative compensation costs (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows. For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, $70,000, $13,000 and $0, respectively, of such excess tax benefits were classified as financing cash flows.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company calculates volatility based upon the historical market price of its common stock. The risk-free interest rate is the rate available as of the option date on zero-coupon U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. The expected term is based upon the vesting term of the Company’s options and expected exercise behavior. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate of unvested stock awards based on historical experience.

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC718, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. As more fully described in Note I, the Company awards non-vested restricted stock to employees, executive officers and directors. The Company did not issue any stock options during fiscal 2015.

Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and does not consider common stock equivalents.

Diluted net income (loss) per common share reflects the dilution that would occur if warrants and stock options were exercised and restricted shares vested. In the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share, the Company uses the “treasury stock” method for outstanding options, warrants and restricted shares. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for the years ended March 31, 2013, March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, because the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s cash is deposited with four financial institutions. At times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant risk on these balances.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11 ("ASU 2013-11"), “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists." ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, in the financial statements as a reduction to the deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The provisions of ASU 2013-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company applied this guidance in a prior quarter and it did not have a material impact on its statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers." This ASU is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is not permitted. Accordingly, the Company will adopt this ASU on April 1, 2017. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach to adopt this ASU and management is currently evaluating which transition approach to use. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09.

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, "Compensation - Stock Compensation" ("ASU 2014-12"). ASU 2014-12 is intended to resolve diverse accounting treatment for share based awards in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The standard is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, "Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern" ("ASU 2014-15"). ASU 2014-15 requires an entity's management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern and if those conditions exist, the required disclosures. The standard is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

STOCK OPTIONS, RESTRICTED SHARES AND WARRANTS

STOCK OPTIONS, RESTRICTED SHARES AND WARRANTS

The Company grants stock options and restricted stock under its 2003 Stock Option and 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plans (Plans). Under the terms of the Plans, the Company has reserved 13,500,000 shares for issuance to key employees, consultants and directors. The options generally vest and become exercisable ratably between one month and five years although longer and shorter vesting periods have been used in certain circumstances. Exercisability of the options granted to employees are generally contingent on the employees’ continued employment and non-vested options are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates for any reason. Options under the Plans have a maximum life of 10 years. In the past, the Company has granted both ISOs and NQSOs, although in July 2008, the Company adopted a policy of thereafter only granting NQSOs. In fiscal 2011, the Company converted all of its existing ISO awards to NQSO awards. No consideration was given to the employees for their voluntary conversion of ISO awards. Certain non-employee directors have elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation pursuant to elections made under the Company’s non-employee director compensation program. The Plans also provide to certain employees accelerated vesting in the event of certain changes of control of the Company as well as under other special circumstances.

In June 2012, the Company's compensation committee approved the issuance of restricted shares under the Plans to key employees to provide an opportunity for such employees to earn long-term equity incentive awards. In May 2013, the compensation committee of the Board of Directors changed the Company's long-term equity incentive grant policy so that only restricted shares are issued to all employees under the Plans. The restricted shares are settled in Company stock when the restriction period ends. Compensation cost for restricted shares granted to employees is recognized ratably over the vesting term, which is between three to five years. Settlement of the shares is contingent on the employees’ continued employment and non-vested shares are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates for any reason. In fiscal 2014, an aggregate of 526,663 restricted shares were granted valued at a price per share between $2.41 and $6.97, which was the closing market price as of each grant date. In fiscal 2015, an aggregate of 410,496 restricted shares were granted valued at a price per share between $4.16 and $7.23, which was the closing market price as of each grant date.

In fiscal 2013, the Company granted 30,422 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $1.62 to $2.57 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. In fiscal 2014, the Company granted 33,641 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $2.41 to $5.73 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. In fiscal 2015, the Company granted 27,931 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $4.20 to $5.23 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. Additionally, during fiscal 2013, the Company issued 3,000 shares to a consultant as part of a consulting compensation agreement. The shares were valued at $2.03 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance date.

In fiscal 2014, the Company recorded $0.2 million of stock-based compensation related to the deferred consideration for employee Harris Shareholders resulting from the Harris acquisition. The following amounts of stock-based compensation were recorded (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Cost of product revenue	$	114	$	70	$	50
General and administrative	578		1,025		1,056
Sales and marketing	451		485		360
Research and development	21		13		33
	$	1,164	$	1,593	$	1,499

The number of shares available for grant under the plans were as follows:

Available at March 31, 2012	1,406,090
Granted stock options	(1,054,876	)
Granted shares	(33,422	)
Restricted Shares	(163,750	)
Forfeited restricted shares	58,750
Forfeited stock options	1,419,986
Available at March 31, 2013	1,632,778
Granted stock options	(305,544	)
Granted shares	(33,641	)
Restricted Shares	(526,663	)
Forfeited restricted shares	69,375
Forfeited stock options	455,691
Available at March 31, 2014	1,291,996
Granted stock options	—
Granted shares	(27,931	)
Restricted shares	(410,496	)
Forfeited restricted shares	74,957
Forfeited stock options	150,074
Available at March 31, 2015	1,078,600

The following table summarizes information with respect to outstanding stock options:

	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at March 31, 2012	3,697,633		$	3.76	1.95
Granted	1,054,876		$	1.98
Exercised	(20,000	)	$	2.25
Forfeited	(1,419,986	)	$	3.26
Outstanding at March 31, 2013	3,312,523		$	3.42	1.23
Granted	305,544		$	1.98
Exercised	(446,059	)	$	2.25
Forfeited	(455,691	)	$	3.26
Outstanding at March 31, 2014	2,716,317		$	3.43	1.32
Granted	—		$	—
Exercised	(139,407	)	$	2.46
Forfeited	(150,074	)	$	3.13
Outstanding at March 31, 2015	2,426,836		$	3.50	—	$	1,231,344
Exercisable at March 31, 2015	1,844,994					$	740,802

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices on outstanding stock options at March 31, 2015:

	March 31, 2015
	Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price	Vested	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$1.62 - 2.25	781,276	5.88	$1.99	456,551	$2.01
$2.41 - 2.75	436,144	7.18	2.47	285,432	2.46
$2.86 - 4.28	773,459	4.98	3.43	667,054	3.46
$4.49 - 4.76	44,400	2.19	4.63	44,400	4.63
$5.35 - 6.05	218,706	3.99	5.46	218,706	5.46
$9.00	43,000	2.61	9.00	43,000	9.00
$10.14 - 11.61	129,851	3.05	10.99	129,851	10.99
	2,426,836	5.38	$3.50	1,844,994	$3.87

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, which is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock options and the fair value of the Company’s closing common stock price of $3.14 as of March 31, 2015.

Unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested common stock-based compensation as of March 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,277
Fiscal 2017	902
Fiscal 2018	487
Fiscal 2019	201
Fiscal 2020	22
Thereafter	—
	$	2,889
Remaining weighted average expected term	3.5 years

During fiscal 2015, the Company granted restricted shares as follows (which are included in the above stock plan activity tables):

Balance at March 31, 2014	539,204
Shares issued	410,496
Shares vested	(170,055		)
Shares forfeited	(74,957		)
Shares outstanding at March 31, 2015	704,688
Per share price on grant date	$4.16-7.23
Compensation expense	$	1,034,945

As of March 31, 2015, the weighted average grant-date fair value of restricted shares granted was $4.63.

The Company previously issued warrants in connection with various stock offerings and services rendered. The warrants granted the holder the option to purchase common stock at specified prices for a specified period of time. No warrants were issued in fiscal 2013, 2014 or 2015. During fiscal 2015, all warrants outstanding for a total of 38,980 shares were exercised at $2.25 per share, and as a result, none remaining outstanding.

A summary of warrant activity is as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at March 31, 2012	38,980		$	2.25
Issued	—		—
Exercised	—		$	—
Cancelled	—		$	—
Outstanding at March 31, 2013	38,980		$	2.25
Issued	—		—
Exercised	—		—
Cancelled	—		—
Outstanding at March 31, 2014	38,980		$	2.25
Issued	—		—
Exercised	(38,980	)	2.25
Cancelled	—		—
Outstanding at March 31, 2015	—		$	—

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Details Textual) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended			30 Months Ended
	Feb. 20, 2015	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Nov. 30, 2011	Oct. 31, 2011	Mar. 31, 2014	Aug. 31, 2010	Feb. 15, 2009
Equity, Class of Treasury Stock [Line Items]
Issuance of common stock for cash, net of issuance costs, shares	5,460,000
Offering price, per share	$ 3.50
Issuance of common stock for cash, net of issuance costs	$ 17,500,000	$ 17,465,000	$ 0	$ 0
Repurchase of common stock into treasury		0	0	6,007,000
Right issue share price (USD per share)										$ 30.00
Minimum subscription percentage		20.00%
Number of business days to trigger a distribution date		10 days
Share acquisition percentage		50.00%
Prior to a person becoming an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Company's redemption Rate (USD per share)										$ 0.001
Employee stock purchase plan, shares authorized									2,500,000
Maximum amount limit for ESPP per employee		20,000
Purchase price to market price matching percentage		100.00%
Sec 16 Officers limit percentage on ESPP based on annual income		20.00%
Sec 16 officers maximum limit on ESPP in amounts		250,000
Period of Interest on Loans		10 years
October 2011
Equity, Class of Treasury Stock [Line Items]
Stock repurchase program, authorized amount					7,500,000	2,500,000	1,000,000
Treasury stock purchase, shares								3,000,000
Repurchase of common stock into treasury								$ 6,800,000

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases vehicles and equipment under operating leases expiring at various dates through 2021. Rent expense under operating leases was $1,613,000, $1,238,000 and $398,000 for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Total annual commitments under non-cancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year at March 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	265
Fiscal 2017	159
Fiscal 2018	96
Thereafter	—
	$	520

Purchase Commitments

The Company enters into non-cancellable purchase commitments for certain inventory items in order to secure better pricing and ensure materials on hand and capital expenditures. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had entered into $4.3 million of purchase commitments related to fiscal 2016 for inventory purchases.

Retirement Savings Plan

The Company sponsors a tax deferred retirement savings plan that permits eligible employees to contribute varying percentages of their compensation up to the limit allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. This plan also provides for discretionary Company contributions. In fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, the Company made matching contributions of approximately $8,000, $26,000 and $23,000, respectively.

Litigation

The Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date hereof, the Company is unable to currently assess whether the final resolution of any of such claims or legal proceedings may have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition to ordinary-course litigation, the Company is a party to the proceedings described below.

On March 27, 2014, the Company was named as a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed by Neal R. Verfuerth, the Company's former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Green Bay Division). The plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the Company breached certain agreements entered into with the plaintiff, including the plaintiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified pecuniary and compensatory damages, fees and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper. On November 4, 2014, the court granted the Company's motion to dismiss six of the plaintiff's claims. On January 9, 2015, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint re-alleging claims that were dismissed by the court, including, among other things, a retaliation claim and certain claims with respect to prior management agreements and certain intellectual property rights. On January 22, 2015, the Company filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike certain of the claims made in the amended complaint. On May 18, 2015, the court dismissed the intellectual property claims re-alleged in the January 9, 2015 amended complaint. The Company believes that it has substantial legal and factual defenses to the claims and allegations remaining in the case and that the Company will prevail in this proceeding. The Company intends to continue to defend against the claims vigorously. Based upon the current status of the lawsuit, the Company is currently unable to estimate any potential adverse impact on the Company from the plaintiff's claims and the Company does not believe the lawsuit will have a material adverse impact on its future continuing results of operations.

On May 29, 2014, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) filed a claim against the Company alleging certain violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) with regard to an employee. In addition, on August 20, 2014, the EEOC filed a claim against the Company alleging certain violations of the ADA with respect to the Company's wellness program. The Company does not believe these claims will have a material adverse impact on its future results of operations.

State Tax Assessment

The Company is currently negotiating a settlement with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue with respect to an assessment regarding the proper classification of the Company’s products for tax purposes under Wisconsin law. The issue under review is whether the installation of the Company’s lighting systems is considered a real property construction activity under Wisconsin law. The Company currently expects to resolve this matter with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue in fiscal 2016.

XML

Shareholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock Transactions

On February 20, 2015, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 5.46 million shares of its common stock, at an offering price to public of $3.50 per share. Net proceeds of the offering approximated $17.5 million.

Share Repurchase Program and Treasury Stock

In October 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $1.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In November 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase to the share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $2.5 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In April 2012, the Company's Board approved another increase to the share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $7.5 million of the Company's outstanding common stock. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had repurchased 3.0 million shares of common stock at a cost of $6.8 million under the program. The Company did not repurchase any shares in fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2015 and does not intend to repurchase any additional common stock under this program in the near-term.

Shareholder Rights Plan

On January 7, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a shareholder rights plan and declared a dividend distribution of one common share purchase right (Right) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock. The issuance date for the distribution of the Rights was February 15, 2009 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2009. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $30.00 per share, subject to adjustment (Purchase Price).

The Rights will not be exercisable (and will be transferable only with the Company’s common stock) until a “Distribution Date” occurs (or the Rights are earlier redeemed or expire). A Distribution Date generally will occur on the earlier of a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (Acquiring Person) has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock (Shares Acquisition Date) or 10 business days after the commencement of, or the announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in any such person or group of persons acquiring such beneficial ownership.

If a person becomes an Acquiring Person, holders of Rights (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) will have the right to receive that number of shares of the Company’s common stock having a market value of two times the then-current Purchase Price, and all Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person, or by certain related parties or transferees, will be null and void. If, after a Shares Acquisition Date, the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold, proper provision will be made so that each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) will thereafter have the right to receive that number of shares of the acquiring company’s common stock which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the then-current Purchase Price.

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a shareholder of the Company. At any time prior to a person becoming an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001 per Right. Unless they are extended or earlier redeemed or exchanged, the Rights will expire on January 7, 2019.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In August 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved a non-compensatory employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP. The ESPP authorizes 2,500,000 million shares to be issued from treasury or authorized shares to satisfy employee share purchases under the ESPP. All full-time employees of the Company are eligible to be granted a non-transferable purchase right each calendar quarter to purchase directly from the Company up to $20,000 of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price equal to 100% of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE MKT exchange on the last trading day of each quarter. The ESPP allows for employee loans from the Company, except for Section 16 officers, limited to 20% of an individual’s annual income and no more than $250,000 outstanding at any one time. Interest on the loans is charged at the 10-year loan IRS rate and is payable at the end of each calendar year or upon loan maturity. The loans are secured by a pledge of any and all the Company’s shares purchased by the participant under the ESPP and the Company has full recourse against the employee, including offset against compensation payable. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had halted the loan program. The Company had the following shares issued from treasury during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015:

	As of March 31, 2014
	Shares Issued Under ESPP Plan	Closing Market Price	Shares Issued Under Loan Program	Dollar Value of Loans Issued		Repayment of Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 2013	990	$2.48	—	$	—	$	823
Quarter Ended September 30, 2013	702	$3.76	—	—		118,309
Quarter Ended December 31, 2013	319	$6.80	—	—		94,300
Quarter Ended March 31, 2014	362	$7.25	—	—		1,677
Total	2,373	$2.48 - 7.25	—	$	—	$	215,109
	As of March 31, 2015
	Shares Issued Under ESPP Plan	Closing Market Price	Shares Issued Under Loan Program	Dollar Value of Loans Issued		Repayment of Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 2014	383	$4.07	—	$	—	$	9,600
Quarter Ended September 30, 2014	322	$5.35	—	—		1,000
Quarter Ended December 31, 2014	289	$5.41	—	—		—
Quarter Ended March 31, 2015	492	$3.14	—	—		35,400
Total	1,486	$3.14 - 5.41	—	$	—	$	46,000

Loans issued to employees are reflected on the Company’s balance sheet as a contra-equity account.

XML

Segment Data

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

SEGMENT DATA

SEGMENT DATA

Beginning in fiscal 2015, the Company reorganized its business into the following business segments: U.S. markets, Orion engineered systems and Orion distribution services. The accounting policies are the same for each business segment as they are on a consolidated basis. Historically, sales of all of the Company's lighting products and the related costs were included in its energy management division.

The descriptions of the Company’s segments and their summary financial information are presented below.

U.S. Markets

The U.S. Markets Division sells lighting solutions into the wholesale markets.

Engineered Systems

The Engineered Systems Division sells lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. The Engineered Systems Division also completes the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects.

Distribution Services

The Distribution Services Division sells lighting products internationally and is developing a network of broad line distributors.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other is comprised of operating expenses not directly allocated to the Company’s segments and adjustments to reconcile to consolidated results, which primarily include intercompany eliminations.

	Revenues						Operating (Loss) Profit
	For the year ended March 31,						For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2014		2015		2013			2014			2015
Segments:
U.S. Markets	$	30,262	$	38,766	$	37,778	$	110		$	(1,012	)	$	(12,542	)
Engineered Systems	55,824		49,857		33,454		806			1,260			(12,431		)
Distribution Services	—		—		978		—						(455		)
Corporate and Other	—		—		—		(7,520		)	(8,591		)	(6,508		)
	$	86,086	$	88,623	$	72,210	$	(6,604	)	$	(8,343	)	$	(31,936	)
	Depreciation and Amortization						Capital Expenditures
	For the year ended March 31,						For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2014		2015		2013			2014			2015
Segments:
U.S. Markets	$	1,774	$	2,667	$	1,711	$	993		$	276		$	626
Engineered Systems	249		302		1,404		50			—			495
Distribution Services	—		—		32		—			—			40
Corporate and Other	2,554		1,569		1,036		1,116			134			845
	$	4,577	$	4,538	$	4,183	$	2,159		$	410		$	2,006

	Total Assets				Deferred Revenue
(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015		March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015
Segments:
U.S. Markets	$	36,340	$	27,769	$	244	$	157
Engineered Systems	28,309		27,435		1,686		1,363
Distribution Services	—		261		—		—
Corporate and Other	34,291		32,340		—		—
	$	98,940	$	87,805	$	1,930	$	1,520

The Company’s revenue and long-lived assets outside the United States are insignificant.

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants (Schedule of Shares Available for Grant) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Available for Grant [Roll Forward]
Number of shares available for grant, beginning of period	1,291,996	1,632,778	1,406,090
Granted shares	(27,931)	(33,641)	(33,422)
Number of shares available for grant, end of period	1,078,600	1,291,996	1,632,778
Common stock options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Available for Grant [Roll Forward]
Granted stock options	0	(305,544)	(1,054,876)
Forfeited	150,074	455,691	1,419,986
Restricted shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Available for Grant [Roll Forward]
Restricted Shares	(410,496)	(526,663)	(163,750)
Forfeited	74,957	69,375	58,750

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants (Summary of Exercise Price Range) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Outstanding	2,426,836	2,716,317	3,312,523	3,697,633
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	5 years 4 months 17 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 3.50	$ 3.43	$ 3.42	$ 3.76
Vested	1,844,994
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 3.87
$1.62 - 2.25
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 1.62
Exercise Price Range, Upper Range Limit	$ 2.25
Outstanding	781,276
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	5 years 10 months 17 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.99
Vested	456,551
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 2.01
$2.41 - 2.75
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 2.41
Exercise Price Range, Upper Range Limit	$ 2.75
Outstanding	436,144
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	7 years 2 months 5 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 2.47
Vested	285,432
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 2.46
$2.86 - 4.28
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 2.86
Exercise Price Range, Upper Range Limit	$ 4.28
Outstanding	773,459
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	4 years 11 months 23 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 3.43
Vested	667,054
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 3.46
$4.49 - 4.76
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 4.49
Exercise Price Range, Upper Range Limit	$ 4.76
Outstanding	44,400
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	2 years 2 months 9 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 4.63
Vested	44,400
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 4.63
$5.35 - 6.05
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 5.35
Exercise Price Range, Upper Range Limit	$ 6.05
Outstanding	218,706
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	3 years 11 months 27 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.46
Vested	218,706
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.46
$9.00
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 9.00
Outstanding	43,000
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	2 years 7 months 10 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 9.00
Vested	43,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 9.00
$10.14 - 11.61
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Range, Lower Range Limit	$ 10.14
Exercise Price Range, Upper Range Limit	$ 11.61
Outstanding	129,851
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	3 years 0 months 18 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 10.99
Vested	129,851
Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 10.99
Restricted shares
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 4.63
Restricted shares | Minimum
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 4.16
Restricted shares | Maximum
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 7.23

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants (Stock-based Compensation) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Stock-based compensation
Compensation expense	$ 1,499,000	$ 1,593,000	$ 1,164,000
Cost of product revenue
Stock-based compensation
Compensation expense	50,000	70,000	114,000
General and administrative
Stock-based compensation
Compensation expense	1,056,000	1,025,000	578,000
Sales and marketing
Stock-based compensation
Compensation expense	360,000	485,000	451,000
Research and development
Stock-based compensation
Compensation expense	33,000	13,000	21,000
Harris
Stock-based compensation
Compensation expense		$ 200,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount	$ 9,063	$ 8,962
Accumulated Amortization	(2,728)	(1,411)
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	6 years 8 months 12 days
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Amortization Expense
Fiscal 2016	1,226
Fiscal 2017	883
Fiscal 2018	607
Fiscal 2019	431
Fiscal 2020	346
Thereafter	884
Total	4,377
Amortization expense	1,327	704	133
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, beginning of period	4,409	0
Acquisition		4,409
Impairments	0
Goodwill, end of period	4,409	4,409	0
Cost of Sales
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Amortization Expense
Amortization expense	132	135	133
Operating Expenses
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Amortization Expense
Amortization expense	1,195	569	0
Patents
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount	2,447	2,362
Accumulated Amortization	(906)	(784)
Patents | Cost of Sales
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Amortization Expense
Amortization expense	132	135	133
Patents | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	10 years
Patents | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	17 years
Licenses
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount	58	58
Accumulated Amortization	(58)	(58)
Licenses | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	7 years
Licenses | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	13 years
Trade name and trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount	1,958	1,942
Accumulated Amortization	0	0
Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount	3,600	3,600
Accumulated Amortization	(1,620)	(535)
Customer relationships | Operating Expenses
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Amortization Expense
Amortization expense	1,085	535	0
Customer relationships | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	5 years
Customer relationships | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	8 years
Developed technology
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount	900	900
Accumulated Amortization	(109)	(19)
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	8 years
Developed technology | Operating Expenses
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Amortization Expense
Amortization expense	90	19	0
Non-competition agreements
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount	100	100
Accumulated Amortization	(35)	(15)
Intangible assets, estimated economic useful life	5 years
Non-competition agreements | Operating Expenses
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Amortization Expense
Amortization expense	20	15	0
U.S. Markets
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, end of period	2,371
Engineered Systems
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, end of period	2,038
Distribution Services
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, end of period	0
Corporate and Other
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, end of period	$ 0

XML

Long-Term Debt (All Other Debt) (Details) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended
	Feb. 28, 2011	Mar. 31, 2015 contract	Nov. 06, 2014	Jul. 01, 2013	Sep. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Dec. 31, 2014	Nov. 30, 2007	Jan. 31, 2011
Harris seller's note
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, face amount				$ 3,100,000
Stated interest rate, percentage		4.00%
September 2010 OTA Finance Program
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, face amount					2,400,000
Stated interest rate, percentage		7.00%
Repayments of the outstanding notes payable	1,300,000
Prepayment penalty recorded	33,000
Number of supporting individual OTA customer contracts		12
March 2011 OTA Finance Program
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, face amount						900,000
Stated interest rate, percentage		7.00%
Number of supporting individual OTA customer contracts		3
Monthly principal and interest payment		20,900
June 2011 OTA Finance Program
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, face amount							2,800,000
Stated interest rate, percentage		7.85%
Number of supporting individual OTA customer contracts		40
First mortgage note payable
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Monthly principal and interest payment		10,000
Long-term Debt								500,000
Spread on basis rate (percentage)		2.25%
Effective interest rate, percentage		5.50%
Debenture payable
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Monthly principal and interest payment		8,000
Effective interest rate, percentage		4.94%
Agreement for Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with Local City Government
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, face amount									750,000
Stated interest rate, percentage		4.90%
Monthly principal and interest payment		11,000
Agreement with Wisconsin Department of Commerce
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, face amount					300,000
Stated interest rate, percentage		2.00%
Monthly principal and interest payment		4,600
Period of time without interest accruing or principal payments due		2 years
Amended Agreement for Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with Local City Government
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, face amount										200,000
Stated interest rate, percentage		2.1125%
Monthly principal and interest payment		3,600
Promissory Note from State Government
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate, percentage		2.00%
Monthly principal and interest payment		3,400
Minimum | June 2011 OTA Finance Program
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, covenant compliance, aggregate amount of all remaining scheduled payments due of individual OTA contracts versus remaining principal and interest payments due		1.25
December 2014 OTA Finance Program | De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc. | Secured Debt
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate, percentage		8.36%
Secured Debt								400,000
Number of individual OTA customer contracts		25
Revolving credit facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Borrowings by the company under credit agreement		0
Revolving credit facility | JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. | Revolving credit facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity		15,000,000
Maximum borrowing capacity before subject to borrowing base requirements		5,000,000
Revolving credit facility | September 2011 OTA Finance Program | JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity		5,000,000
Period of time from commitment date to borrow (in years)		1 year
Extinguishment of Debt, Amount			467,000
Borrowings by the company under credit agreement			$ 0

XML

Acquisition (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Consideration Paid and the Preliminary Fair Value Allocation of the Purchase Price

The following table summarizes the consideration paid to the Harris Shareholders and the fair value allocation of the purchase price (in thousands):

Consideration paid to Harris Shareholders:
Cash	$	5,000
Seller provided debt	3,124
Shares of Company common stock	2,065
Contingent consideration arrangement	612
Total consideration paid	$	10,801
Cash and cash equivalents	$	8
Accounts receivable, net	2,215
Inventories	1,633
Other current assets	86
Property, plant and equipment	117
Deferred tax asset	141
Identifiable intangible assets:
Customer relationships	3,600
Non-competition agreement	100
Developed technology	900
Trade name and trademarks	1,900
Accounts payable	(1,519		)
Deferred tax liabilities	(2,263		)
Accrued and other liabilities	(526		)
Total identifiable net assets	6,392
Goodwill	4,409
	$	10,801

Identifiable Intangible Assets Acquired

The separately identifiable intangible assets acquired that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and methods:

Customer relationships	5-8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Developed technology	8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Non-competition agreements	5 years	Straight-line
Trade name and trademarks	N/A	Indefinite life

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Results of Operations

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, are based on the historical financial statements of the Company and Harris giving effect to the business combination as if it had occurred at the beginning of the period presented. Therefore, this pro forma data has been adjusted to include amortization of purchased intangible assets and interest on the promissory note delivered as part of the purchase price during the entire applicable periods. Additionally, the tax benefit of $2.3 million recorded during the year ended March 31, 2014 was eliminated and the tax benefit was recorded during the year ended March 31, 2013. This data is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been generated if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods. Moreover, this data is not intended to be indicative of future results of operations (in thousands, other than per share data).

	Acquisition of Harris Pro Forma Results of Operations
	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014
Revenue	$	102,198		$	92,868
Net loss available to common shareholders	(7,489		)	(9,111		)
Loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.36	)	$	(0.43	)
Diluted	(0.36		)	(0.43		)

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock-based compensation

The following amounts of stock-based compensation were recorded (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Cost of product revenue	$	114	$	70	$	50
General and administrative	578		1,025		1,056
Sales and marketing	451		485		360
Research and development	21		13		33
	$	1,164	$	1,593	$	1,499

Number of shares available for grant

The number of shares available for grant under the plans were as follows:

Available at March 31, 2012	1,406,090
Granted stock options	(1,054,876	)
Granted shares	(33,422	)
Restricted Shares	(163,750	)
Forfeited restricted shares	58,750
Forfeited stock options	1,419,986
Available at March 31, 2013	1,632,778
Granted stock options	(305,544	)
Granted shares	(33,641	)
Restricted Shares	(526,663	)
Forfeited restricted shares	69,375
Forfeited stock options	455,691
Available at March 31, 2014	1,291,996
Granted stock options	—
Granted shares	(27,931	)
Restricted shares	(410,496	)
Forfeited restricted shares	74,957
Forfeited stock options	150,074
Available at March 31, 2015	1,078,600

Summary of outstanding stock options

The following table summarizes information with respect to outstanding stock options:

	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at March 31, 2012	3,697,633		$	3.76	1.95
Granted	1,054,876		$	1.98
Exercised	(20,000	)	$	2.25
Forfeited	(1,419,986	)	$	3.26
Outstanding at March 31, 2013	3,312,523		$	3.42	1.23
Granted	305,544		$	1.98
Exercised	(446,059	)	$	2.25
Forfeited	(455,691	)	$	3.26
Outstanding at March 31, 2014	2,716,317		$	3.43	1.32
Granted	—		$	—
Exercised	(139,407	)	$	2.46
Forfeited	(150,074	)	$	3.13
Outstanding at March 31, 2015	2,426,836		$	3.50	—	$	1,231,344
Exercisable at March 31, 2015	1,844,994					$	740,802

Schedule of range of exercise prices

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices on outstanding stock options at March 31, 2015:

	March 31, 2015
	Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price	Vested	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$1.62 - 2.25	781,276	5.88	$1.99	456,551	$2.01
$2.41 - 2.75	436,144	7.18	2.47	285,432	2.46
$2.86 - 4.28	773,459	4.98	3.43	667,054	3.46
$4.49 - 4.76	44,400	2.19	4.63	44,400	4.63
$5.35 - 6.05	218,706	3.99	5.46	218,706	5.46
$9.00	43,000	2.61	9.00	43,000	9.00
$10.14 - 11.61	129,851	3.05	10.99	129,851	10.99
	2,426,836	5.38	$3.50	1,844,994	$3.87

Schedule of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested awards

Unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested common stock-based compensation as of March 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,277
Fiscal 2017	902
Fiscal 2018	487
Fiscal 2019	201
Fiscal 2020	22
Thereafter	—
	$	2,889
Remaining weighted average expected term	3.5 years

Summary of restricted shares granted

During fiscal 2015, the Company granted restricted shares as follows (which are included in the above stock plan activity tables):

Balance at March 31, 2014	539,204
Shares issued	410,496
Shares vested	(170,055		)
Shares forfeited	(74,957		)
Shares outstanding at March 31, 2015	704,688
Per share price on grant date	$4.16-7.23
Compensation expense	$	1,034,945

Warrants outstanding rollforward

A summary of warrant activity is as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at March 31, 2012	38,980		$	2.25
Issued	—		—
Exercised	—		$	—
Cancelled	—		$	—
Outstanding at March 31, 2013	38,980		$	2.25
Issued	—		—
Exercised	—		—
Cancelled	—		—
Outstanding at March 31, 2014	38,980		$	2.25
Issued	—		—
Exercised	(38,980	)	2.25
Cancelled	—		—
Outstanding at March 31, 2015	—		$	—

XML

Long-Term Debt (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Long-term debt
Long-term Debt	$ 5,054	$ 6,601
Less current maturities	(1,832)	(3,450)
Long-term debt, less current maturities	3,222	3,151
Revolving credit facility
Long-term debt
Long-term Debt	2,500	0
Harris seller's note
Long-term debt
Long-term Debt	1,607	2,624
Customer equipment finance notes payable
Long-term debt
Long-term Debt	827	2,331
First mortgage note payable
Long-term debt
Long-term Debt	0	607
Debenture payable
Long-term debt
Long-term Debt	0	675
Other long-term debt
Long-term debt
Long-term Debt	$ 120	$ 364

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Concentration Risk) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015 customer	Mar. 31, 2014 customer	Mar. 31, 2013 customer
Sales | Customer Concentration Risk
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration Risk, Number of Entities Involved in Risk Calculation	1	1	0
Concentration risk, percentage	12.00%	23.00%
Accounts Receivable | Customer Concentration Risk
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration Risk, Number of Entities Involved in Risk Calculation	0	0
U.S. Markets | Cost of Goods | Supplier Concentration Risk
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration Risk, Number of Entities Involved in Risk Calculation	0	0	0

XML

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Total USD ($)	Common Stock, Shares	Common Stock, Additional Paid-in Capital USD ($)	Treasury Stock USD ($)	Shareholder Notes Receivable USD ($)	Retained Earnings (Deficit) USD ($)
Shareholders' equity, beginning of period at Mar. 31, 2012	$ 92,769		$ 126,753	$ (32,470)	$ (221)	$ (1,293)
Common stock shares, at beginning of period at Mar. 31, 2012		22,785,258
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of stock and warrants for services, shares		33,422
Issuance of stock and warrants for services	71		71
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash, shares		20,000
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash	45		45
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan, shares		47,598
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	13		1	94	(82)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	70		70
Collection of shareholder notes receivable	38				38
Stock-based compensation	1,164		1,164
Treasury stock purchase, shares		(2,723,881)
Treasury stock purchase	(6,002)			(6,002)
Net income (loss)	(10,399)					(10,399)
Shareholders' equity, end of period at Mar. 31, 2013	77,769		128,104	(38,378)	(265)	(11,692)
Common stock shares, at end of period at Mar. 31, 2013		20,162,397
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of stock and warrants for services, shares		33,641
Issuance of stock and warrants for services	129		129
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash, shares		446,059
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash	1,152		1,152
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan, shares	2,373	2,373
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	6		(4)	10
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	13		13
Collection of shareholder notes receivable	215				215
Stock-based compensation, shares		23,084
Stock-based compensation	1,593		1,593
Treasury stock purchase, shares		(20,168)
Treasury stock purchase	(48)			(48)
Net income (loss)	(6,199)					(6,199)
Shareholders' equity, end of period at Mar. 31, 2014	77,012		130,987	(36,034)	(50)	(17,891)
Common stock shares, at end of period at Mar. 31, 2014	21,588,326	21,588,326
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Issuance of common stock for cash, net of issuance costs, shares		5,462,500
Issuance of common stock for cash, net of issuance costs	17,465		17,465
Issuance of stock and warrants for services, shares		27,931
Issuance of stock and warrants for services	131		131
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash, shares		178,387
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash	430		430
Stock activity for acquisition, shares		940,940
Stock activity for acquisition	2,382			2,382
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan, shares	1,486	1,486
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	11		4	7
Collection of shareholder notes receivable	46				46
Stock-based compensation, shares		170,055
Stock-based compensation	1,499		1,499
Treasury stock purchase, shares		(7,152)
Treasury stock purchase	(22)			(22)
Net income (loss)	(32,061)					(32,061)
Shareholders' equity, end of period at Mar. 31, 2015	$ 64,511		$ 150,516	$ (36,049)	$ (4)	$ (49,952)
Common stock shares, at end of period at Mar. 31, 2015	27,421,533	27,421,533

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During fiscal 2013, the Company purchased goods and services from an entity in the amount of $40,000, for which a director of the Company serves as a member of the board of directors. During fiscal 2014 and 2015, the Company purchased goods and services from an entity in the amount of $20,000 and $38,000, respectively, for which a director of the Company serves as a minority owner and chairman of the board of directors.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details Textual) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Long-term Purchase Commitment [Line Items]
Rent expense under operating leases	$ 398,000	$ 1,238,000	$ 1,613,000
Discretionary Company contributions to retirement savings plan	23,000	26,000	8,000
Inventories
Long-term Purchase Commitment [Line Items]
Purchase commitments	$ 4,300,000

XML

Stock Options, Restricted Shares and Warrants (Outstanding Warrants) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Class of Warrant or Right, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Number of Shares Outstanding, Beginning of period	38,980	38,980	38,980
Number of Shares Outstanding, Issued	0	0	0
Number of Shares Outstanding, Exercised	(38,980)	0	0
Number of Shares Outstanding, Cancelled	0	0	0
Number of Shares Outstanding, End of period	0	38,980	38,980
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Beginning of Period (USD per share)	2.25	2.25	2.25
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Issued (USD per share)	0.00	0.00	0.00
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Exercised (USD per share)	2.25	0.00	0.00
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Cancelled (USD per share)	0.00	0.00	0.00
Weighted Average Exercise Price, End of Period (USD per share)	0.00	2.25	2.25

XML

Segment Data (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of segment information

Corporate and Other is comprised of operating expenses not directly allocated to the Company’s segments and adjustments to reconcile to consolidated results, which primarily include intercompany eliminations.

	Revenues						Operating (Loss) Profit
	For the year ended March 31,						For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2014		2015		2013			2014			2015
Segments:
U.S. Markets	$	30,262	$	38,766	$	37,778	$	110		$	(1,012	)	$	(12,542	)
Engineered Systems	55,824		49,857		33,454		806			1,260			(12,431		)
Distribution Services	—		—		978		—						(455		)
Corporate and Other	—		—		—		(7,520		)	(8,591		)	(6,508		)
	$	86,086	$	88,623	$	72,210	$	(6,604	)	$	(8,343	)	$	(31,936	)
	Depreciation and Amortization						Capital Expenditures
	For the year ended March 31,						For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2014		2015		2013			2014			2015
Segments:
U.S. Markets	$	1,774	$	2,667	$	1,711	$	993		$	276		$	626
Engineered Systems	249		302		1,404		50			—			495
Distribution Services	—		—		32		—			—			40
Corporate and Other	2,554		1,569		1,036		1,116			134			845
	$	4,577	$	4,538	$	4,183	$	2,159		$	410		$	2,006

	Total Assets				Deferred Revenue
(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015		March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015
Segments:
U.S. Markets	$	36,340	$	27,769	$	244	$	157
Engineered Systems	28,309		27,435		1,686		1,363
Distribution Services	—		261		—		—
Corporate and Other	34,291		32,340		—		—
	$	98,940	$	87,805	$	1,930	$	1,520

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Stock Option Assumptions) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Weighted average expected term		4 years 1 month	5 years 6 months
Risk-free interest rate		0.80%	0.80%
Expected volatility		73.30%
Expected volatility, minimum			72.50%
Expected volatility, maximum			74.40%
Expected forfeiture rate	20.30%	20.30%	21.40%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses

The amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses, as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

March 31, 2014
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Cash and Cash Equivalents		Short-Term Investments
Money market funds	$	488	$	—	$	—	$	488	$	488	$	—
Bank certificate of deposit	470		—		—		470		—		470
Total	$	958	$	—	$	—	$	958	$	488	$	470
March 31, 2015
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Cash and Cash Equivalents		Short-Term Investments
Money market funds	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Bank certificate of deposit	—		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—

Credit quality of the Company's financing receivables using Aging Analysis

Additional disclosures on the credit quality of the Company’s financing receivables are as follows:

Age Analysis as of March 31, 2014 (in thousands):

	Not Past Due			1-90 days past due			Greater than 90 days past due			Total past due			Total sales-type leases
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	$	2,067		$	137		$	149		$	286		$	2,353
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	1,662			—			—			—			1,662
Total gross sales-type leases	3,729			137			149			286			4,015
Allowance	(3		)	(3		)	(88		)	(91		)	(94		)
Total net sales-type leases	$	3,726		$	134		$	61		$	195		$	3,921

Age Analysis as of March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	Not Past Due			1-90 days past due			Greater than 90 days past due			Total past due			Total sales-type leases
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current	$	1,346		$	47		$	186		$	233		$	1,579
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term	398			—			—			—			398
Total gross sales-type leases	1,744			47			186			233			1,977
Allowance	(12		)	(3		)	(141		)	(144		)	(156		)
Total net sales-type leases	$	1,732		$	44		$	45		$	89		$	1,821

Allowance for Credit Losses on Financing Receivables

The Company’s provision for write-offs and credit losses against the OTA sales-type lease receivable balances in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, was as follows:

		Balance at beginning of period		Provisions charged to expense		Write offs and other		Balance at end of period
March 31,		(in Thousands)
2014	Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables	$	74	$	96	$	76	$	94
2015	Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables	$	94	$	62	$	—	$	156

Inventories

Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014		March 31, 2015
Raw materials and components	$	6,894	$	8,474
Work in process	880		1,588
Finished goods	4,016		4,221
	$	11,790	$	14,283

Property and equipment

Property and equipment were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014			March 31, 2015
Land and land improvements	$	1,480		$	1,511
Buildings and building improvements	14,405			14,441
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment	10,713			8,600
Leasehold improvements	46			148
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements	4,997			4,997
Plant equipment	10,103			11,084
Construction in progress	60			379
	41,804			41,160
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(18,669		)	(19,937		)
Net property and equipment	$	23,135		$	21,223

Depreciable lives by asset category are as follows:

Land improvements	10-15 years
Buildings and building improvements	3-39 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment	2-10 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of asset life or life of lease
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements	20 years
Plant equipment	3-10 years

Schedule of Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The components of, and changes in, the carrying amount of other intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2014					March 31, 2015
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Patents	$	2,362	$	(784	)	$	2,447	$	(906	)
Licenses	58		(58		)	58		(58		)
Trade name and trademarks	1,942		—			1,958		—
Customer relationships	3,600		(535		)	3,600		(1,620		)
Developed technology	900		(19		)	900		(109		)
Non-competition agreements	100		(15		)	100		(35		)
Total	$	8,962	$	(1,411	)	$	9,063	$	(2,728	)

Amortization expense is set forth in the following table (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Amortization included in cost of sales:
Patents	$	133	$	135	$	132
Total	$	133	$	135	$	132
Amortization included in operating expenses:
Customer relationships	$	—	$	535	$	1,085
Developed technology	—		19		90
Non-competition agreements	—		15		20
Total	—		569		1,195
Total amortization	$	133	$	704	$	1,327

Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and methods:

Patents	10-17 years	Straight-line
Licenses	7-13 years	Straight-line
Customer relationships	5-8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Developed technology	8 years	Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Non-competition agreements	5 years	Straight-line

The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is shown below (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	1,226
Fiscal 2017	883
Fiscal 2018	607
Fiscal 2019	431
Fiscal 2020	346
Thereafter	884
	$	4,377

There was no change in the carrying value of goodwill during fiscal 2015 as follows (in thousands):

Balance at March 31, 2013	$	—
Acquisition	4,409
Balance at March 31, 2014	$	4,409
Impairments	—
Balance at March 31, 2015	$	4,409

Schedule of Goodwill

In connection with the identification of the new operating segments, the Company allocated goodwill from its historical reporting units to its new reporting units using a relative fair market approach as follows (in thousands):

	U.S. Markets		Orion Engineered Systems		Orion Distribution Services		Corporate and Other		Total
Goodwill at March 31, 2015	$	2,371	$	2,038	$	—	$	—	$	4,409

Due from the third party finance company in future periods

As of March 31, 2015, the following amounts were due from the third party finance company in future periods (in thousands):

Fiscal 2016	$	309
Fiscal 2017	9
Total gross financed receivable	318
Less: amount above to be collected during the next 12 months	(309		)
Less: amount representing interest	(1		)
Total net long-term receivable	$	8

Changes in warranty accrual

Changes in the Company’s warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2014			2015
Beginning of year	$	284		$	263
Provision to product cost of revenue	300			776
Charges	(321		)	(24		)
End of year	$	263		$	1,015

Fair value of each option grant

The fair value of each option grant in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015 was determined using the assumptions in the following table:

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2014		2015
Weighted average expected term	5.5 years		4.1 years		N/A
Risk-free interest rate	0.8	%	0.8	%	N/A
Expected volatility	72.5 - 74.4%		73.3	%	N/A
Expected forfeiture rate	21.4	%	20.3	%	20.3	%

Summary of the effect of net income per common share

The effect of net income (loss) per common share is calculated based upon the following shares (in thousands except share amounts):

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2014			2015
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(10,399	)	$	(6,199	)	$	(32,061	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	20,996,625			20,987,964			22,353,419
Weighted-average effect of assumed conversion of stock options and restricted stock	—			—			—
Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents outstanding	20,996,625			20,987,964			22,353,419
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)
Diluted	$	(0.50	)	$	(0.30	)	$	(1.43	)

Number of potentially dilutive securities

The following table indicates the number of potentially dilutive securities as of the end of each period:

	March 31,
	2013	2014	2015
Common stock options	3,312,523	2,716,317	2,426,836
Restricted shares	105,000	539,204	704,688
Common stock warrants	38,980	38,980	—
Total	3,456,503	3,294,501	3,131,524